summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/23126.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to '23126.txt')
-rw-r--r--23126.txt11311
1 files changed, 11311 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/23126.txt b/23126.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..527eebf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23126.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11311 @@
+Project Gutenberg's Eric, or Little by Little, by Frederic W. Farrar
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Eric, or Little by Little
+
+Author: Frederic W. Farrar
+
+Release Date: October 20, 2007 [EBook #23126]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK ERIC, OR LITTLE BY LITTLE ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Nick Hodson of London, England
+
+
+
+
+Eric, or Little by Little, by Rev Canon F.W. Farrar.
+
+________________________________________________________________________
+This famous book tells the story of a boy at a boarding school on the
+Isle of Man, which lies between England and Ireland, and within sight of
+Scotland. The boy succumbs to various forms of ill-behaviour, with
+illicit trips to a bar in the near-by town. There are various scary
+episodes. Overcome with shame at something he has done Eric runs away
+to sea, which he finds so horrible an experience that when he is next in
+England he jumps ship, makes his way home, by now very ill, and dies.
+
+Author's Preface (Farrar was Headmaster of Marlborough College).
+
+The story of `Eric' was written with but one single object--the vivid
+inculcation of inward purity and moral purpose, by the history of a boy
+who, in spite of the inherent nobleness of his disposition, falls into
+all folly and wickedness, until he has learnt to seek help from above. I
+am deeply thankful to know--from testimony public and private,
+anonymous and acknowledged--that this object has, by God's blessing,
+been fulfilled.
+
+The fact that new editions are still called for thirty-one years after
+its publication, shows, I trust, that the story has been found to be of
+real use. I have not thought it right to alter in any way the style or
+structure of the narrative, but I have so far revised it as to remove a
+few of the minor blemishes. I trust that the book may continue to live
+so long--and so long only--as it may prove to be a source of moral
+benefit to those who read it.
+
+April 21, 1889.
+
+________________________________________________________________
+ERIC, OR LITTLE BY LITTLE, BY REV CANON F.W. FARRAR.
+
+
+
+VOLUME ONE, CHAPTER ONE.
+
+CHILDHOOD.
+
+ Ah dear delights, that o'er my soul
+ On memory's wing like shadows fly!
+ Ah flowers that Joy from Eden stole,
+ While Innocence stood laughing by.
+ _Coleridge_.
+
+"Hurrah! hurrah! hurrah!" cried a young boy, as he capered vigorously
+about, and clapped his hands. "Father and mother will be home in a week
+now, and then we shall stay here a little time, and _then_, and _then_,
+I shall go to school."
+
+The last words were enunciated with immense importance, as he stopped
+his impromptu dance before the chair where his sober cousin Fanny was
+patiently working at her crochet; but she did not look so much affected
+by the announcement as the boy seemed to demand, so he again exclaimed,
+"And then, Miss Fanny, I shall go to school."
+
+"Well, Eric," said Fanny, raising her matter-of-fact quiet face from her
+endless work, "I doubt, dear, whether you will talk of it with quite as
+much joy a year hence."
+
+"Oh ay, Fanny, that's just like you to say so; you're always talking and
+prophesying; but never mind, I'm going to school, so, hurrah! hurrah!
+hurrah!" and he again began his capering,--jumping over the chairs,
+trying to vault the tables, singing and dancing with an exuberance of
+delight, till, catching a sudden sight of his little spaniel Flo, he
+sprang through the open window into the garden, and disappeared behind
+the trees of the shrubbery; but Fanny still heard his clear, ringing,
+silvery laughter, as he continued his games in the summer air.
+
+She looked up from her work after he had gone, and sighed. In spite of
+the sunshine and balm of the bright weather, a sense of heaviness and
+foreboding oppressed her. Everything looked smiling and beautiful, and
+there was an almost irresistible contagion in the mirth of her young
+cousin, but still she could not help feeling sad. It was not merely
+that she would have to part with Eric, "but that bright boy," thought
+Fanny, "what will become of him? I have heard strange things of
+schools; oh, if he should be spoilt and ruined, what misery it would be.
+Those baby lips, that pure young heart, a year may work sad change in
+their words and thoughts!" She sighed again, and her eyes glistened as
+she raised them upwards, and breathed a silent prayer.
+
+She loved the boy dearly, and had taught him from his earliest years.
+In most things she found him an apt pupil. Truthful, ingenuous, quick,
+he would acquire almost without effort any subject that interested him,
+and a word was often enough to bring the impetuous blood to his cheeks,
+in a flush of pride or indignation. He required the gentlest teaching,
+and had received it, while his mind seemed cast in such a mould of
+stainless honour, that he avoided most of the weaknesses to which
+children are prone. But he was far from blameless. He was proud to a
+fault; he well knew that few of his fellows had gifts like his, either
+of mind or person, and his fair face often showed a clear impression of
+his own superiority. His passion, too, was imperious, and though it
+always met with prompt correction, his cousin had latterly found it
+difficult to subdue. She felt, in a word, that he was outgrowing her
+rule. Beyond a certain age no boy of spirit can be safely guided by a
+woman's hand alone.
+
+Eric Williams was now twelve years old. His father was a civilian in
+India, and was returning on furlough to England, after a long absence.
+Eric had been born in India, but had been sent to England by his parents
+at an early age, in charge of a lady friend of his mother. The parting,
+which had been agony to his father and mother, he was too young to feel;
+indeed the moment itself passed by without his being conscious of it.
+They took him on board the ship, and, after a time, gave him a hammer
+and some nails to play with. These had always been to him a supreme
+delight, and while he hammered away, Mr and Mrs Williams, denying
+themselves, for the child's sake, even one more tearful embrace, went
+ashore in the boat and left him. It was not till the ship sailed that
+he was told he would not see them again for a long, long time. Poor
+child, his tears and cries were piteous when he first understood it; but
+the sorrows of four years old are very transient, and before a week was
+over, little Eric felt almost reconciled to his position, and had become
+the universal pet and plaything of every one on board, from Captain
+Broadland down to the cabin-boy, with whom he very soon struck up an
+acquaintance. Yet twice a day at least his mirth would be checked as he
+lisped his little prayer, kneeling at Mrs Munro's knee, and asked God
+"to bless his dear, dear father and mother, and make him a good boy."
+
+When Eric arrived in England, he was entrusted to the care of a widowed
+aunt, whose daughter, Fanny, had the main charge of his early teaching.
+At first, the wayward little Indian seemed likely to form no accession
+to the quiet household, but he soon became its brightest ornament and
+pride. Everything was in his favour at the pleasant home of Mrs
+Trevor. He was treated with motherly kindness and tenderness, yet
+firmly checked when he went wrong. From the first he had a well-spring
+of strength against temptation, in the long letters which every mail
+brought from his parents; and all his childish affections were entwined
+round the fancied image of a brother born since he had left India. In
+his bedroom there hung a cherub's head, drawn in pencil by his mother,
+and this winged child was inextricably identified in his imagination
+with his "little brother Vernon." He loved it dearly, and whenever he
+went astray, nothing weighed on his mind so strongly as the thought,
+that if he were naughty he would teach little Vernon to be naughty too
+when he came home.
+
+And Nature also--wisest, gentlest, holiest of teachers--was with him in
+his childhood. Fairholm Cottage, where his aunt lived, was situated in
+the beautiful Vale of Ayrton, and a clear stream ran through the valley
+at the bottom of Mrs Trevor's orchard. Eric loved this stream, and was
+always happy as he roamed by its side, or over the low green hills and
+scattered dingles which lent unusual loveliness to every winding of its
+waters. He was allowed to go about a good deal by himself, and it did
+him good. He grew up fearless and self-dependent, and never felt the
+want of amusement. The garden and orchard supplied him a theatre for
+endless games and romps, sometimes with no other companion than his
+cousin and his dog, and sometimes with the few children of his own age
+whom he knew in the hamlet. Very soon he forgot all about India; it
+only hung like a distant golden haze on the horizon of his memory. When
+asked if he remembered it, he would say thoughtfully, that in dreams and
+at some other times, he saw a little boy, with long curly hair, running
+about in a flower-garden, near a great river, in a place where the air
+was very bright. But whether the little boy was himself or his brother
+Vernon, whom he had never seen, he couldn't quite tell.
+
+But, above all, it was happy for Eric that his training was religious
+and enlightened. With Mrs Trevor and her daughter, religion was not a
+system but a habit--not a theory but a continued act of life. All was
+simple, sweet, and unaffected, about their charity and their devotions.
+They loved God, and they did all the good they could to those around
+them. The floating gossip and ill-nature of the little village never
+affected them; it melted away insensibly in the presence of their
+cultivated minds; so that friendship with them was a bond of union among
+all, and from the vicar to the dairyman every one loved and respected
+them, asked their counsel, and sought their sympathy.
+
+They called themselves by no sectarian name, nor could they have told to
+what "party" they belonged. They troubled themselves with no theories
+of education, but mingled gentle nurture with "wholesome neglect."
+There was nothing exotic or constrained in the growth of Eric's
+character. He was not one of the angelically good children at all, and
+knew none of the phrases of which infant prodigies are supposed to be so
+fond. But to be truthful, to be honest, to be kind, to be brave, these
+lessons had been taught him, and he never _quite_ forgot them; nor amid
+the sorrows of after life did he ever quite lose the sense--learnt at
+dear quiet Fairholm--of a present loving God, of a tender and
+long-suffering Father.
+
+As yet he could be hardly said to know what school was. He had been
+sent indeed to Mr Lawley's grammar school for the last half-year, and
+had learned a few declensions in his Latin grammar. But as Mr Lawley
+allowed his upper class to hear the little boys their lessons, Eric had
+managed to get on pretty much as he liked. Only _once_ in the entire
+half-year had he said a lesson to the dreadful master himself, and of
+course it was a ruinous failure, involving some tremendous pulls of
+Eric's hair, and making him tremble like a leaf. Several things
+combined to make Mr Lawley terrific to his imagination. Ever since he
+was quite little, he remembered hearing the howls which proceeded from
+the "Latin-school" as he passed by, whilst some luckless youngster was
+getting caned; and the reverend pedagogue was notoriously passionate.
+Then, again, he spoke so indistinctly with his deep gruff voice, that
+Eric never could and never did understand a word he said, and this kept
+him in a perpetual terror.
+
+Once Mr Lawley had told him to go out, and see what time it was by the
+church clock.
+
+Only hearing that he was to do something, too frightened to ask what it
+was, and feeling sure that even if he did, he should not make out what
+the master meant, Eric ran out, went straight to Mr Lawley's house,
+and, after having managed by strenuous jumps to touch the knocker,
+informed the servant "that Mr Lawley wanted his man."
+
+"What man?" said the maid-servant, "the young man? or the butler? or is
+it the clerk?"
+
+Here was a puzzler! all Eric knew was, that he was in the habit of
+sending sometimes for one or other of these functionaries; but he was in
+for it, so with a faltering voice he said "the young man" at hazard, and
+went back to the Latin-school.
+
+"Why have you been so long?" roared Mr Lawley, as he timidly entered.
+
+Fear entirely prevented Eric from hearing the exact question, so he
+answered at random, "He's coming, sir." The master seeing by his scared
+look that something was wrong, waited to see what would turn up.
+
+Soon after in walked "the young man," and coming to the astonished Mr
+Lawley, bowed, scraped, and said, "Master Williams said you sent for me,
+sir."
+
+"A mistake," growled the schoolmaster, turning on Eric a look which
+nearly petrified him; he quite expected a book at his head, or at best a
+great whack of the cane; but Mr Lawley had naturally a kind heart,
+soured as it was, and pitying perhaps the child's white face, he
+contented himself with the effects of his look.
+
+The simple truth was, that poor Mr Lawley was a little wrong in the
+head. A scholar and a gentleman, early misfortunes and an imprudent
+marriage had driven him to the mastership of the little country grammar
+school; and here the perpetual annoyance caused to his refined mind by
+the coarseness of clumsy or spiteful boys, had gradually unhinged his
+intellect. Often did he tell the boys "that it was an easier life by
+far to break stones by the roadside than to teach them;" and at last his
+eccentricities became too obvious to be any longer overlooked.
+
+The denouement of his history was a tragic one, and had come a few days
+before the time when our narrative opens. It was a common practice
+among the Latin-school boys, as I suppose among all boys, to amuse
+themselves by putting a heavy book on the top of a door left partially
+ajar, and to cry out, "Crown him!" as the first luckless youngster who
+happened to come in received the book thundering on his head. One day,
+just as the trap had been adroitly laid, Mr Lawley walked in
+unexpectedly. The moment he entered the schoolroom, down came an
+Ainsworth's Dictionary on the top of his hat, and the boy, concealed
+behind the door, unconscious of who the victim was, enunciated with mock
+gravity, "Crown him, three cheers!"
+
+It took Mr Lawley a second to raise from his eyebrows the battered hat,
+and recover from his confusion; the next instant he was springing after
+the boy who had caused the mishap, and who, knowing the effects of the
+master's fury, fled with precipitation. In one minute the offender was
+caught, and Mr Lawley's heavy hand fell recklessly on his ears and
+back, until he screamed with terror. At last, by a tremendous writhe,
+wrenching himself free, he darted towards the door, and Mr Lawley, too
+much tired to pursue, snatched his large gold watch out of his fob, and
+hurled it at the boy's retreating figure. The watch flew through the
+air;--crash! it had missed its aim, and, striking the wall above the
+lintel, fell smashed into a thousand shivers.
+
+The sound, the violence of the action, the sight of the broken watch,
+which was the gift of a cherished friend, instantly awoke the master to
+his senses. The whole school had seen it; they sate there pale and
+breathless with excitement and awe. The poor man could bear it no
+longer. He flung himself into his chair, hid his face with his hands,
+and burst into hysterical tears. It was the outbreak of feelings long
+pent-up. In that instant all his life passed before him--its hopes, its
+failures, its miseries, its madness. "Yes!" he thought, "I am mad."
+
+Raising his head, he cried wildly, "Boys, go, I am mad!" and sank again
+into his former position, rocking himself to and fro. One by one the
+boys stole out, and he was left alone. The end is soon told. Forced to
+leave Ayrton, he had no means of earning his daily bread; and the weight
+of this new anxiety hastening the crisis, the handsome proud scholar
+became an inmate of the Brerely Lunatic Asylum. A few years afterwards,
+Eric heard that he was dead. Poor broken human heart! may he rest in
+peace.
+
+Such was Eric's first school and schoolmaster. But although he learnt
+little there, and gained no experience of the character of others or of
+his own, yet there was one point about Ayrton Latin-School which he
+never regretted. It was the mixture there of all classes. On those
+benches gentlemen's sons sat side by side with plebeians, and no harm,
+but only good, seemed to come from the intercourse. The neighbouring
+gentry, most of whom had begun their education there, were drawn into
+closer and kindlier union with their neighbours and dependants, from the
+fact of having been their associates in the days of their boyhood. Many
+a time afterwards, when Eric, as he passed down the streets,
+interchanged friendly greetings with some young glazier or tradesman
+whom he remembered at school, he felt glad that thus early he had learnt
+practically to despise the accidental and nominal differences which
+separate man from man.
+
+
+
+VOLUME ONE, CHAPTER TWO.
+
+A NEW HOME.
+
+ Life hath its May, and all is joyous then
+ The woods are vocal, and the flowers breathe odour,
+ The very breeze hath mirth in't.
+ _Old Play_.
+
+AT last the longed-for yet dreaded day approached, and a letter informed
+the Trevors that Mr and Mrs Williams would arrive at Southampton on
+5th July, and would probably reach Ayrton the evening after. They
+particularly requested that no one should come to meet them on their
+landing. "We shall reach Southampton," wrote Mrs Williams, "tired,
+pale, and travel-stained, and had much rather see you first at Fairholm,
+where we shall be spared the painful constraint of a meeting in public.
+So please expect our arrival at about seven in the evening."
+
+Poor Eric! although he had been longing for the time ever since the news
+came, yet now he was too agitated for enjoyment. Exertion and
+expectation made him restless, and he could settle down to nothing all
+day, every hour of which hung most heavily on his hands.
+
+At last the afternoon wore away, and a soft summer evening filled the
+sky with its gorgeous calm. Far-off they caught the sound of wheels; a
+carriage dashed up to the door, and the next moment Eric sprang into his
+mother's arms.
+
+"O mother! mother!"
+
+"My own darling, darling boy!"
+
+And as the pale sweet face of the mother met the bright and rosy
+child-face, each of them was wet with a rush of unbidden tears. In
+another moment Eric had been folded to his father's heart, and locked in
+the arms of his little brother Vernon. Who shall describe the emotions
+of those few moments? they did not seem like earthly moments; they
+seemed to belong not to time, but to eternity.
+
+The first evening of such a scene is too excited to be happy. The
+little party at Fairholm retired early, and Eric was soon fast asleep
+with his arm round his new-found brother's neck.
+
+Quiet steps entered the chamber, and noiselessly the father and mother
+sat down by the bedside of their children. Earth could have shown no
+scene more perfect in its beauty than that which met their eyes. The
+pure moonlight flooded the little room, and showed distinctly the forms
+and countenances of the sleepers, whose soft regular breathing was the
+only sound that broke the stillness of the July night. The small
+shining flower-like faces, with their fair hair--the trustful loving
+arms folded round each brother's neck--the closed lids and parted lips--
+made an exquisite picture, and one never to be forgotten. Side by side,
+without a word, the parents knelt down, and with eyes wet with tears of
+joyfulness, poured out their hearts in passionate prayer for their young
+and beloved boys.
+
+Very happily the next month glided away; a new life seemed opened to
+Eric in the world of rich affections which had unfolded itself before
+him. His parents--above all, his mother--were everything that he had
+longed for; and Vernon more than fulfilled to his loving heart the ideal
+of his childish fancy. He was never tired of playing with and
+patronising his little brother, and their rambles by stream and hill
+made those days appear the happiest he had ever spent. Every evening
+(for having lived all his life at home, he had not yet laid aside the
+habits of early childhood) he said his prayers by his mother's knee; and
+at the end of one long summer's day, when prayers were finished, and
+full of life and happiness he lay down to sleep, "Oh, mother," he said,
+"I am so happy--I like to say my prayers when you are here."
+
+"Yes, my boy, and God loves to hear them."
+
+"Aren't there some who never say prayers, mother?"
+
+"Very many, love, I fear."
+
+"How unhappy they must be! _I_ shall _always_ love to say my prayers."
+
+"Ah, Eric, God grant that you may."
+
+And the fond mother hoped he always would. But these words often came
+back to Eric's mind in later and less happy days--days when that gentle
+hand could no longer rest lovingly on his head--when those mild blue
+eyes were dim with tears, and the poor boy, changed in heart and life,
+often flung himself down with an unreproaching conscience to prayer-less
+sleep.
+
+It had been settled that in another week Eric was to go to school in the
+Isle of Roslyn. Mr Williams had hired a small house in the town of
+Ellan, and intended to stay there for his year of furlough, at the end
+of which period Vernon was to be left at Fairholm, and Eric in the house
+of the head-master of the school. Eric enjoyed the prospect of all
+things, and he hardly fancied that Paradise itself could be happier than
+a life at the sea-side with his father and mother and Vernon, combined
+with the commencement of schoolboy dignity. When the time for the
+voyage came, his first glimpse of the sea, and the sensation of sailing
+over it with only a few planks between him and the deep waters, struck
+him silent with admiring wonder. It was a cloudless day; the line of
+blue sky melted into the line of blue wave, and the air was filled with
+sunlight. At evening they landed, and the coach took them to Ellan. On
+the way Eric saw for the first time the strength of the hills, so that
+when they reached the town and took possession of their cottage, he was
+dumb with the inrush of new and marvellous impressions.
+
+Next morning he was awake early, and jumping out of bed, so as not to
+disturb the sleeping Vernon, he drew up the window-blind, and gently
+opened the window. A very beautiful scene burst on him, one destined to
+be long mingled with all his most vivid reminiscences. It had been too
+dark on their arrival the evening before to get any definite impression
+of their residence, so that this first glimpse of it filled him with
+delighted surprise. Not twenty yards below the garden, in front of the
+house, lay Ellan Bay, at that moment rippling with golden laughter in
+the fresh breeze of sunrise. On either side of the bay was a bold
+headland, the one stretching out in a series of broken crags, the other
+terminating in a huge mass of rock, called from its shape The Stack. To
+the right lay the town, with its grey old castle, and the mountain
+stream running through it into the sea; to the left, high above the
+beach, rose the crumbling fragment of a picturesque fort, behind which
+towered the lofty buildings of Roslyn School. Eric learnt the whole
+landscape by heart, and thought himself a most happy boy to come to such
+a place. He fancied that he should never be tired of looking at the
+sea, and could not take his eyes off the great buoy that rolled about in
+the centre of the bay, and flashed in the sunlight at every move. He
+turned round full of hope and spirits, and, after watching for a few
+moments the beautiful face of his sleeping brother, awoke him with
+boisterous mirth.
+
+"Now, Verny," he cried, as the little boy sprang eagerly out of bed,
+"don't look till I tell you," and putting his hands over Vernon's eyes,
+he led him to the window. Then he threw up the sash, and embodied all
+his sensations in the one word--"There!"
+
+To which apostrophe Vernon, after a long gaze, could make no other
+answer than, "Oh, Eric! oh, I say!"
+
+That day Eric was to have his first interview with Dr Rowlands. The
+school had already re-opened, and one of the boys passed by the window
+while they were breakfasting. He looked very happy and engaging, and
+was humming a tune as he strolled along. Eric started up and gazed
+after him with the most intense curiosity. At that moment the
+unconscious schoolboy was to him the most interesting person in the
+whole world, and he couldn't realise the fact that, before the day was
+over, he would be a Roslyn boy himself. He very much wondered what sort
+of a fellow the boy was, and whether he should ever recognise him again,
+and make his acquaintance. Yes, Eric, the thread of that boy's destiny
+is twined for many a day with yours; his name is Montagu, as you will
+know very soon.
+
+At nine o'clock Mr Williams started towards the school with his son.
+The walk led them by the sea-side, over the sands, and past the ruin, at
+the foot of which the waves broke at high tide. At any other time Eric
+would have been overflowing with life and wonder at the murmur of the
+ripples, the sight of the ships in the bay or on the horizon, and the
+numberless little shells, with their bright colours and sculptured
+shapes, which lay about the beach. But now his mind was too full of a
+single anxiety; and when, after crossing a green playground, they stood
+by the head-master's door, his heart fluttered, and it required all his
+energy to keep down the nervous trembling which shook him.
+
+Mr Williams gave his card, and they were shown into Dr Rowlands's
+study. He was a kind-looking gentlemanly man, and when he turned to
+address Eric, after a few minutes' conversation with his father, the boy
+felt instantly reassured by the pleasant sincerity and frank courtesy of
+his manner. A short examination showed that Eric's attainments were
+very slight as yet, and he was to be put in the lowest form of all,
+under the superintendence of the Reverend Henry Gordon. Dr Rowlands
+wrote a short note in pencil, and giving it to Eric, directed the
+servant to show him to Mr Gordon's schoolroom.
+
+The bell had just done ringing when they had started for the school, so
+that Eric knew that all the boys would be by this time assembled at
+their work, and that he should have to go alone into the middle of them.
+As he walked after the servant through the long corridors and up the
+broad stairs, he longed to make friends with him, so as, if possible, to
+feel less lonely. But he had only time to get out, "I say, what sort of
+a fellow is Mr Gordon?"
+
+"Terrible strict, sir, I hear," said the man, touching his cap with a
+comic expression, which didn't at all tend to enliven the future pupil.
+"That's the door," he continued, "and you'll have to give him the
+Doctor's note," and, pointing to a door at the end of the passage, he
+walked off.
+
+Eric stopped irresolutely. The man had disappeared, and he was by
+himself in the great silent building. Afraid of the sound of his own
+footsteps, he ran along the passage, and knocked timidly. He heard a
+low, a very low murmur in the room, but there was no answer. He knocked
+again a little louder; still no notice; then, overdoing it in his
+fright, he gave a very loud tap indeed.
+
+"Come in!" said a voice, which to the new boy sounded awful; but he
+opened the door, and entered. As he came in every head was quickly
+raised, he heard a whisper of "New fellow," and the crimson flooded
+his face, as he felt himself the cynosure of some forty
+intensely-inquisitive pairs of eyes.
+
+He found himself in a high airy room, with three large windows opening
+towards the sea. At one end was the master's throne, and facing it, all
+down the room, were desks and benches, along which the boys were sitting
+at work. Every one knows how very confusing it is to enter a strange
+room full of strange people, and especially when you enter it from a
+darker passage. Eric felt dazzled, and not seeing the regular route to
+the master's desk, went towards it between two of the benches. As these
+were at no great distance from each other, he stumbled against several
+legs on his way, and felt pretty sure that they were put out on purpose
+to trip him, especially by one boy, who pretended to be much hurt, drew
+up his leg, and began rubbing it, ejaculating _sotto voce_, "Awkward
+little fool."
+
+In this very clumsy way he had at last reached the desk, and presented
+his missive. The master's eye was on him, but all Eric had time to
+observe was, that he looked rather stern, and had in his hand a book
+which he seemed to be studying with the deepest interest. He glanced
+first at the note, and then looked full at the boy, as though determined
+to read his whole character by a single perusal of his face.
+
+"Williams, I suppose?"
+
+"Yes, sir," said Eric, very low, still painfully conscious that all the
+boys were looking at him, as well as the master.
+
+"Very well, Williams, you are placed in the lowest form--the fourth. I
+hope you will work well. At present they are learning their Caesar. Go
+and sit next to that boy," pointing towards the lower end of the room;
+"he will show you the lesson, and let you look over his book. Barker,
+let Williams look over you!"
+
+Eric went and sat down at the end of a bench by the boy indicated. He
+was a rough-looking fellow with a shock head of black hair, and a very
+dogged look. Eric secretly thought that he a very nice-looking specimen
+of Roslyn School. However, he sate by him, and glanced at the Caesar
+which the boy shoved about a quarter of an inch in his direction. But
+Barker didn't seem inclined to make any further advances, and presently
+Eric asked in a whisper--
+
+"What's the lesson?"
+
+The boy glanced at him, but took no further notice.
+
+Eric repeated, "I say, what's the lesson?"
+
+Instead of answering, Barker stared at him, and grunted--
+
+"What's your name?"
+
+"Eric--I mean Williams."
+
+"Then why don't you say what you mean?" Eric moved his foot impatiently
+at this ungracious reception; but as he seemed to have no redress, he
+pulled the Caesar nearer towards him.
+
+"Drop that; 'tisn't yours."
+
+Mr Gordon heard a whisper, and glanced that way. "Silence!" he said,
+and Barker pretended to be deep in his work, while Eric, resigning
+himself to his fate, looked about him.
+
+He had plenty to occupy his attention in the faces round him. He
+furtively examined Mr Gordon, as he bent over his high desk, writing,
+but couldn't make out the physiognomy. There had been something
+reserved and imperious in the master's manner, yet he thought he should
+not dislike him on the whole. With the countenances of his future
+school-fellows he was not altogether pleased, but there were one or two
+which thoroughly attracted him. One boy, whose side face was turned
+towards him as he sat on the bench in front, took his fancy
+particularly, so, tired of doing nothing, he plucked up courage, and
+leaning forward, whispered, "Do lend me your Caesar for a few minutes."
+The boy at once handed it to him with a pleasant smile, and as the
+lesson was marked, Eric had time to hurry over a few sentences, when Mr
+Gordon's sonorous voice exclaimed--
+
+"Fourth-form, come up!"
+
+Some twenty of the boys went up, and stood in a large semicircle round
+the desk. Eric of course was placed last, and the lesson commenced.
+
+"Russell, begin," said the master; and immediately the boy who had
+handed Eric his Caesar began reading a few sentences, and construed them
+very creditably, only losing a place or two. He had a frank open face,
+bright intelligent fearless eyes, and a very taking voice and manner.
+Eric listened admiringly, and felt sure he should like him.
+
+Barker was put on next. He bungled through the Latin in a grating,
+irresolute sort of way, with several false quantities, for each of which
+the next boy took him up. Then he began to construe;--a frightful
+confusion of nominatives without verbs, accusatives translated as
+ablatives, and adverbs turned into prepositions, ensued, and after a
+hopeless flounder, during which Mr Gordon left him entirely to himself,
+Barker came to a full stop; his catastrophe was so ludicrous, that Eric
+could not help joining in the general titter. Barker scowled.
+
+"As usual, Barker," said the master, with a curl of the lip. "Hold out
+your hand!"
+
+Barker did so, looking sullen defiance, and the cane immediately
+descended on his open palm. Six similar cuts followed, during which the
+form looked on, not without terror; and Barker, squeezing his hands
+tight together, went back to his seat.
+
+"Williams, translate the piece in which Barker has just failed."
+
+Eric did as he was bid, and got through it pretty well. He had now
+quite recovered his ordinary bearing, and spoke out clearly and without
+nervousness. He afterwards won several places by answering questions,
+and at the end of the lesson was marked about half-way up the form. The
+boys' numbers were then taken down in the weekly register, and they went
+back to their seats.
+
+On his desk Eric found a torn bit of paper, on which was clumsily
+scrawled, "I'll teach you to grin when I'm turned, you young brute."
+
+The paper seemed to fascinate his eyes. He stared at it fixedly, and
+augured ominously of Barker's intentions, since that worthy obviously
+alluded to his having smiled in form, and chose to interpret it as an
+intentional provocation. He felt that he was in for it, and that Barker
+meant to pick a quarrel with him. This puzzled and annoyed him, and he
+felt very sad to have found an enemy already.
+
+While he was looking at the paper the great school-clock struck twelve;
+and the captain of the form getting up, threw open the folding doors of
+the schoolroom.
+
+"You may go," said Mr Gordon; and leaving his seat, disappeared by a
+door at the farther end of the room.
+
+Instantly there was a rush for caps, and the boys poured out in a
+confused and noisy stream, while at the same moment the other
+schoolrooms disgorged their inmates. Eric naturally went out among the
+last; but just as he was going to take his cap, Barker seized it, and
+flung it with a whoop to the end of the passage, where it was trampled
+on by a number of the boys as they ran out.
+
+Eric, gulping down his fury with a great effort, turned to his opponent,
+and said coolly, "Is that what you always do to new fellows?"
+
+"Yes, you bumptious young owl, it is, and that too;" and a tolerably
+smart slap on the face followed--leaving a red mark on a cheek already
+aflame with anger and indignation,--"should you like a little more?"
+
+He was hurt and offended, but was too proud to cry. "What's that for?"
+he said, with flashing eyes.
+
+"For your conceit in laughing at me when I was caned."
+
+Eric stamped. "I did nothing of the kind, and you know it as well as I
+do."
+
+"What? I'm a liar, am I? Oh, we shall take this kind of thing out of
+you, you young cub; take that;" and a heavier blow followed.
+
+"You brutal cowardly bully," shouted Eric; and in another moment he
+would have sprung upon him. It was lucky for him that he did not, for
+Barker was three years older than he, and very powerful. Such an attack
+would have been most unfortunate for him in every way. But at this
+instant some boys hearing the quarrel ran up, and Russell among them.
+
+"Hallo, Barker," said one; "what's up?"
+
+"Why, I'm teaching this new fry to be less bumptious, that's all."
+
+"Shame!" said Russell, as he saw the mark on Eric's cheek; "what a
+fellow you are, Barker. Why couldn't you let him alone for the first
+day at any rate?"
+
+"What's that to you? I'll kick you too if you say much."
+
+"Cave! cave!" whispered half a dozen voices, and instantly the knot of
+boys dispersed in every direction, as Mr Gordon was seen approaching.
+He had caught a glimpse of the scene without understanding it, and
+seeing the new boy's red and angry face, he only said, as he passed by,
+"What, Williams! fighting already? Take care."
+
+This was the cruellest cut of all. "So," thought Eric, "a nice
+beginning! it seems both boys and masters are against me," and very
+disconsolately he walked to pick up his cap.
+
+The boys were all dispersed on the playground at different games, and as
+he went home he was stopped perpetually, and had to answer the usual
+questions, "What's your name? Are you a boarder or a day scholar? What
+form are you in?" Eric expected all this, and it therefore did not
+annoy him. Under any other circumstances, he would have answered
+cheerfully and frankly enough; but now he felt miserable at his
+morning's rencontre, and his answers were short and sheepish, his only
+desire being to get away as soon as possible. It was an additional
+vexation to feel sure that his manner did not make a favourable
+impression.
+
+Before he had got out of the playground, Russell ran up to him. "I'm
+afraid you won't like this, or think much of us, Williams," he said.
+"But never mind. It'll only last a day or two, and the fellows are not
+so bad as they seem; except that Barker. I'm sorry you've come across
+him, but it can't be helped."
+
+It was the first kind word he had had since the morning, and after his
+troubles kindness melted him. He felt half inclined to cry, and for a
+few moments could say nothing in reply to Russell's soothing words. But
+the boy's friendliness went far to comfort him, and at last, shaking
+hands with him, he said--
+
+"Do let me speak to you sometimes, while I am a new boy, Russell."
+
+"Oh yes," said Russell, laughing, "as much as ever you like. And as
+Barker hates me pretty much as he seems inclined to hate you, we are in
+the same box. Good-bye."
+
+So Eric left the field, and wandered home, like Calchas in the Iliad,
+"sorrowful by the side of the sounding sea." Already the purple mantle
+had fallen from his ideal of schoolboy life. He got home later than
+they expected, and found his parents waiting for him. It was rather
+disappointing to them to see his face so melancholy, when they expected
+him to be full of animation and pleasure. Mrs Williams drew her own
+conclusions from the red mark on his cheek, as well as the traces of
+tears welling to his eyes; but, like a wise mother, she asked nothing,
+and left the boy to tell his own story,--which in time he did, omitting
+all the painful part, speaking enthusiastically of Russell, and only
+admitting that he had been a little teased.
+
+
+
+VOLUME ONE, CHAPTER THREE.
+
+BULLYING.
+
+ Give to the morn of life its natural blessedness.
+ _Wordsworth_.
+
+Why is it that new boys are almost invariably ill-treated? I have often
+fancied that there must be in boyhood a pseudo-instinctive cruelty, a
+sort of "wild trick of the ancestral savage," which no amount of
+civilisation can entirely repress. Certain it is, that to most boys the
+first term is a trying ordeal. They are being tested and weighed.
+Their place in the general estimation is not yet fixed, and the
+slightest circumstances are seized upon to settle the category, under
+which the boy is to be classed. A few apparently trivial accidents of
+his first few weeks at school often decide his position in the general
+regard for the remainder of his boyhood. And yet these are not
+accidents; they are the slight indications which give an unerring proof
+of the general tendencies of his character and training. Hence much of
+the apparent cruelty with which new boys are treated is not exactly
+intentional. At first, of course, as they can have no friends worth
+speaking of; there are always plenty of coarse and brutal minds that
+take a pleasure in their torment, particularly if they at once recognise
+any innate superiority to themselves. Of this class was Barker. He
+hated Eric at first sight, simply because his feeble mind could only
+realise one idea about him, and that was the new boy's striking contrast
+with his own imperfections. Hence he left no means untried to vent on
+Eric his low and mean jealousy. He showed undisguised pleasure when he
+fell in form, and signs of disgust when he rose; he fomented every
+little source of disapproval or quarrelling which happened to arise
+against him; he never looked at him without a frown or a sneer; he
+waited for him to kick and annoy him as he came out of, or went in to,
+the schoolroom. In fact, he did his very best to make the boy's life
+miserable, and the occupation of hating him seemed in some measure to
+fill up the vacuity of an ill-conditioned and degraded mind.
+
+Hatred is a most mysterious and painful phenomenon to the unhappy person
+who is the object of it, and more especially if he have incurred it by
+no one assignable reason. Why it happens that no heart can be so
+generous, no life so self-denying, no intentions so honourable and pure,
+as to shield a man from the enmity of his fellows, must remain a dark
+question for ever. But certain it is, that to bear the undeserved
+malignity of the evil-minded, to hear unmoved the sneers of the proud
+and the calumnies of the base, is one of the hardest lessons in life.
+And to Eric this opposition was peculiarly painful; he was utterly
+unprepared for it. In his bright joyous life at Fairholm, in the little
+he saw of the boys at the Latin-school, he had met with nothing but
+kindness and caresses, and the generous nobleness of his character had
+seemed to claim them as a natural element. "And now, why," he asked
+impatiently, "should this bulldog sort of fellow have set his whole aim
+to annoy, vex, and hurt me?" Incapable himself of so mean a spirit of
+jealousy at superior excellence, he could not make it out; but such was
+the fact, and the very mysteriousness of it made it more intolerable to
+bear.
+
+But it must be admitted that he made matters worse by his own bursts of
+passion. His was not the temper to turn the other cheek; but, brave and
+spirited as he was, he felt how utterly hopeless would be any attempt on
+his part to repel force by force. He would have tried some slight
+conciliation, but it was really impossible with such a boy as his enemy.
+Barker never gave him even so much as an indifferent look, much less a
+civil word. Eric loathed him, and the only good and happy part of the
+matter to his own mind was, that conscientiously his only desire was to
+get rid of him, and be left alone, while he never cherished a particle
+of revenge.
+
+While every day Eric was getting on better in form, and winning himself
+a very good position with the other boys, who liked his frankness, his
+mirth, his spirit, and cleverness, he felt this feud with Barker like a
+dark background to all his enjoyment. He even had to manoeuvre daily
+how to escape him, and violent scenes were of constant occurrence
+between them.
+
+Eric could not, and would not, brook his bullying with silence. His
+resentment was loud and stinging, and, Ishmaelite as Barker was, even
+_his_ phlegmatic temperament took fire when Eric shouted his fierce and
+uncompromising retorts in the hearing of the others.
+
+Meanwhile Eric was on the best of terms with the rest of the form, and
+such of the other boys as he knew, although, at first, his position as a
+home-boarder prevented his knowing many. Besides Russell, there were
+three whom he liked best, and respected most--Duncan, Montagu, and Owen.
+They were very different boys, but all of them had qualities which well
+deserved his esteem. Duncan was the most boyish of boys, intensely full
+of fun, good nature, and vigour; with fair abilities, he never got on
+well, because he could not be still for two minutes; and even if, in
+some fit of sudden ambition, he got up high in the form, he was sure to
+be put to the bottom again before the day was over, for trifling or
+talking. But out of school he was the soul of every game; whatever _he_
+took up was sure to be done pleasantly, and no party of amusement was
+ever planned without endeavouring to secure him as one of the number.
+
+Montagu's chief merit was, that he was such a thorough little gentleman;
+"such a jolly little fellow," every one said of him. Without being
+clever or athletic, he managed to do very fairly both at work and at the
+games, and while he was too exclusive to make many _intimate_ friends,
+everybody liked walking about or talking with him. Even Barker,
+blackguard as he was, seemed to be a little uneasy when confronted with
+Montagu's naturally noble and chivalrous bearing. In nearly all
+respects his influence was thoroughly good, and few boys were more
+generally popular.
+
+Owen, again, was a very different boy. His merit was a ceaseless
+diligence, in which it was doubtful whether ambition or
+conscientiousness had the greatest share. Reserved and thoughtful,
+unfitted for or indifferent to most games, he was anything but a
+favourite with the rest, and Eric rather respected than liked him. When
+he first came he had been one of the most natural butts for Barker's
+craving ill-nature, and for a time he had been tremendously bullied.
+But gradually his mental superiority asserted itself. He took
+everything without tears and without passion, and this diminished the
+pleasure of annoying him. One day when Barker had given him an
+unprovoked kick, he quietly said--
+
+"Barker, next time you do that I'll tell Mr Gordon."
+
+"Sneak! do it if you dare." And he kicked him again; but the moment
+after he was sorry for it, for there was a dark look in Owen's eyes, as
+he turned instantly into the door of the master's room, and laid a
+formal complaint against Barker for bullying.
+
+Mr Gordon didn't like "telling," and he said so to Owen, without
+reserve. An ordinary boy would have broken into a flood of explanations
+and palliations, but Owen simply bowed, and said nothing. "He stood
+there for justice," and he had counted the cost. Strong-minded and
+clear-headed, he calculated correctly that the momentary dislike of his
+school-fellows, with whom he well knew that he never could be popular,
+would be less unbearable than Barker's villainous insults. The
+consequence was, that Mr Gordon caned Barker soundly, although, with
+some injustice, he made no attempt to conceal that he did it
+unwillingly.
+
+Of course the fellows were very indignant with Owen for sneaking, as
+they called it, and for a week or two he had the keen mortification of
+seeing "Owen is a sneak" written up all about the walls. But he was too
+proud or too cold to make any defence till called upon, and bore it in
+silence. Barker threatened eternal vengeance, and the very day after
+had seized Owen with the avowed intention of "half murdering him." But
+before he could once strike him, Owen said in the most chill tone,
+"Barker, if you touch me, I shall go straight to Dr Rowlands." The
+bully well knew that Owen never broke his word, but he could not govern
+his rage, and first giving Owen a violent shake, he proceeded to thrash
+him without limit or remorse.
+
+Pale but unmoved, Owen got away, and walked straight to Dr Rowlands's
+door. The thing was unheard of, and the boys were amazed at his
+temerity, for the Doctor was to all their imaginations a regular _Deus
+ex machina_. That afternoon, again, Barker was publicly caned, with the
+threat that the next offence would be followed by instant and public
+expulsion. This punishment he particularly dreaded, because he was
+intended for the army, and he well knew that it might ruin his
+prospects. The consequence was, that Owen never suffered from him
+again, although he daily received a shower of oaths and curses, which he
+passed over with silent contempt.
+
+Now, I do not recommend any boy to imitate Owen in this matter. It is a
+far better and braver thing to bear bullying with such a mixture of
+spirit and good-humour, as in time to disarm it. But Owen was a
+peculiar boy, and remember he had _no_ redress. He bore for a time,
+until he felt that he _must_ have the justice and defence, without which
+it would have been impossible for him to continue at Roslyn School.
+
+But why, you ask, didn't he tell the monitors? Unfortunately at Roslyn
+the monitorial system was not established. Although it was a school of
+250 boys, the sixth-form, with all their privileges, had no prerogative
+of authority. They hadn't the least right to interfere, because no such
+power had been delegated to them, and therefore they felt themselves
+merely on a par with the rest, except for such eminence as their
+intellectual superiority gave them. The consequence was, that any
+interference from them would have been of a simply individual nature,
+and was exerted very rarely. It would have done Owen no more good to
+tell a sixth-form boy than to tell any other boy; and as he was not a
+favourite, he was not likely to find any champion to fight his battles
+or maintain his just rights.
+
+All this had happened before Eric's time, and he heard it from his best
+friend Russell. His heart clave to that boy. They became friends at
+once by a kind of electric sympathy; the first glance of each at the
+other's face prepared the friendship, and every day of acquaintance more
+firmly cemented it. Eric could not have had a better friend; not so
+clever as himself not so diligent as Owen, not so athletic as Duncan, or
+so fascinating as Montagu, Russell combined the best qualities of them
+all. And, above all, he acted invariably from the highest principle; he
+presented that noblest of all noble spectacles--one so rare that many
+think it impossible--the spectacle of an honourable, pure-hearted, happy
+boy, who, as his early years speed by, is ever growing in wisdom and
+stature, and favour with God and man.
+
+"Did that brute Barker ever bully you as he bullies me?" said Eric one
+day, as he walked on the sea-shore with his friend.
+
+"Yes," said Russell. "I slept in his dormitory when I first came, and
+he has often made me so wretched that I have flung myself on my knees at
+night in pretence of prayer, but really to get a little quiet time to
+cry like a child."
+
+"And when was it he left off at last?"
+
+"Why, you know, Upton in the fifth is my cousin, and very fond of me; he
+heard of it, though I didn't say anything about it, and told Barker that
+if ever he caught him at it, he would thrash him within an inch of his
+life; and that frightened him for one thing. Besides, Duncan, Montagu,
+and other friends of mine, began to cut him in consequence, so he
+thought it best to leave off."
+
+"How is it, Russell, that fellows stand by and let him do it?"
+
+"You see," said Russell, "Barker is an enormously strong fellow, and
+that makes the younger chaps, whom he fags, look up to him as a great
+hero. And there isn't one in our part of the school who can thrash him.
+Besides, people never do interfere, you know--at least not often. I
+remember once seeing a street-row in London, at which twenty people
+stood by, and let a drunken beast of a husband strike his wife without
+ever stirring to defend her."
+
+"Well," sighed Eric, "I hope my day of deliverance will come soon, for I
+can't stand it much longer, and `tell' I won't, whatever Owen may do."
+
+Eric's deliverance came very soon. It was afternoon; the boys were
+playing at different games in the green playground, and he was waiting
+for his turn at rounders. At this moment Barker lounged up, and calmly
+snatching off Eric's cap, shied it over Dr Rowlands's garden-wall.
+"There, go and fetch that."
+
+"You blackguard," said Eric, standing irresolutely for a few minutes;
+and then with tears in his eyes began to climb the wall. It was not
+very high, but boys were peremptorily forbidden to get over it under any
+circumstances, and Eric broke the rule not without trepidation.
+However, he dropped down on one of Mrs Rowlands's flower-beds, got his
+cap in a hurry, and clambered back undiscovered.
+
+He thought this would have satisfied his tormentor for one day; but
+Barker was in a mischievous mood, so he again came up to Eric, and
+calling out, "Who'll have a game at football?" again snatched the cap,
+and gave it a kick; Eric tried to recover it, but every time he came up
+Barker gave it a fresh kick, and finally kicked it into a puddle.
+
+Eric stood still, trembling with rage, while his eyes lightened scorn
+and indignation. "You hulking, stupid, cowardly bully,"--here Barker
+seized him, and every word brought a tremendous blow on the head; but
+blind with passion Eric went on--"you despicable bully, I won't touch
+that cap again; you shall pick it up yourself. Duncan, Russell, here!
+do help me against this intolerable brute."
+
+Several boys ran up, but they were all weaker than Barker, who besides
+was now in a towering fury, and kicked Eric unmercifully.
+
+"Leave him alone," shouted Duncan, seizing Barker's arm; "what a
+confounded bully you are--always plaguing some one."
+
+"I shall do as I like; mind your own business," growled Barker, roughly
+shaking himself free from Duncan's hand.
+
+"Barker, I'll never speak to you again from this day," said Montagu,
+turning on his heel, with a look of withering contempt.
+
+"What do I care? puppy, you want taking down too," was the reply, and
+some more kicks at Eric followed.
+
+"Barker, I won't stand this any longer," said Russell, "so look out,"
+and grasping Barker by the collar, he dealt him a swinging blow on the
+face.
+
+The bully stood in amazement, and dropped Eric, who fell on the turf
+nearly fainting, and bleeding at the nose. But now Russell's turn came,
+and in a moment Barker, who was twice his weight, had tripped him up,--
+when he found himself collared in an iron grasp.
+
+There had been an unobserved spectator of the whole scene, in the person
+of Mr Williams himself, and it was his strong hand that now gripped
+Barker's shoulder. He was greatly respected by the boys, who all knew
+his tall handsome figure by sight, and he frequently stood a quiet and
+pleased observer of their games. The boys in the playground came
+crowding round, and Barker in vain struggled to escape. Mr Williams
+held him firmly, and said in a calm voice, "I have just seen you treat
+one of your school-fellows with the grossest violence. It makes me
+blush for you, Roslyn boys," he continued, turning to the group that
+surrounded him, "that you can even for a moment stand by unmoved, and
+see such things done. You know that you despise any one who tells a
+master, yet you allow this bullying to go on, and that, too, without any
+provocation. Now, mark; it makes no difference that the boy who has
+been hurt is my own son; I would have punished this scoundrel whoever it
+had been, and I shall punish him now." With these words, he lifted the
+riding-whip which he happened to be carrying, and gave Barker by far the
+severest castigation he had ever undergone; the boys declared that Mr
+Rowlands's "swishings" were nothing to it. Mr Williams saw that the
+offender was a tough subject, and determined that he should not soon
+forget the punishment he then received. He had never heard from Eric
+how this boy had been treating him, but he had heard it from Russell,
+and now he had seen one of the worst specimens of it with his own eyes.
+
+He therefore belaboured him till his sullen obstinacy gave way to a roar
+for mercy, and promises never so to offend again.
+
+At this crisis he flung the boy from him with a "phew" of disgust, and
+said, "I give nothing for your word; but if ever you do bully in this
+way again, and I see or hear of it, your present punishment shall be a
+trifle to what I shall then administer. At present, thank me for not
+informing your master." So saying, he made Barker pick up the cap, and,
+turning away, walked home with Eric leaning on his arm.
+
+Barker, too, carried himself off with the best grace he could; but it
+certainly didn't mend matters when he heard numbers of fellows, even
+little boys, say openly, "I'm so glad; serves you right."
+
+From that day Eric was never troubled with personal violence from Barker
+or any other boy. But rancour smouldered deep in the mind of the
+baffled tyrant, and, as we shall see hereafter, there are subtler means
+of making an enemy wretched than striking or kicking him.
+
+
+
+VOLUME ONE, CHAPTER FOUR.
+
+CRIBBING.
+
+ Et nos ergo manum ferulae subduximus.--Juvenal i. 15.
+
+It must not be thought that Eric's year as a home-boarder was made up of
+dark experiences. Roslyn had a very bright as well as a dark side and
+Eric enjoyed it "to the finger-tips." School-life, like all other life,
+is an April day of shower and sunshine. Its joys may be more childish,
+its sorrows more trifling, than those of after years;--but they are more
+keenly felt.
+
+And yet, although we know it to be a mere delusion, we all idealise and
+idolise our childhood. The memory of it makes pleasant purple in the
+distance, and as we look back on the sunlight of its blue far-off hills,
+we forget how steep we sometimes found them.
+
+Upon Barker's discomfiture, which took place some three weeks after his
+arrival, Eric liked the school more and more, and got liked by it more
+and more. This might have been easily foreseen, for he was the type of
+a thoroughly boyish nature in its more genial and honourable
+characteristics, and his round of acquaintances daily increased. Among
+others, a few of the sixth, who were also day-scholars, began to notice
+and walk home with him. He looked on them as great heroes, and their
+condescension much increased his dignity both in his own estimation and
+that of his equals.
+
+Now, too, he began to ask some of his most intimate acquaintances to
+spend an evening with him sometimes at home. This was a pleasure much
+coveted, for no boy ever saw Mrs Williams without loving her, and they
+felt themselves humanised by the friendly interest of a lady who
+reminded every boy of his own mother. Vernon, too, now a lively and
+active child of nine, was a great pet among them, so that every one
+liked Eric who "knew him at home." A boy generally shows his best side
+at home; the softening shadows of a mother's tender influence play over
+him, and tone down the roughnesses of boyish character. Duncan, Montagu
+and Owen were special favourites in the home circle, and Mrs Williams
+felt truly glad that her son had singled out friends who seemed, on the
+whole, so desirable. But Montagu and Russell were the most frequent
+visitors, and the latter became almost like one of the family; he won so
+much on all their hearts that Mrs Williams was not surprised when Eric
+confided to her one day that he loved Russell almost as well as he loved
+Vernon.
+
+As Christmas approached, the boys began to take a lively interest in the
+half-year's prizes, and Eric was particularly eager about them. He had
+improved wonderfully, and as both his father and mother prevented him
+from being idle, even had he been so inclined, he had soon shown that he
+was one of the best in the form. Two prizes were given half-yearly to
+each remove; one for "marks," indicating the boy who had generally been
+highest throughout the half-year, and the other for the best proofs of
+proficiency in a special examination. It was commonly thought in the
+form that Owen would get the first of these prizes, and Eric the other;
+and towards the approach of the examination, he threw his whole energy
+into the desire to win. The desire was not selfish. Some ambition was
+of course natural; but he longed for the prize chiefly for the delight
+which he knew his success would cause at Fairholm, and still more to his
+own family.
+
+During the last week an untoward circumstance happened, which, while it
+increased his popularity, diminished a good deal (as he thought) his
+chance of success. The fourth-form were learning a Homer lesson, and
+Barker, totally unable to do it by his own resources, was trying to
+borrow a crib. Eric, much to their mutual disgust, still sat next to
+him in school, and would have helped him if he had chosen to ask; but he
+never did choose, nor did Eric care to volunteer. The consequence was,
+that unless he could borrow a crib, he was invariably turned, and he was
+now particularly anxious to get one, because the time was nearly up.
+
+There was a certain idle, good-natured boy, named Llewellyn, who had
+"cribs" to every book they did, and who, with a pernicious _bonhommie_,
+lent them promiscuously to the rest, all of whom were only too glad to
+avail themselves of the help, except the few at the top of the form, who
+found it a slovenly way of learning the lesson, which was sure to get
+them into worse difficulties than an honest attempt to master the
+meaning for themselves. Llewellyn sat at the farther end of the form in
+front, so Barker scribbled in the fly-leaf of his book, "Please send us
+your Homer crib," and got the book passed on to Llewellyn, who
+immediately shoved his crib in Barker's direction. The only danger of
+the transaction being noticed was when the book was being handed from
+one bench to another, and as Eric unluckily had an end seat, he had got
+into trouble more than once.
+
+On this occasion, just as Graham, the last boy on the form in front,
+handed Eric the crib, Mr Gordon happened to look up, and Eric, very
+naturally anxious to screen another from trouble, popped the book under
+his own Homer.
+
+"Williams, what are you doing?"
+
+"Nothing, sir," said Eric, looking up innocently.
+
+"Bring me that book under your Homer."
+
+Eric blushed, hesitated--but at last, amid a dead silence, took up the
+book. Mr Gordon looked at it for a minute, let it fall on the ground,
+and then, with an unnecessary affectation of disgust, took it up with
+the tongs, and dropped it into the grate. There was a titter round the
+room.
+
+"Silence!" thundered the master; "this is no matter for laughing. So,
+sir, _this_ is the way you get up to the top of the form?"
+
+"I wasn't using it, sir," said Eric.
+
+"Not using it. Why, I saw you put it, open, under your Homer."
+
+"It isn't mine, sir."
+
+"Then whose is it?" Mr Gordon, motioning to Eric to pick up the book,
+looked at the fly-leaf, but of course no name was there; in those days
+it was dangerous to write one's name in a translation.
+
+Eric was silent.
+
+"Under the circumstances, Williams, I must punish you," said Mr Gordon.
+"Of course I am _bound_ to believe you, but the circumstances are very
+suspicious. You had no business with such a book at all. Hold out your
+hand."
+
+As yet Eric had never been caned. It would have been easy for him in
+this case to clear himself without mentioning names, but (very rightly)
+he thought it unmanly to clamour about being punished, and he felt
+nettled at Mr Gordon's merely official belief of his word. He knew
+that he had his faults, but certainly want of honour was not among them.
+Indeed, there were only three boys out of the twenty in the form who
+did not resort to modes of unfairness far worse than the use of cribs,
+and those three were--Russell, Owen, and himself; even Duncan, even
+Montagu, inured to it by custom, were not ashamed to read their lesson
+off a concealed book, or copy a date from a furtive piece of paper.
+They would have been ashamed of it before they came to Roslyn School,
+but the commonness of the habit had now made them blind or indifferent
+to its meanness. It was peculiarly bad in the fourth-form, because the
+master treated them with implicit confidence, and being scrupulously
+honourable himself, was unsuspicious of others. He was therefore
+extremely indignant at this apparent discovery of an attempt to
+overreach him in a boy so promising and so much of a favourite as Eric
+Williams.
+
+"Hold out your hand," he repeated.
+
+Eric did so, and the cane tingled sharply across his palm. He could
+bear the pain well enough, but he was keenly alive to the disgrace; he,
+a boy at the head of his form, to be caned in this way by a man who
+didn't understand him, and unjustly too! He mustered up an indifferent
+air, closed his lips tight, and determined to give no further signs.
+The defiance of his look made Mr Gordon angry, and he inflicted in
+succession five hard cuts on either hand, each one of which was more
+excruciating than the last.
+
+"Now, go to your seat."
+
+Eric did go to his seat, with all his bad passions roused, and he walked
+in a jaunty and defiant kind of way, that made the master really grieve
+at the disgrace into which he had fallen. But he instantly became a
+hero with the form, who unanimously called him a great brick for not
+telling, and admired him immensely for bearing up without crying under
+so severe a punishment. The punishment _was_ most severe, and for some
+weeks after there were dark weals visible across Eric's palm, which
+rendered the use of his hands painful.
+
+"Poor Williams," said Duncan, as they went out of school, "how very
+plucky of you not to cry."
+
+ "Vengeance deep brooding o'er the _cane_
+ Had locked the source of softer woe
+ And burning pride and high disdain
+ Forbade the gentler tear to flow," said Eric, with a smile.
+
+But he only bore up till he got home, and there, while he was telling
+his father the occurrence, he burst into a storm of passionate tears,
+mingled with the fiercest invectives against Mr Gordon for his
+injustice.
+
+"Never mind, Eric," said his father; "only take care that you never get
+a punishment _justly_, and I shall always be as proud of you as I am
+now. And don't cherish this resentment, my boy; it will only do you
+harm. Try to forgive and forget."
+
+"But, father, Mr Gordon is so hasty. I have indeed been rather a
+favourite of his, yet now he shows that he has no confidence in me. It
+is a great shame that he shouldn't believe my word. I don't mind the
+pain; but I shan't like him any more, and I'm sure now I shan't get the
+examination prize."
+
+"You don't mean, Eric, that he will be influenced by partiality in the
+matter?"
+
+"No, father, not exactly; at least I dare say he won't _intend_ to be.
+But it is unlucky to be on bad terms with a master, and I know I shan't
+work so well."
+
+On the whole the boy was right in thinking this incident a misfortune.
+Although he had nothing particular for which to blame himself, yet the
+affair had increased his pride, while it lowered his self-respect; and
+he had an indistinct consciousness that the popularity in his form would
+do him as much harm as the change of feeling in his master. He grew
+careless and dispirited, nor was it till in the very heat of the final
+competition that he felt his energies fully revived.
+
+Half the form were as eager about the examination as the other half were
+indifferent; but none were more eager than Eric. He was much hindered
+by Barker's unceasing attempt to copy his papers surreptitiously; and
+very much disgusted at the shameless way in which many of the boys
+"cribbed" from books, and from each other, or used torn leaves concealed
+in their sleeves, or dates written on their wristbands and on their
+nails. He saw how easily much of this might have been prevented; but
+Mr Gordon was fresh at his work, and had not yet learned the practical
+lesson (which cost him many a qualm of sorrow and disgust), that to
+trust young boys to any great extent is really to increase their
+temptations. He _did_ learn the lesson afterwards, and then almost
+entirely suppressed the practice, partly by increased vigilance, and
+partly by forbidding _any_ book to be brought into the room during the
+time of examination. But meanwhile much evil had been done by the
+habitual abuse of his former confidence.
+
+I shall not linger over the examination. At its close, the day before
+the breaking up, the list was posted on the door of the great
+schoolroom, and most boys made an impetuous rush to see the result. But
+Eric was too nervous to be present at the hour when this was usually
+done, and he had asked Russell to bring him the news.
+
+He was walking up and down the garden, counting the number of steps he
+took, counting the number of shrubs along each path, and devising every
+sort of means to beguile the time, when he heard hasty steps, and
+Russell burst in at the back gate, breathless with haste and bright with
+excitement.
+
+"Hurrah! old fellow!" he cried, seizing both Eric's hands; "I never felt
+so glad in my life," and he shook his friend's arms up and down,
+laughing joyously.
+
+"Well! tell me," said Eric.
+
+"First, Owen and Williams aequales," said he; "you've got head-remove,
+you see, in spite of your forebodings, as I always said you would; and I
+congratulate you with all my heart."
+
+"No?" said Eric, "have I really?--you're not joking? Oh! hurrah!--I
+must rush in and tell them," and he bounded off.
+
+In a second he was back at Russell's side. "What a selfish animal I am!
+Where are you placed, Russell?"
+
+"Oh! magnificent; I'm third--far higher than I expected."
+
+"I'm so glad," said Eric. "Come in with me and tell them. I'm
+head-remove, mother," he shouted, springing into the parlour where his
+father and mother sat.
+
+In the lively joy that this announcement excited, Russell stood by for
+the moment unheeded; and when Eric took him by the hand to tell them
+that he was third, he hung his head, and a tear was in his eye.
+
+"Poor boy! I'm afraid you're disappointed," said Mrs Williams kindly,
+drawing him to her side.
+
+"Oh, no, no! it's not _that_," said Russell hastily, as he lifted his
+swimming eyes to her face.
+
+"What's the matter, Russell?" asked Eric, surprised.
+
+"Oh, nothing; don't ask me; I'm only foolish to-day," and with a burst
+of sorrow he bent down, and hid his face. Mrs Williams guessed the
+source of his anguish, and soothed him tenderly; nor was she surprised
+when, as soon as his sobs would let him speak, he kissed her hand, and
+whispered in a low tone, "It is but a year since I became an orphan."
+
+"Dearest child," she said, "I know how to sympathise with you. But I am
+sure, my boy, that you have learnt to feel Who is the Father of the
+fatherless."
+
+Russell's eye brightened, but his only answer was a look of intelligence
+and gratitude, as he hastily dried his tears.
+
+Gradually he grew calmer. They made him stay to dinner and spend the
+rest of the day there, and by the evening he had recovered all his usual
+sprightliness. Towards sunset he and Eric went for a stroll down the
+bay, and talked over the term and the examination.
+
+They sat down on a green bank just beyond the beach, and watched the
+tide come in, while the sea-distance was crimson with the glory of
+evening. The beauty and the murmur filled them with a quiet happiness,
+not untinged with the melancholy thought of parting the next day.
+
+At last Eric broke the silence. "Russell, let me always call you Edwin,
+and call me Eric."
+
+"Very gladly, Eric. Your coming here has made me so happy." And the
+two boys squeezed each other's hands, and looked into each other's
+faces, and silently promised that they would be loving friends for ever.
+
+
+
+VOLUME ONE, CHAPTER FIVE.
+
+THE SECOND TERM.
+
+ Take us the foxes, the little foxes that spoil our vines; for our
+ vines have tender grapes.--Cant. ii. 15.
+
+The second term at school is generally the great test of the strength of
+a boy's principles and resolutions. During the first term the novelty,
+the loneliness, the dread of unknown punishments, the respect for
+authorities, the desire to measure himself with his companions--all tend
+to keep him right and diligent. But many of these incentives are
+removed after the first brush of novelty, and many a lad who has given
+good promise at first, turns out, after a short probation, idle or
+vicious, or indifferent.
+
+But there was little comparative danger for Eric, so long as he
+continued to be a home-boarder, which was for another half-year. On the
+contrary, he was anxious to support in his new remove the prestige of
+having been head-boy; and as he still continued under Mr Gordon, he
+really wished to turn over a new leaf in his conduct towards him, and
+recover, if possible, his lost esteem.
+
+His popularity was a fatal snare. He enjoyed and was very proud of it,
+and was half inclined to be angry with Russell for not fully sharing his
+feelings; but Russell had a far larger experience of school-life than
+his new friend, and dreaded with all his heart lest "he should follow a
+multitude to do evil."
+
+The "cribbing," which had astonished and pained Eric at first, was more
+flagrant than even in the Upper-Fourth, and assumed a chronic form. In
+all the Repetition lessons one of the boys used to write out in a large
+hand the passage to be learnt by heart, and dexterously pin it to the
+front of Mr Gordon's desk. There any boy who chose could read it off
+with little danger of detection, and, as before, the only boys who
+refused to avail themselves of this trickery were Eric, Russell, and
+Owen.
+
+Eric did _not_ yield to it; never once did he suffer his eyes to glance
+at the paper when his turn to repeat came round. But although this was
+the case, he never spoke against the practice to the other boys, even
+when he lost places by it. Nay more, he would laugh when any one told
+him how he had escaped "skewing" (i.e. being turned) by reading it off;
+and he even went so far as to allow them to suppose that he wouldn't
+himself object to take advantage of the master's unsuspicious
+confidence.
+
+"I say, Williams," said Duncan, one morning as they strolled into the
+school-yard, "do you know your Repetition?"
+
+"No," said Eric, "not very well; I haven't given more than ten minutes
+to it."
+
+"Oh, well, never mind it now; come and have a game at racquets. Russell
+and Montagu have taken the court."
+
+"But I shall skew."
+
+"Oh no, you needn't, you know. I'll take care to pin it upon the desk
+near you."
+
+"Well, I don't much care. At any rate I'll chance it." And off the
+boys ran to the racquet-court, Eric intending to occupy the last quarter
+of an hour before school-time in learning his lesson. Russell and he
+stood the other two, and they were very well matched. They had finished
+two splendid games, and each side had been victorious in turn, when
+Duncan, in the highest spirits, shouted, "Now, Russell, for the
+conqueror."
+
+"Get some one else in my place," said Russell; "I don't know my
+Repetition, and must cut and learn it."
+
+"Oh, bother the Repetition," said Montagu, "somebody's sure to write it
+out in school, and old Gordon'll never see."
+
+"You forget, Montagu, I don't deign to crib. It isn't fair."
+
+"Oh ay, I forgot. Well, after all, you're quite right; I only wish I
+was as good."
+
+"What a capital fellow he is," continued Montagu, leaning on his racquet
+and looking after him, as Russell left the court. "But I say, Williams,
+you're not going too, are you?"
+
+"I think I must, I don't know half my lesson."
+
+"Oh no, I don't go; there's Llewellyn; he'll take Russell's place, and
+we _must_ have the conquering game."
+
+Again Eric yielded; and when the clock struck, he ran into school, hot,
+vexed with himself and certain to break down, just as Russell strolled
+in, whispering, "I've had lots of time to get up the Horace, and know it
+pat."
+
+Still he clung to the little thistledown of hope that he should have
+plenty of time to cram it before the form were called up. But another
+temptation waited him. No sooner was he seated than Graham whispered,
+"Williams, it's your turn to write out the Horace; I did last time, you
+know."
+
+Poor Eric! He was reaping the fruits of his desire to keep up
+popularity, which had prevented him from expressing a manly disapproval
+of the general cheating. Everybody seemed to assume now that _he_ at
+any rate didn't think much of it, and he had never claimed his real
+right up to that time of asserting his innocence. But this was a step
+farther than he had ever gone before. He drew back--
+
+"My _turn_, what do you mean?"
+
+"Why, you know as well as I do that we all write it out by turns."
+
+"Do you mean to say Owen or Russell ever wrote it out?"
+
+"Of course not; you wouldn't expect the saints to be guilty of such a
+thing, would you?"
+
+"I'd rather not, Graham," he said, getting very red.
+
+"Well, that _is_ cowardly," answered Graham angrily; "then I suppose I
+must do it myself."
+
+"Here, I'll do it," said Eric suddenly; "shy us the paper."
+
+His conscience smote him bitterly. In his silly dread of giving
+offence, he was doing what he heartily despised, and he felt most
+uncomfortable.
+
+"There," he said, pushing the paper from him in a pet; "I've written it,
+and I'll have nothing more to do with it."
+
+Just as he finished, they were called up, and Barker, taking the paper,
+succeeded in pinning it as usual on the front of the desk. Eric had
+never seen it done so carelessly and clumsily before, and firmly
+believed, what was indeed a fact, that Barker had done it badly on
+purpose, in the hope that it might be discovered, and so Eric be got
+once more into a scrape. He was in an agony of apprehension, and when
+put on, was totally unable to say a word of his Repetition. But far as
+he had yielded, he would not cheat like the rest; in this respect, at
+any rate, he would not give up his claim to chivalrous and stainless
+honour; he kept his eyes resolutely turned away from the guilty paper,
+and even refused to repeat the words which were prompted in his ear by
+the boys on each side. Mr Gordon, after waiting a moment, said--
+
+"Why, sir, you know nothing about it; you can't have looked at it. Go
+to the bottom, and write it out five times."
+
+"_Write it out_," thought Eric; "this is retribution, I suppose," and,
+covered with shame and vexation, he took his place below the malicious
+Barker at the bottom of the form.
+
+It happened that during the lesson the fire began to smoke, and Mr
+Gordon told Owen to open the window for a moment. No sooner was this
+done than the mischievous whiff of sea-air which entered the room began
+to trifle and coquet with the pendulous half-sheet pinned in front of
+the desk, causing thereby an unwonted little pattering crepitation. In
+alarm, Duncan thoughtlessly pulled out the pin, and immediately the
+paper floated gracefully over Russell's head, as he sat at the top of
+the form, and, after one or two gyrations, fluttered down in the centre
+of the room.
+
+"Bring me that piece of paper," said Mr Gordon, full of vague
+suspicion.
+
+Several boys moved uneasily, and Eric looked nervously round.
+
+"Did you hear? fetch me that half-sheet of paper."
+
+A boy picked it up, and handed it to him. Mr Gordon held it for a full
+minute in his hands without a word, while vexation, deep disgust, and
+rising anger, struggled in his countenance. At last, he suddenly turned
+full on Eric, whose writing he recognised, and broke out--
+
+"So, sir! a second time caught in gross deceit. I should not have
+thought it possible. Your face and manners belie you. You have lost my
+confidence for ever. I _despise_ you."
+
+"Indeed, sir," said the penitent Eric, "I never meant--"
+
+"Silence--you are detected, as cheats always will be. I shall report
+you to Dr Rowlands."
+
+The next boy was put on, and broke down. The same with the next, and
+the next, and the next; Montagu, Graham, Llewellyn, Duncan, Barker, all
+hopeless failures; only two boys had said it right--Russell and Owen.
+
+Mr Gordon's face grew blacker and blacker. The deep undisguised pain
+which the discovery caused him was swallowed up in unbounded
+indignation. "Deceitful, dishonourable boys," he exclaimed, "henceforth
+my treatment of you shall be very different. The whole form, except
+Russell and Owen, shall have an extra lesson every half-holiday; not one
+of the rest of you will I trust again. I took you for gentlemen. I was
+mistaken. Go." And so saying, he motioned them to their seats with
+imperious disdain.
+
+They went, looking sheepish and ashamed. Eric, deeply vexed, kept
+twisting and untwisting a bit of paper, without raising his eyes, and
+even Barker thoroughly repented his short-sighted treachery; the rest
+were silent and miserable.
+
+At twelve o'clock two boys lingered in the room to speak to Mr Gordon;
+they were Eric Williams and Edwin Russell, but they were full of very
+different feelings.
+
+Eric stepped to the desk first. Mr Gordon looked up.
+
+"You! Williams, I wonder that you have the audacity to speak to me.
+Go--I have nothing to say to you."
+
+"But, sir, I want to tell you that--"
+
+"Your guilt is only too clear, Williams. You will hear more of this.
+Go, I tell you."
+
+Eric's passion overcame him; he stamped furiously on the ground, and
+burst out, "I _will_ speak, sir; you have been unjust to me for a long
+time, but I will _not_ be--"
+
+Mr Gordon's cane fell sharply across the boy's back; he stopped, glared
+for a moment, and then saying, "Very well, sir! I shall tell Dr
+Rowlands that you strike before you hear me," he angrily left the room,
+and slammed the door violently behind him.
+
+Before Mr Gordon had time to recover from his astonishment, Russell
+stood by him.
+
+"Well, my boy," said the master, softening in a moment, and laying his
+hand gently on Russell's head, "what have you to say? You cannot tell
+how I rejoice, amid the vexation and disgust that this has caused me, to
+find that _you_ at least are honourable. But I _knew_, Edwin, that I
+could trust you."
+
+"Oh, sir, I come to speak for Eric--for Williams."
+
+Mr Gordon's brow darkened again and the storm gathered, as he
+interrupted vehemently, "Not a word, Russell; not a word. This is the
+_second_ time that he has wilfully deceived me; and this time he has
+involved others too in his base deceit."
+
+"Indeed, sir, you wrong him. I can't think how he came to write the
+paper, but I _know_ that he did not and would not use it. Didn't you
+see yourself, sir, how he turned his head quite another way when he
+broke down?"
+
+"It is very kind of you, Edwin, to defend him," said Mr Gordon coldly,
+"but at present, at any rate, I must not hear you. Leave me; I feel
+deeply vexed, and must have time to think over this disgraceful affair."
+
+Russell went away disconsolate, and met his friend striding up and down
+the passage, waiting for Dr Rowlands to come out of the library.
+
+"Oh, Eric," he said, "how came you to write that paper?"
+
+"Why, Russell, I did feel very much ashamed, and I would have explained
+it, and said so; but that Gordon spites me so. It is such a shame; I
+don't feel now as if I cared one bit."
+
+"I am sorry you don't get on with him; but remember you have given him
+in this case good cause to suspect. You never crib, Eric, I know, so I
+can't help being sorry that you wrote the paper."
+
+"But then Graham asked me to do it, and called me cowardly because I
+refused at first."
+
+"Ah, Eric," said Russell, "they will ask you to do worse things if you
+yield so easily. I wouldn't say anything to Dr Rowlands about it, if I
+were you."
+
+Eric took the advice, and, full of mortification, went home. He gave
+his father a true and manly account of the whole occurrence, and that
+afternoon Mr Williams wrote a note of apology and explanation to Mr
+Gordon. Next time the form went up, Mr Gordon said, in his most
+freezing tone, "Williams, at present I shall take no further notice of
+your offence beyond including you in the extra lesson every
+half-holiday."
+
+From that day forward Eric felt that he was marked and suspected, and
+the feeling worked on him with the worst effects. He grew more careless
+in work, and more trifling and indifferent in manner. Several boys now
+got above him in form whom he had easily surpassed before, and his
+energies were for a time entirely directed to keeping that supremacy in
+the games which he had won by his activity and strength.
+
+It was a Sunday afternoon, toward the end of the summer term, and the
+boys were sauntering about in the green playground, or lying on the
+banks reading and chatting. Eric was with a little knot of his chief
+friends, enjoying the sea-breeze as they sat on the grass. At last the
+bell of the school chapel began to ring, and they went in to the
+afternoon service. Eric usually sat with Duncan and Llewellyn,
+immediately behind the benches allotted to chance visitors. The bench
+in front of them happened on this afternoon to be occupied by some
+rather odd people, viz, an old man with long white hair,--and two ladies
+remarkably stout, who were dressed with much juvenility, although past
+middle age. Their appearance immediately attracted notice, and no
+sooner had they taken their seats than Duncan and Llewellyn began to
+titter. The ladies' bonnets, which were of white, trimmed with long
+green leaves and flowers, just peered over the top of the boys' pew, and
+excited much amusement; particularly when Duncan, in his irresistible
+sense of the ludicrous, began to adorn them with little bits of paper.
+But Eric had not yet learnt to disregard the solemnity of the place, and
+the sacred act in which they were engaged. He tried to look away and
+attend to the service, and for a time he partially succeeded, although,
+seated as he was between the two triflers, who were perpetually
+telegraphing to each other their jokes, he found it a difficult task,
+and secretly he began to be much tickled.
+
+At last the sermon commenced, and Llewellyn, who had imprisoned a
+grasshopper in a paper cage, suddenly let it hop out. The first hop
+took it to the top of the pew; the second perched it on the shoulder of
+the stoutest lady. Duncan and Llewellyn tittered louder, and even Eric
+could not resist a smile. But when the lady, feeling some irritation on
+her shoulder, raised her hand, and the grasshopper took a frightened
+leap into the centre of the green foliage which enwreathed her bonnet,
+none of the three could stand it, and they burst into fits of laughter,
+which they tried in vain to conceal by bending down their heads and
+cramming their fists into their mouths. Eric, having once given way,
+enjoyed the joke uncontrollably, and the lady made matters worse by her
+uneasy attempts to dislodge the unknown intruder, and discover the cause
+of the tittering, which she could not help hearing. At last all three
+began to laugh so violently that several heads were turned in their
+direction, and Dr Rowlands's stern eye caught sight of their levity.
+He stopped short in his sermon, and for one instant transfixed them with
+his indignant glance. Quiet was instantly restored, and alarm reduced
+them to the most perfect order, although the grasshopper still sat
+imperturbable among the artificial flowers. Meanwhile the stout lady
+had discovered that for some unknown reason she had been causing
+considerable amusement, and attributing it to intentional ridicule,
+looked round, justly hurt. Eric, with real shame, observed the pained
+uneasiness of her manner, and bitterly repented his share in the
+transaction.
+
+Next morning Dr Rowlands, in full academicals, sailed into the
+fourth-form room. His entrance was the signal for every boy to rise,
+and after a word or two to Mr Gordon, he motioned them to be seated.
+Eric's heart sank within him.
+
+"Williams, Duncan, and LLewellyn, stand out!" said the Doctor. The
+boys, with downcast eyes and burning cheeks, stood before him.
+
+"I was sorry to notice," said he, "your shameful conduct in chapel
+yesterday afternoon. As far as I could observe, you were making
+yourselves merry in that sacred place with the personal defects of
+others. The lessons you receive here must be futile indeed if they do
+not teach you the duty of reverence to God, and courtesy to man. It
+gives me special pain, Williams, to have observed that you, too, a boy
+high in your remove, were guilty of this most culpable levity. You will
+all come to me at twelve o'clock in the library."
+
+At twelve o'clock they each received a flogging.
+
+The pain inflicted was not great, and Duncan and Llewellyn, who had got
+into similar trouble before, cared very little for it, and went out
+laughing to tell the number of swishes they had received to a little
+crowd of boys who were lingering outside the library door. But not so
+Eric. It was his _first_ flogging, and he felt it deeply. To his proud
+spirit the disgrace was intolerable. At that moment he hated Dr
+Rowlands, he hated Mr Gordon, he hated his school-fellows, he hated
+everybody. He had been flogged; the thought haunted him; he, Eric
+Williams, had been forced to receive this most degrading corporal
+punishment. He pushed fiercely through the knot of boys, and strode as
+quickly as he could along the playground, angry and impenitent.
+
+At the gate Russell met him. Eric felt the meeting inopportune; he was
+ashamed to meet his friend, ashamed to speak to him, envious of him, and
+jealous of his better reputation. He wanted to pass him by without
+notice, but Russell would not suffer this. He came up to him and took
+his arm affectionately. The slightest allusion to his late disgrace
+would have made Eric flame out into a passion; but Russell was too kind
+to allude to it then. He talked as if nothing had happened, and tried
+to turn his friend's thoughts to more pleasant subjects. Eric
+appreciated his kindness, but he was still sullen and fretful, and it
+was not until they parted that his better feelings won the day. But
+when Russell said to him, "Good-bye, Eric, and don't be down in the
+mouth," it was too much for him, and seizing Edwin's hand, he wrung it
+hard, and exclaimed impetuously--
+
+"How I wish I was like you, Edwin! If all my friends were like you, I
+should never get into these rows."
+
+"Nay, Eric," said Russell, "it's I who ought to envy you; you are no end
+cleverer and stronger, and you can't think how glad I am that we are
+friends."
+
+They parted by Mr Williams's door, and Russell walked home sad and
+thoughtful; but Eric, barely answering his brother's greeting, rushed up
+to his room, and, flinging himself on his bed, brooded alone over the
+remembrance of his disgrace. Still nursing a fierce resentment, he felt
+something hard at his heart, and, as he prayed neither for help nor
+forgiveness, it was pride and rebellion, not penitence, that made him
+miserable.
+
+
+
+VOLUME ONE, CHAPTER SIX.
+
+HOME AFFECTIONS.
+
+ Keep the spell of home affection
+ Still alive in every heart;
+ May its power, with mild direction,
+ Draw our love from self apart,
+ Till thy children
+ Feel that thou their Father art.
+ _School Hymn_.
+
+"I have caught such a lot of pretty sea-anemones, Eric," said little
+Vernon Williams, as his brother strolled in after morning school; "I
+wish you would come and look at them."
+
+"Oh, I can't come now, Verny; I am going out to play cricket with some
+fellows directly."
+
+"But it won't take you a minute; do come."
+
+"What a little bore you are. Where are the things?"
+
+"Oh, never mind, Eric, if you don't want to look at them," said Vernon,
+hurt at his brother's rough manner.
+
+"First, you ask me to look, and then say `never mind,'" said Eric
+impatiently; "here, show me them."
+
+The little boy brought a large saucer, round which the crimson
+sea-flowers were waving their long tentacula in the salt water.
+
+"Oh my; very pretty indeed. But I must be off to cricket."
+
+Vernon looked up at his brother sadly.
+
+"You aren't so kind to me, Eric, as you used to be."
+
+"What nonsense! and all because I don't admire those nasty red-jelly
+things, which one may see on the shore by thousands any day. What a
+little goose you are, Vernon."
+
+Vernon made no reply, but was putting away his sea-anemones with a sigh,
+when in came Russell to fetch Eric to the cricket.
+
+"Well, Verny," he said, "have you been getting those pretty
+sea-anemones? come here and show me them. Ah, I declare you've got one
+of those famous white plumosa fellows among them. What a lucky little
+chap you are!"
+
+Vernon was delighted.
+
+"Mind you take care of them," said Russell. "Where did you find them?"
+
+"I have been down the shore getting them."
+
+"And have you had a pleasant morning?"
+
+"Yes, Russell, thank you. Only it is rather dull being always by
+myself, and Eric never comes with me now."
+
+"Hang Eric," said Russell playfully. "Never mind, Verny; you and I will
+cut him, and go by ourselves."
+
+Eric had stood by during the conversation, and the contrast of Russell's
+unselfish kindness with his own harsh want of sympathy struck him. He
+threw his arms round his brother's neck, and said, "We will both go with
+you, Verny, next half-holiday."
+
+"Oh, thank you, Eric," said his brother; and the two schoolboys ran out.
+But when the next half-holiday came, warm and bright, with the promise
+of a good match that afternoon, Eric repented his promise, and left
+Russell to amuse his little brother, while he went off, as usual, to the
+playground.
+
+There was one silent witness of scenes like these, who laid them up
+deeply in her heart. Mrs Williams was not unobservant of the gradual
+but steady falling off in Eric's character, and the first thing she
+noticed was the blunting of his home affections. When they first came
+to Roslyn, the boy used constantly to join his father and mother in
+their walks; but now he went seldom or never; and even if he did go, he
+seemed ashamed, while with them, to meet any of his school-fellows. The
+spirit of false independence was awake and, growing in her darling son.
+The bright afternoons they had spent together on the sunny shore, or
+seeking for sea-flowers among the lonely rocks of the neighbouring
+headlands--the walks at evening and sunset among the hills, and the
+sweet counsel they had together, when the boy's character opened like a
+bud in the light and warmth of his mother's love--the long twilights
+when he would sit on a stool with his young head resting on her knees,
+and her loving hand in his fair hair--all these things were becoming to
+Mrs Williams memories, and nothing more.
+
+It was the trial of her life, and very sad to bear; the more so because
+they were soon to be parted--certainly for years, perhaps for ever. The
+time was drawing nearer and nearer; it was now June, and Mr Williams's
+term of furlough ended in two months. The holidays at Roslyn were the
+months of July and August, and towards their close Mr and Mrs Williams
+intended to leave Vernon at Fairholm, and start for India--sending back
+Eric by himself as a boarder in Dr Rowlands's house.
+
+After morning school, on fine days, the boys used to run straight down
+to the shore and bathe. A bright and joyous scene it was. They
+stripped off their clothes on the shingle that adjoined the beach, and
+then, running along the sands, would swim out far into the bay till
+their heads looked like small dots glancing in the sunshine. This year
+Eric had learned to swim, and he enjoyed the bathing more than any other
+pleasure.
+
+One day after they had dressed, Russell and he began to amuse themselves
+on the sea-shore. The little translucent pools left on the sands by the
+ebbing tide always swarm with life, and the two boys found great fun in
+hunting audacious little crabs, or catching the shrimps that shuffled
+about in the shallow water. At last Eric picked up a piece of wood
+which he found lying on the beach, and said, "What do you say to coming
+crab-fishing, Edwin? this bit of stick will do capitally to thrust
+between the rocks in the holes where they lie?"
+
+Russell agreed, and they started to the rocks of the Ness to seek a
+likely place for their purpose. The Ness was a mile off, but in the
+excitement of their pleasure they were oblivious of time.
+
+The Williamses, for the boys' convenience, usually dined at one, but on
+this day they waited half an hour for Eric. Since, however, he didn't
+appear, they dined without him, supposing that he was accidentally
+detained, and expecting him to come in every minute. But two o'clock
+came, and no Eric; half-past two, and no Eric; three, but still no Eric.
+Mrs Williams became seriously alarmed, and even her husband grew
+uneasy.
+
+Vernon was watching for his brother at the window, and seeing Duncan
+pass by, ran down to ask him, "If he knew where Eric was?"
+
+"No," said Duncan; "last time I saw him was on the shore. We bathed
+together, and I remember his clothes were lying by mine when I dressed.
+But I haven't seen him since. If you like, we'll go and look for him.
+I daresay he's on the beach somewhere."
+
+But they found no traces of him there; and when they returned with this
+intelligence, his mother got so agitated that it required all her
+husband's firm gentleness to support her sinking spirits. There was
+enough to cause anxiety, for Vernon repeatedly ran out to ask the boys
+who were passing if they had seen his brother, and the answer always
+was, that they had left him bathing in the sea.
+
+Meanwhile our young friends, having caught several crabs, suddenly
+noticed by the sun that it was getting late.
+
+"Good gracious, Edwin," said Eric, pulling out his watch, "it's
+half-past three; what have we been thinking of? How frightened they'll
+be at home," and running back as fast as they could, they reached the
+house at five o'clock, and rushed into the room.
+
+"Eric, Eric," said Mrs Williams faintly, "where have you been? has
+anything happened to you, my child?"
+
+"No, mother, nothing. I've only been crab-fishing with Russell, and we
+forgot the time."
+
+"Thoughtless boy," said his father; "your mother has been in an agony
+about you."
+
+Eric saw her pale face and tearful eyes, and flung himself in her arms,
+and mother and son wept in a long embrace. "Only two months," whispered
+Mrs Williams, "and we shall leave you, dear boy, perhaps for ever. Oh
+do not forget your love for us in the midst of new companions."
+
+The end of term arrived; this time Eric came out eighth only, instead of
+first, and therefore, on the prize-day, was obliged to sit among the
+crowd of undistinguished boys. He saw that his parents were
+disappointed, and his own ambition was grievously mortified. But he had
+full confidence in his own powers, and made the strongest resolutions to
+work hard the next half-year, when he had got out of "that Gordon's"
+clutches.
+
+The Williamses spent the holidays at Fairholm, and now, indeed, in the
+prospect of losing them, Eric's feelings to his parents came out in all
+their strength. Most happily the days glided by, and the father and
+mother used them wisely. All their gentle influence, all their deep
+affection, were employed in leaving on the boy's heart lasting
+impressions of godliness and truth. He learnt to feel that their love
+would encircle him for ever with its heavenly tenderness, and their pure
+prayers rise for him night and day to the throne of God.
+
+The day of parting came, and most bitter and heart-rending it was. In
+the wildness of their passionate sorrow, Eric and Vernon seemed to hear
+the sound of everlasting farewells. It is God's mercy that ordains how
+seldom young hearts have to endure such misery.
+
+At length it was over. The last sound of wheels had died away; and
+during those hours the hearts of parents and children felt the
+bitterness of death. Mrs Trevor and Fanny, themselves filled with
+grief, still used all their unselfish endeavours to comfort their dear
+boys. Vernon, weary of crying, soon sank to sleep; but not so Eric. He
+sat on a low stool, his face buried in his hands, breaking the stillness
+every now and then with his convulsive sobs.
+
+"Oh, Aunty," he cried, "do you think I shall ever see them again? I
+have been so selfish, and so little grateful for all their love. Oh, I
+wish I had thought at Roslyn how soon I was to lose them."
+
+"Yes, dearest," said Mrs Trevor, "I have no doubt we shall all meet
+again soon. Your father is only going for five years, you know, and
+that will not seem very long. And then they will be writing continually
+to us, and we to them. Think, Eric, how gladdened their hearts will be
+to hear that you and Vernon are good boys, and getting on well."
+
+"Oh, I _will_ be a better boy, I _will_ indeed," said Eric; "I mean to
+do great things, and they shall have nothing but good reports of me."
+
+"God helping you, dear," said his aunt, pushing back his hair from his
+forehead, and kissing it softly; "without His help, Eric, we are all
+weak indeed."
+
+She sighed. But how far deeper her sigh would have been had she known
+the future. Merciful is the darkness that shrouds it from human eyes.
+
+
+
+VOLUME ONE, CHAPTER SEVEN.
+
+ERIC A BOARDER.
+
+ We were, fair queen,
+ Two lads that thought there was no more behind,
+ But such a day to-morrow as to-day,
+ And to be boy eternal.
+ _Winter's Tale_, i. 2.
+
+The holidays were over. Vernon was to have a tutor at Fairholm, and
+Eric was to return alone, and be received into Dr Rowlands's house.
+
+As he went on board the steam-packet, he saw numbers of the well-known
+faces on deck, and merry voices greeted him.
+
+"Hullo, Williams! here you are at last," said Duncan, seizing his hand.
+"How have you enjoyed the holidays? It's so jolly to see you again."
+
+"So you're coming as a boarder," said Montagu, "and to our noble house,
+too. Mind you stick up for it, old fellow. Come along, and let's watch
+whether the boats are bringing any more fellows; we shall be starting in
+a few minutes."
+
+"Ha! there's Russell," said Eric, springing to the gangway, and warmly
+shaking his friend's hand as he came on board.
+
+"Have your father and mother gone, Eric?" said Russell, after a few
+minutes' talk.
+
+"Yes," said Eric, turning away his head, and hastily brushing his eyes.
+"They are on their way back to India."
+
+"I'm so sorry," said Russell; "I don't think any one has ever been so
+kind to me as they were."
+
+"And they loved you, Edwin, dearly, and told me almost the last thing
+that they hoped we should always be friends. Stop! they gave me
+something for you." Eric opened his carpet-bag, and took out a little
+box carefully wrapped up, which he gave to Russell. It contained a
+pretty silver watch, and inside the case was engraved--"Edwin Russell,
+from the mother of his friend Eric."
+
+The boy's eyes glistened with joyful surprise. "How good they are," he
+said; "I shall write and thank Mrs Williams directly we get to Roslyn."
+
+They had a fine bright voyage, and arrived that night. Eric, as a
+newcomer, was ushered at once into Dr Rowlands's drawing-room, where
+the head-master was sitting with his wife and children. His greeting
+was dignified, but not unkindly; and, on saying "good-night," he gave
+Eric a few plain words of affectionate advice.
+
+At that moment Eric hardly cared for advice. He was full of life and
+spirits, brave, bright, impetuous, tingling with hope, in the very flush
+of boyhood. He bounded down the stairs, and in another minute entered
+the large room where all Dr Rowlands's boarders assembled, and where
+most of them lived, except the few privileged sixth-form, and other boys
+who had "studies." A cheer greeted his entrance into the room. By this
+time most of the Rowlandites knew him, and were proud to have him among
+their number. They knew that he was clever enough to get them credit in
+the school, and, what was better still, that he would be a capital
+accession of strength to the cricket and football. Except Barker, there
+was not one who had not a personal liking for him, and on this occasion
+even Barker was gracious.
+
+The room in which Eric found himself was large and high. At one end was
+a huge fireplace, and there was generally a throng of boys round the
+great iron fender, where, in cold weather, a little boy could seldom
+find room. The large windows opened on the green playground; and iron
+bars prevented any exit through them. This large room, called "the
+boarders' room," was the joint habitation of Eric and some thirty other
+boys; and at one side ran a range of shelves and drawers, where they
+kept their books and private property. There the younger Rowlandites
+breakfasted, dined, had tea, and, for the most part, lived. Here, too,
+they had to get through all such work as was not performed under direct
+supervision. How many and what varied scenes had not that room beheld!
+had those dumb walls any feeling, what worlds of life and experience
+they would have acquired! If against each boy's name, as it was rudely
+cut on the oak panels, could have been also cut the fate that had
+befallen him, the good that he had there learnt, the evil that he there
+had suffered--what _noble_ histories would the records unfold of honour
+and success, of baffled temptations and hard-won triumphs; what _awful_
+histories of hopes blighted and habits learned, of wasted talents and
+ruined lives.
+
+The routine of school-life was on this wise:--At half-past seven the
+boys came down to prayers, which were immediately followed by breakfast.
+At nine they went into school, where they continued, with little
+interruption, till twelve. At one they dined, and, except on
+half-holidays, went into school again from two till five. The lock-up
+bell rang at dusk; at six o'clock they had tea--which was a repetition
+of breakfast, with leave to add to it whatever else they liked--and
+immediately after sat down to "preparation," which lasted from seven
+till nine. During this time one of the masters was always in the room,
+who allowed them to read amusing books or employ themselves in any other
+quiet way they liked, as soon as ever they had learnt their lessons for
+the following day. At nine Dr Rowlands came in and read prayers, after
+which the boys were dismissed to bed.
+
+The arrangement of the dormitories was peculiar. They were a suite of
+rooms, exactly the same size, each opening into the other; six on each
+side of a lavatory, which occupied the space between them, so that, when
+all the doors were open, you could see from one end of the whole range
+to the other. The only advantage of this arrangement was, that one
+master walking up and down could keep all the boys in order while they
+were getting into bed. About a quarter of an hour was allowed for this
+process, and then the master went along the rooms putting out the
+lights. A few of the "study-boys" were allowed to sit up till half-past
+ten, and their bedrooms were elsewhere. The consequence was, that in
+these dormitories the boys felt perfectly secure from any interruption.
+There were only two ways by which a master could get at them--one up the
+great staircase, and through the lavatory; the other by a door at the
+extreme end of the range, which led into Dr Rowlands's house, but was
+generally kept locked.
+
+In each dormitory slept four or five boys, distributed by their order in
+the school list, so that, in all the dormitories, there were nearly
+sixty; and of these a goodly number were, on Eric's arrival, collected
+in the boarders' room, the rest being in their studies, or in the
+classrooms, which some were allowed to use in order to prevent too great
+a crowd in the room below.
+
+At nine o'clock the prayer-bell rang. This was the signal for all the
+boarders to take their seats for prayers, each with an open Bible before
+him; and when the school-servants had also come in, Dr Rowlands read a
+chapter, and offered up an extempore prayer. While reading, he
+generally interspersed a few pointed remarks or graphic explanations,
+and Eric learnt much in this simple way. The prayer, though short, was
+always well suited to the occasion, and calculated to carry with it the
+attention of the worshippers.
+
+Prayers over, the boys noisily dispersed to their bedrooms, and Eric
+found himself placed in a room immediately to the right of the lavatory,
+occupied by Duncan, Graham, Llewellyn, and two other boys named Ball and
+Attlay, all in the same form with himself. They were all tired with
+their voyage and the excitement of coming back to school, so that they
+did not talk much that night, and before long Eric was fast asleep,
+dreaming, dreaming, dreaming that he should have a very happy life at
+Roslyn School, and seeing himself win no end of distinctions, and make
+no end of new friends.
+
+
+
+VOLUME ONE, CHAPTER EIGHT.
+
+TAKING UP.
+
+ We are not worst at once; the course of evil
+ Begins so slowly, and from such slight source,
+ An infant's hand might stop the breach with clay;
+ But let the stream grow wider, and Philosophy,
+ Ay, and Religion too--may strive in vain
+ To stem the headlong current!
+ _Anon_.
+
+With intense delight Eric heard it announced next morning, when the new
+school list was read, that he had got his remove into the "Shell," as
+the form was called which intervened between the fourth and the fifth.
+Russell, Owen, and Montagu also got their removes with him, but his
+other friends were left for the present in the form below.
+
+Mr Rose, his new master, was in every respect a great contrast with Mr
+Gordon. He was not so brilliant in his acquirements, nor so vigorous in
+his teaching, and therefore clever boys did not catch fire from him so
+much as from the fourth-form master. But he was a far truer and deeper
+Christian; and, with no less scrupulous a sense of honour and
+detestation of every form of moral obliquity, he never yielded to those
+storms of passionate indignation which Mr Gordon found it impossible to
+control. Disappointed in early life, subjected to the deepest and most
+painful trials, Mr Rose's fine character had come out like gold from
+the flame. He now lived in and for the boys alone, and his whole life
+was one long self-devotion to their service and interests. The boys
+felt this, and even the worst of them, in their worst moments, loved and
+honoured Mr Rose. But he was not seeking for gratitude, which he
+neither expected nor required; he asked no affection in return for his
+self-denials; he worked with a pure spirit of human and self-sacrificing
+love, happy beyond all payment if ever he were instrumental in saving
+one of his charge from evil, or turning one wanderer from the error of
+his ways.
+
+He was an unmarried man, and therefore took no boarders himself; but
+lived in the school buildings, and had the care of the boys in Dr
+Rowlands's house.
+
+Such was the master under whom Eric was now placed, and the boy was
+sadly afraid that an evil report would have reached his ears, and given
+him already an unfavourable impression. But he was soon happily
+undeceived. Mr Rose at once addressed him with much kindness, and he
+felt that, however bad he had been before, he would now have an
+opportunity to turn over a new leaf, and begin again a career of hope.
+He worked admirably at first, and even beat, for the first week or two,
+his old competitors, Owen and Russell.
+
+From the beginning, Mr Rose took a deep interest in him. Few could
+look at the boy's bright blue eyes and noble face without doing so, and
+the more when they knew that his father and mother were thousands of
+miles away, leaving him alone in the midst of so many dangers. Often
+the master asked him, and Russell and Owen and Montagu, to supper with
+him in the library, which gave them the privilege of sitting up later
+than usual, and enjoying a more quiet and pleasant evening than was
+possible in the noisy rooms. Boys and master were soon quite at home
+with each other, and in this way Mr Rose had an opportunity of
+instilling many a useful warning without the formality of regular
+discipline or stereotyped instruction.
+
+Eric found the life of the "boarders' room" far rougher than he had
+expected. Work was out of the question there, except during the hours
+of preparation, and the long dark winter evenings were often dull
+enough. Sometimes, indeed, they would all join in some regular indoor
+boys' game like "baste the bear," or "high-cockolorum"; or they would
+have amusing "ghost-hunts," as they called them, after some dressed-up
+boy among the dark corridors and staircases. This was good fun, but at
+other times they got tired of games, and could not get them up, and then
+numbers of boys felt the idle time hang heavy on their hands. When this
+was the case, some of the worst sort, as might have been expected, would
+fill up their leisure with bullying or mischief.
+
+For some time they had a form of diversion which disgusted and annoyed
+Eric exceedingly. On each of the long iron-bound deal tables were
+placed two or three tallow candles in tin candlesticks, and this was the
+only light the boys had. Of course these candles often wanted snuffing,
+and as snuffers were sure to be thrown about and broken as soon as they
+were brought into the room, the only resource was to snuff them with the
+fingers, at which all the boys became great adepts, from necessity. One
+evening Barker, having snuffed the candle, suddenly and slyly put the
+smouldering wick unnoticed on the head of a little quiet inoffensive
+fellow named Wright, who happened to be sitting next to him. It went on
+smouldering for some time without Wright's perceiving it, and at last
+Barker, highly delighted, exclaimed--"I see a chimney," and laughed.
+
+Four or five boys looked up, and very soon every one in the room had
+noticed the trick except little Wright himself, who unconsciously toiled
+on at the letter he was sending home.
+
+Eric did not like this, but not wishing to come across Barker again,
+said nothing, and affected not to have observed. But Russell said
+quietly, "There's something on your head, Wright," and the little boy,
+putting up his hand, hastily brushed off the horrid wick.
+
+"What a shame," he said, as it fell on his letter, and made a smudge.
+
+"Who told you to interfere?" said Barker, turning fiercely to Russell.
+Russell, as usual, took not the slightest notice of him, and Barker,
+after a little more bluster, repeated the trick on another boy. This
+time Russell thought that every one might be on the look-out for
+himself, and so went on with his work. But when Barker again chanted
+maliciously--
+
+"I see a chimney!" every boy who happened to be reading or writing,
+uneasily felt to discover whether this time he were himself the victim
+or no; and so things continued for half an hour.
+
+Ridiculous and disgusting as this folly was, it became, when constantly
+repeated, very annoying. A boy could not sit down to any quiet work
+without constant danger of having some one creep up behind him and put
+the offensive fragment of smoking snuff on his head; and neither Barker
+nor any of his little gang of imitators seemed disposed to give up their
+low mischief.
+
+One night, when the usual exclamation was made, Eric felt sure, from
+seeing several boys looking at him, that this time some one had been
+treating him in the same way. He indignantly shook his head, and sure
+enough the bit of wick dropped off. Eric was furious, and, springing
+up, he shouted--
+
+"By Jove! I _won't_ stand this any longer."
+
+"You'll have to sit it, then," said Barker.
+
+"Oh, it was you who did it, was it? Then take that!" and seizing one of
+the tin candlesticks, Eric hurled it at Barker's head. Barker dodged,
+but the edge of it cut open his eyebrow as it whizzed by, and the blood
+flowed fast.
+
+"I'll kill you for that," said Barker, leaping at Eric, and seizing him
+by the hair.
+
+"You'll get killed yourself then, you brute," said Upton, Russell's
+cousin, a fifth-form boy, who had just come into the room--and he boxed
+Barker's ears as a premonitory admonition. "But I say, young 'un,"
+continued he to Eric, "this kind of thing won't do, you know. You'll
+get into rows if you shy candlesticks at fellows' heads at that rate."
+
+"He has been making the room intolerable for the last month by his
+filthy tricks," said Eric hotly; "some one must stop him, and I will
+somehow, if no one else does."
+
+"It wasn't I who put the thing on your head, you passionate young fool,"
+growled Barker.
+
+"Who was it, then? how was I to know? You began it."
+
+"You shut up, Barker," said Upton; "I've heard of your ways before, and
+when I catch you at your tricks, I'll teach you a lesson. Come up to my
+study, Williams, if you like."
+
+Upton was a fine sturdy fellow of eighteen, immensely popular in the
+school for his prowess and good looks. He hated bullying, and often
+interfered to protect little boys, who accordingly idolised him, and did
+anything he told them very willingly. He meant to do no harm, but he
+did great harm. He was full of misdirected impulses, and had a great
+notion of being manly, which he thought consisted in a fearless
+disregard of all school rules, and the performance of the wildest
+tricks. For this reason he was never very intimate with his cousin
+Russell, whom he liked very much, but who was too scrupulous and
+independent to please him. Eric, on the other hand, was just the boy to
+take his fancy, and to admire him in return; his life, strength, and
+pluck made him a ready pupil in all schemes of mischief, and Upton, who
+had often noticed him, would have been the first to shudder had he known
+how far his example went to undermine all Eric's lingering good
+resolutions, and injure permanently the boy of whom he was so fond.
+
+From this time Eric was much in Upton's study, and constantly by his
+side in the playground. In spite of their disparity in age and position
+in the school, they became sworn friends, though their friendship was
+broken every now and then by little quarrels, which united them all the
+more closely after they had not spoken to each other perhaps for a week.
+
+"Your, cousin Upton has `taken up' Williams," said Montagu to Russell
+one afternoon, as he saw the two strolling together on the beach, with
+Eric's arm in Upton's.
+
+"Yes, I am sorry for it."
+
+"So am I. We shan't see so much of him now."
+
+"Oh, that's not my only reason," answered Russell, who had a rare habit
+of always going straight to the point.
+
+"You mean you don't like the `taking up' system."
+
+"No, Montagu; I used once to have fine theories about it. I used to
+fancy that a big fellow would do no end of good to one lower in the
+school, and that the two would stand to each other in the relation of
+knight to squire. You know what the young knights were taught, Monty--
+to keep their bodies under, and bring them into subjection; to love God,
+and speak the truth always. That sounds very grand and noble to me.
+But when a big fellow takes up a little one, _you_ know pretty well that
+_those_ are not the kind of lessons he teaches."
+
+"No, Russell; you're quite right. It's bad for a fellow in every way.
+First of all, it keeps him in an unnatural sort of dependence; then ten
+to one it makes him conceited, and prevents his character from really
+coming out well. And besides, the young chap generally gets paid out in
+kicks and abuse from the jealousy and contempt of the rest; and if his
+protector happens to leave, or anything of that kind, woe betide him!"
+
+"No fear for Eric in that line, though," said Russell; "he can hold his
+own pretty well against any one. And after all, he is a most jolly
+fellow. I don't think even Upton would spoil him; it's chiefly the soft
+self-indulgent fellows, who are all straw and no iron, who get spoilt by
+being `taken up.'"
+
+Russell was partly right. Eric learned a great deal of harm from Upton,
+and the misapplied hero-worship led to bad results. But he was too
+manly a little fellow, and had too much self-respect, to sink into the
+dependent condition which usually grows on the foolish little boys who
+have the misfortune to be "taken up."
+
+Nor did he in the least drop his old friends, except Owen. A coolness
+grew up between the latter and Eric, not unmingled with a little mutual
+contempt. Eric sneered at Owen as a fellow who did nothing but grind
+all day long, and had no geniality in him; while Owen pitied the love of
+popularity which so often led Eric into delinquencies, which he himself
+despised. Owen had, indeed, but few friends in the school; the only boy
+who knew him well enough to respect and like him thoroughly was Russell,
+who found in him the only one who took the same high ground with
+himself. But Russell loved the good in every one, and was loved by all
+in return, and Eric he loved most of all, while he often mourned over
+his increasing failures.
+
+One day as the two were walking together in the green playground, Mr
+Gordon passed by; and as the boys touched their caps, he nodded and
+smiled pleasantly at Russell, but hardly noticed, and did not return
+Eric's salute. He had begun to dislike the latter more and more, and
+had given him up altogether as one of the reprobates. Barker, who
+happened to pass at the same moment, received from him the same cold
+glance that Eric had done.
+
+"What a surly devil that is," said Eric, when he had passed; "did you
+see how he purposely cut me?"
+
+"A surly...? Oh, Eric, that's the first time I ever heard you swear."
+
+Eric blushed. He hadn't meant the word to slip out in Russell's
+hearing, though similar and worse expressions were common enough in his
+talk with other boys. But he didn't like to be reproved, even by
+Russell, and in the ready spirit of self-defence, he answered--
+
+"Pooh, Edwin, you don't call that swearing, do you? You're so strict,
+so religious, you know. I love you for it, but then, there are none
+like you. Nobody thinks anything of swearing here,--even of _real_
+swearing, you know."
+
+Russell was silent.
+
+"Besides, what can be the harm of it? it means nothing. I was thinking
+the other night, and I made out that you and Owen are the only two
+fellows here who don't swear."
+
+Russell still said nothing.
+
+"And, after all, I didn't swear; I only called that fellow a surly
+devil."
+
+"Oh, hush! Eric, hush!" said Russell sadly. "You wouldn't have said so
+half a year ago."
+
+Eric knew what he meant. The image of his father and mother rose before
+him, as they sate far away in their lonely Indian home, thinking of him,
+praying for him, centring all their hopes in him. In him!--and he knew
+how many things he was daily doing and saying, which would cut them to
+the heart. He knew that all his moral consciousness was fast vanishing,
+and leaving him a bad and reckless boy.
+
+In a moment all this passed through his mind. He remembered how shocked
+he had been at swearing at first; and even when it became too familiar
+to shock him, how he determined never to fall into the habit himself.
+Then he remembered how gradually it had become quite a graceful sound in
+his ears--a sound of entire freedom and independence of moral restraint;
+an open casting off, as it were, of all authority, so that he had begun
+to admire it, particularly in Duncan, and, above all, in his new hero,
+Upton; and he recollected how, at last, an oath had one day slipped out
+suddenly in his own words, and how strange it sounded to him, and how
+Upton smiled to hear it, though his own conscience had reproached him
+bitterly; but now that he had done it once, it became less dreadful, and
+gradually grew common enough, till even conscience hardly reminded him
+that he was doing wrong.
+
+He thought of all this, and hung his head. Pride struggled with him for
+a moment, but at length he answered, "Oh, Edwin, you're quite right, and
+I'm all in the wrong as usual. But I shall never be like you," he added
+in a low sad tone.
+
+"Dear Eric, don't think that I'm always sermonising. But I hope that I
+know the difference between what's right and what's wrong, and do let me
+say that you will be so much happier, if you try not to yield to all the
+bad things round us. Remember, I know more of school than you."
+
+The two boys strolled on silently. That night Eric knelt at his
+bedside, and prayed as he had not done for many a long day.
+
+And here let those scoff who deny "the sinfulness of little sins"--but I
+remember the words of one who wrote, that:
+
+ The most childish thing which man can do,
+ Is yet a sin which Jesus never did
+ When Jesus was a child,--and yet a sin
+ For which in lowly pain he came to die
+ That for the _bravest_ sin that e'er was praised
+ The King Eternal wore the crown of thorns.
+
+
+
+VOLUME ONE, CHAPTER NINE.
+
+"DEAD FLIES," OR "YE SHALL BE AS GODS".
+
+ In the twilight, in the evening, in the black and dark night.
+ Proverbs seven, 9.
+
+At Roslyn, even in summer, the hour for going to bed was half-past nine.
+It was hardly likely that so many boys, overflowing with turbulent
+life, should lie down quietly, and get to sleep. They never dreamt of
+doing so. Very soon after the masters were gone, the sconces were often
+relighted, sometimes in separate dormitories, sometimes in all of them,
+and the boys amused themselves by reading novels or making a row. They
+would play various games about the bedrooms, vaulting or jumping over
+the beds, running races in sheets, getting through the windows upon the
+roofs, to frighten the study-boys with sham ghosts, or playing the
+thousand other pranks which suggested themselves to the fertile
+imagination of fifteen. But the favourite amusement was a bolstering
+match. One room would challenge another, and stripping the covers off
+their bolsters, would meet in mortal fray. A bolster well wielded,
+especially when dexterously applied to the legs, is a very efficient
+instrument to bring a boy to the ground; but it doesn't hurt very much,
+even when the blows fall on the head. Hence these matches were
+excellent trials of strength and temper, and were generally accompanied
+with shouts of laughter, never ending until one side was driven back to
+its own room. Many a long and tough struggle had Eric enjoyed, and his
+prowess was now so universally acknowledged, that his dormitory, Number
+7, was a match for any other, and far stronger in this warfare than most
+of the rest. At bolstering. Duncan was a perfect champion; his
+strength and activity were marvellous, and his mirth uproarious. Eric
+and Graham backed him up brilliantly; while Llewellyn and Attlay, with
+sturdy vigour, supported the skirmishers. Ball, the sixth boy in Number
+7, was the only _faineant_ among them, though he did occasionally help
+to keep off the smaller fry.
+
+Happy would it have been for all of them if Ball had never been placed
+in Number 7; happier still if he had never come to Roslyn School.
+Backward in work, overflowing with vanity at his supposed good looks, of
+mean disposition and feeble intellect, he was the very worst specimen of
+a boy that Eric had ever seen. Not even Barker so deeply excited Eric's
+repulsion and contempt. And yet, since the affair of Upton, Barker and
+Eric were declared enemies, and, much to the satisfaction of the latter,
+never spoke to each other; but with Ball--much as he inwardly loathed
+him--he was professedly and apparently on good terms. His silly love of
+universal popularity made him accept and tolerate the society even of
+this worthless boy.
+
+Any two boys talking to each other about Ball would probably profess to
+like him "well enough," but if they were honest, they would generally
+end by allowing their contempt.
+
+"We've got a nice set in Number 7, haven't we?" said Duncan to Eric one
+day.
+
+"Capital. Old Llewellyn's a stunner, and I like Attlay and Graham."
+
+"Don't you like Ball, then?"
+
+"Oh yes; pretty well."
+
+The two boys looked each other in the face, and then, like the
+confidential augurs, burst out laughing.
+
+"You know you detest him," said Duncan.
+
+"No, I don't. He never did me any harm that I know of."
+
+"Hm!--well, _I_ detest him."
+
+"Well!" answered Eric, "on coming to think of it, so do I. And yet he's
+popular enough in the school. I wonder how that is."
+
+"He's not _really_ popular. I've often noticed that fellows pretty
+generally despise him, yet somehow don't like to say so."
+
+"Why do you dislike him, Duncan?"
+
+"I don't know. Why do you?"
+
+"I don't know either."
+
+Neither Eric nor Duncan meant this answer to be false, and yet if they
+had taken the trouble to consider, they would have found out in their
+secret souls the reasons of their dislike.
+
+Ball had been to school before, and of this school he often bragged as
+the acme of desirability and wickedness. He was always telling boys
+what they did at "his old school," and he quite inflamed the minds of
+such as fell under his influence by marvellous tales of the wild and
+wilful things which he and his former school-fellows had done. Many and
+many a scheme of sin and mischief at Roslyn was suggested, planned, and
+carried out, on the model of Ball's reminiscences of his previous life.
+
+He had tasted more largely of the tree of the knowledge of evil than any
+other boy, and, strange to say, this was the secret why the general
+odium was never expressed. He claimed his guilty experience so often as
+a ground of superiority, that at last the claim was silently allowed.
+He spoke from the platform of more advanced iniquity, and the others
+listened first curiously, and then eagerly to his words.
+
+"Ye shall be as gods, knowing good and evil." Such was the temptation
+which assailed the other boys in dormitory Number 7; and Eric among the
+number. Ball was the tempter. Secretly, gradually, he dropped into
+their too willing ears the poison of his immorality.
+
+In brief, this boy was cursed with a degraded and corrupting mind.
+
+I hurry over a part of my subject inconceivably painful; I hurry over
+it, but if I am to perform my self-imposed duty of giving a true
+picture, of what school-life _sometimes_ is, I must not pass it by
+altogether.
+
+The first time that Eric heard indecent words in dormitory Number 7, he
+was shocked beyond bound or measure. Dark though it was, he felt
+himself blushing scarlet to the roots of his hair, and then growing pale
+again, while a hot dew was left upon his forehead. Ball was the
+speaker; but this time there was a silence, and the subject instantly
+dropped. The others felt that a "new boy" was in the room; they did not
+know how he would take it; they were unconsciously abashed.
+
+Besides, though they had themselves joined in such conversation before,
+they did not love it, and, on the contrary, felt ashamed of yielding to
+it.
+
+Now, Eric, now or never! Life and death, ruin and salvation, corruption
+and purity, are perhaps in the balance together, and the scale of your
+destiny may hang on a single word of yours. Speak out, boy! Tell these
+fellows that unseemly words wound your conscience; tell them that they
+are ruinous, sinful, damnable; speak out and save yourself and the rest.
+Virtue is strong and beautiful, Eric, and vice is downcast in her awful
+presence. Lose your purity of heart, Eric, and you have lost a jewel
+which the whole world, if it were "one entire and perfect chrysolite,"
+cannot replace.
+
+Good spirits guard that young boy, and give him grace in this his hour
+of trial! Open his eyes that he may see the fiery horses and the fiery
+chariots of the angels who would defend him, and the dark array of
+spiritual foes who throng around his bed. Point a pitying finger to the
+yawning abyss of shame, ruin, and despair that even now perhaps is being
+cleft under his feet. Show him the garlands of the present and the
+past, withering at the touch of the Erinnys in the future. In pity, in
+pity, show him the canker which he is introducing into the sap of the
+tree of life, which shall cause its root to be hereafter as bitterness,
+and its blossom to go up as dust.
+
+But the sense of sin was on Eric's mind. How _could_ he speak? was not
+his own language sometimes profane? How--how could he profess to
+reprove another boy on the ground of morality, when he himself said and
+did things less dangerous perhaps, but equally forbidden?
+
+For half an hour, in an agony of struggle with himself, Eric lay silent.
+Since Ball's last words nobody had spoken. They were going to sleep.
+It was too late to speak now, Eric thought. The moment passed by for
+ever; Eric had listened without objection to foul words, and the
+irreparable harm was done.
+
+How easy it would have been to speak! With the temptation, God had
+provided also a way to escape. Next time it came, it was far harder to
+resist, and it soon became, to men, impossible.
+
+Ah, Eric, Eric! how little we know the moments which decide the
+destinies of life. We live on as usual. The day is a common day, the
+hour a common hour. We never thought twice about the change of
+intention which by one of the accidents--(accidents!)--of life
+determined for good or for evil, for happiness or misery, the colour of
+our remaining years. The stroke of the pen was done in a moment which
+led unconsciously to our ruin; the word was uttered quite heedlessly on
+which turned for ever the decision of our weal or woe.
+
+Eric lay silent. The darkness was not broken by the flashing of an
+angel's wing, the stillness was not syllabled by the sound of an angel's
+voice; but to his dying day Eric never forgot the moments which passed,
+until, weary and self-reproachful, he fell asleep.
+
+Next morning he awoke, restless and feverish. He at once remembered
+what had passed. Ball's words haunted him; he could not forget them;
+they burnt within him like the flame of a moral fever. He was moody and
+petulant, and for a time could hardly conceal his aversion. Ah, Eric!
+moodiness and petulance cannot save you, but prayerfulness would; one
+word, Eric, at the throne of grace--one prayer before you go down among
+the boys, that God in His mercy would wash away, in the blood of His
+dear Son, your crimson stains, and keep your conscience and memory
+clean.
+
+The boy knelt down for a few minutes, and repeated to himself a few
+formal words. Had he stayed longer on his knees, he might have given
+way to a burst of penitence and supplication--but he heard Ball's
+footstep, and getting up he ran downstairs to breakfast; so Eric did not
+pray.
+
+Conversations did not generally drop so suddenly in dormitory Number 7.
+On the contrary, they generally flashed along in the liveliest way, till
+some one said "good-night;" and then the boys turned off to sleep. Eric
+knew this, and instantly conjectured that it was only a sort of respect
+for him, and ignorance of the manner in which he would consider it, that
+prevented Duncan and the rest from taking any further notice of Ball's
+remark. It was therefore no good disburdening his mind to any of them;
+but he determined to speak about the matter to Russell in their next
+walk.
+
+They usually walked together on Sunday. Dr Rowlands had discontinued
+the odious and ridiculous custom of the younger boys taking their
+exercise under a master's inspection. Boys are not generally fond of
+constitutionals, so that on the half-holidays they almost entirely
+confined their open-air exercise to the regular games, and many of them
+hardly left the playground boundaries once a week. But on Sundays they
+often went walks, each with his favourite friend or companion. When
+Eric first came as a boarder, he invariably went with Russell on Sunday,
+and many a pleasant stroll they had taken together, sometimes
+accompanied by Duncan, Montagu, or Owen. The latter, however, had
+dropped even this intercourse with Eric, who for the last few weeks had
+more often gone with his new friend Upton.
+
+"Come a walk, boy," said Upton, as they left the dining-room.
+
+"Oh, excuse me to-day, Upton," said Eric, "I'm going with your cousin."
+
+"Oh, very well," said Upton, in high dudgeon; and hoping to make Eric
+jealous, he went a walk with Graham, whom he had "taken up" before he
+knew Williams.
+
+Russell was rather surprised when Eric came to him and said, "Come a
+stroll to Fort Island, Edwin--will you?"
+
+"Oh yes," said Russell cheerfully; "why, we haven't seen each other for
+some time lately! I was beginning to fancy that you meant to drop me,
+Eric."
+
+He spoke with a smile and in a rallying tone, but Eric hung his head;
+for the charge was true. Proud of his popularity among all the school,
+and especially at his friendship with so leading a fellow as Upton, Eric
+had _not_ seen much of his friend since their last conversation about
+swearing. Indeed, conscious of failure, he felt sometimes uneasy in
+Russell's company.
+
+He faltered, and answered humbly, "I hope you will never drop _me_,
+Edwin, whatever happens to me. But I particularly want to speak to you
+to-day."
+
+In an instant Russell had twined his arm in Eric's as they turned
+towards Fort Island; and Eric, with an effort, was just going to begin
+when they heard Montagu's voice calling after them--
+
+"I say, you fellows, where are you off to? may I come with you?"
+
+"Oh yes, Monty, do," said Russell; "it will be quite like old times; now
+that my cousin Horace has got hold of Eric, we have to sing `When shall
+we three meet again?'"
+
+Russell only spoke in fun; but, unintentionally, his words jarred in
+Eric's heart. He was silent and answered in monosyllables, so the walk
+was provokingly dull. At last they reached Fort Island, and sate down
+by the ruined chapel looking on the sea.
+
+"Why, what's the row with you, old boy?" said Montagu, playfully shaking
+Eric by the shoulder; "you're as silent as Zimmerman on Solitude, and as
+doleful as Harvey on the Tombs. I expect you've been going through a
+select course of Blair's Grave, Young's Night Thoughts, and Drelincourt
+on Death."
+
+To his surprise Eric's head was still bent, and, at last, he heard a
+deep suppressed sigh.
+
+"My dear fellow, what is the matter with you?" said Russell,
+affectionately taking his hand; "surely you're not offended at my
+nonsense?"
+
+Eric had not liked to speak while Montagu was by, but now he gulped down
+his rising emotion, and briefly told them of Ball's vile words the night
+before. They listened in silence.
+
+"I knew it must come, Eric," said Russell at last, "and I am so sorry
+you didn't speak at the time."
+
+"Do the fellows ever talk in that way in either of your dormitories?"
+asked Eric.
+
+"No," said Russell.
+
+"Very little," said Montagu.
+
+A pause followed, during which all three plucked the grass and looked
+away.
+
+"Let me tell you," said Russell solemnly; "my father (he is dead now,
+you know, Eric), when I was sent to school, warned me of this kind of
+thing. I had been brought up in utter ignorance of such coarse
+knowledge as is forced upon one here, and with my reminiscences of home,
+I could not bear even that much of it which it was impossible to avoid.
+But the very first time such talk was begun in my dormitory, I spoke
+out. What I said I don't know, but I felt as if I was trampling on a
+slimy poisonous adder, and, at any rate, I showed such pain and distress
+that the fellows dropped it at the time. Since then I have absolutely
+refused to stay in the room if ever such talk is begun. So it never is
+now, and I do think the fellows are very glad of it themselves."
+
+"Well," said Montagu, "I don't profess to look on it from the religious
+ground, you know, but I thought it blackguardly, and in bad taste, and
+said so. The fellow who began it threatened to kick me for a conceited
+little fool, but he didn't; and they hardly ever venture on that line
+now."
+
+"It is more than blackguardly, it is deadly," answered Russell; "my
+father said it was the most fatal curse which could ever become rife in
+a public school."
+
+"Why do masters never give us any help or advice on these matters?"
+asked Eric thoughtfully.
+
+"In sermons they do. Don't you remember Rowlands's sermon not two weeks
+ago on Kibroth-Hattaavah? But I for one think them quite right not to
+speak to us privately on such subjects, unless we invite confidence.
+Besides, they cannot know that any boys talk in this way. After all, it
+is only a very few of the worst who ever do."
+
+They got up and walked home, but from day to day Eric put off performing
+the duty which Russell had advised, viz.--a private request to Ball to
+abstain from his offensive communications, and an endeavour to enlist
+Duncan into his wishes.
+
+One evening they were telling each other stories in Number 7. Ball's
+turn came, and in his story the vile element again appeared. For a
+while Eric said nothing, but as the strain grew worse, he made a faint
+remonstrance.
+
+"Shut up there, Williams," said Attlay, "and don't spoil the story."
+
+"Very well. It's your own fault, and I shall shut my ears."
+
+He did for a time, but a general laugh awoke him. He pretended to be
+asleep, but he listened. Iniquity of this kind was utterly new to him;
+his curiosity was awakened; he no longer feigned indifference, and the
+poison of evil communication flowed deep into his veins.
+
+Oh, young boys, if your eyes ever read these pages, pause and beware.
+The knowledge of evil is ruin, and the continuance in it is moral death.
+That little matter--that beginning of evil--it will be like the
+snowflake detached by the breath of air from the mountain-top, which, as
+it rushes down, gains size and strength and impetus, till it has swollen
+to the mighty and irresistible avalanche that overwhelms garden and
+field and village in a chaos of undistinguishable death.
+
+Kibroth-Hattaavah! Many and many a young Englishman has perished there!
+Many and many a happy English boy, the jewel of his mother's heart--
+brave and beautiful and strong--lies buried there. Very pale their
+shadows rise before us--the shadows of our young brothers who have
+sinned and suffered. From the sea and the sod, from foreign graves and
+English churchyards, they start up and throng around us in the paleness
+of their fall. May every schoolboy who reads this page be warned by the
+waving of their wasted hands, from that burning marle of passion where
+they found nothing but shame and ruin, polluted affections, and an early
+grave.
+
+
+
+VOLUME ONE, CHAPTER TEN.
+
+DORMITORY LIFE.
+
+ Aspasie trillistos epeluthe nux erebenne.--_Homer_.
+
+For a few days after the Sunday walk narrated in the last chapter Upton
+and Eric cut each other dead. Upton was angry at Eric's declining the
+honour of his company, and Eric was piqued at Upton's unreasonableness.
+In the "taking up" system, such quarrels were of frequent occurrence,
+and as the existence of a misunderstanding was generally indicated in
+this very public way, the variations of good-will between such friends
+generally excited no little notice and amusement among the other boys.
+But both Upton and Eric were too sensible to carry their differences so
+far as others similarly circumstanced; each thoroughly enjoyed the
+other's company, and they generally seized an early opportunity for
+effecting a reconciliation, which united them more firmly than ever.
+
+As soon as Eric had got over his little pique, he made the first
+advances by writing a note to Upton, which he slipped under his study
+door, and which ran as follows--
+
+ "Dear Horace,--Don't let us quarrel about nothing. Silly fellow, why
+ should you be angry with me because for once I wanted to go a walk
+ with Russell, who, by the bye, is twice as good a fellow as you? I
+ shall expect you to make it up directly after prayers.--Yours, if you
+ are not silly, EW."
+
+The consequence was, that as they came out from prayers Upton seized
+Eric's hand, and slapped him on the back, after which they had a good
+laugh over their own foolish fracas, and ran upstairs, chattering
+merrily.
+
+"There's to be an awful lark in the dormitories to-night," said Eric;
+"the Doctor's gone to a dinner-party, and we're going to have no end of
+fun."
+
+"Are you? Well, if it gets amusing, come to my study and tell me, and
+I'll come and look on."
+
+"Very well; depend upon it I'll come." And they parted at the foot of
+the study stairs.
+
+It was Mr Rose's night of duty. He walked slowly up and down the range
+of dormitories until every boy seemed ready to get into bed, and then he
+put out all the candles. So long as he was present the boys observed
+the utmost quiet and decorum. All continued quite orderly until he had
+passed away through the lavatory, and one of the boys, following him as
+a scout, had seen the last glimmer of his candle disappear round the
+corner at the foot of the great staircase, and heard the library door
+close behind him.
+
+After that, particularly as Dr Rowlands was absent, the boys knew that
+they were safe from disturbance, and the occupants of Number 7 were the
+first to stir.
+
+"Now for some fun," said Duncan, starting up, and, by way of initiative,
+pitching his pillow at Eric's head.
+
+"I'll pay you out for that when I'm ready," said Eric, laughing; "but
+give us a match first."
+
+Duncan produced some vestas, and no sooner had they lighted their
+candle, than several of the dormitory doors began to be thrown open, and
+one after another all requested a light, which Duncan and Eric conveyed
+to them in a sort of emulous torch-race, so that at length all the
+twelve dormitories had their sconces lit, and the boys began all sorts
+of amusement, some in their night-shirts, and others with their trousers
+slipped on. Leap-frog was the prevalent game for a time, but at last
+Graham suggested theatricals, and they were agreed on.
+
+"But we're making a regular knock-me-down shindy," said Llewellyn;
+"somebody must keep cave."
+
+"Oh, old Rose is safe enough at his Hebrew in the library; no fear of
+disturbing him if we were dancing hippopotami," answered Graham.
+
+But it was generally considered safe to put some one at the top of the
+stairs, in case of an unexpected diversion in that direction, and little
+Wright consented to go first. He had only to leave the lavatory door
+open, and stand at the top of the staircase, and he then commanded for a
+great distance the only avenue, in which danger was expected. If any
+master's candle appeared in the hall, the boys had full three minutes'
+warning, and a single loudly-whispered "cave" would cause some one in
+each dormitory instantly to "dowse the glim," and shut the door; so that
+by the time of the adversary's arrival they would all be (of course)
+fast asleep in bed, some of them snoring in an alarming manner.
+Whatever noise the master might have heard, it would be impossible to
+fix it on any of the sleepers.
+
+So at the top of the stairs stood little Wright, shoeless, and shivering
+in his night-gown, but keenly entering into the fun, and not unconscious
+of the dignity of his position. Meanwhile the rest were getting up a
+scenic representation of Bombastes Furioso, arranging a stage, piling a
+lot of beds together for a theatre, and dressing up the actors in the
+most fantastic apparel.
+
+The impromptu Bombastes excited universal applause, and just at the end
+Wright ran in through the lavatory.
+
+"I say," said the little fellow, "it's jolly cold standing at the top of
+the stairs. Won't some one relieve guard?"
+
+"Oh, I will," answered Eric good-naturedly; "it's a shame that one
+fellow should have all the bother and none of the fun," and he ran to
+take Wright's post.
+
+After watching a minute or two, he felt sure that there was no danger,
+and therefore ran up to Upton's study for a change.
+
+"Well, what's up?" said the study-boy approvingly, as he glanced at
+Eric's laughing eyes.
+
+"Oh, we've been having leap-frog, and then Bombastes Furioso. But I'm
+keeping `cave' now; only it's so cold that I thought I'd run up to your
+study."
+
+"Little traitor; we'll shoot you for a deserting sentinel."
+
+"Oh no!" said Eric, "it's all serene; Rowley's out, and dear old Rose'd
+never dream of supposing us elsewhere than in the arms of Morpheus.
+Besides, the fellows are making less row now."
+
+"Well, look here! let's go and look on, and I'll tell you a dodge; put
+one of the tin washing-basins against the iron door of the lavatory, and
+then if any one comes he'll make clang enough to wake the dead; and
+while he's amusing himself with this, there'll be lots of time to
+`extinguish the superfluous abundance of the nocturnal illuminators.'
+Eh?"
+
+"Capital!" said Eric; "come along."
+
+They went down and arranged the signal very artistically, leaving the
+iron door ajar a little, and then neatly poising the large tin-basin on
+its edge, so as to lean against it. Having extremely enjoyed this part
+of the proceedings, they went to look at the theatricals again, the boys
+being highly delighted at Upton's appearance among them.
+
+They at once made Eric take a part in some very distant reminiscences of
+Macbeth, and corked his cheeks with whiskers and mustachios to make him
+resemble Banquo, his costume being completed by a girdle round his
+night-shirt, consisting of a very fine crimson silk handkerchief, richly
+broidered with gold, which had been brought to him from India, and which
+at first, in the innocence of his heart, he used to wear on Sundays,
+until it acquired the soubriquet of "the Dragon." Duncan made a superb
+Macbeth.
+
+They were doing the dagger-scene, which was put on the stage in a most
+novel manner. A sheet had been pinned from the top of the room, on one
+side of which stood a boy with a broken dinner-knife, the handle end of
+which he was pushing through a hole in the middle of the sheet at the
+shadow of Duncan on the other side.
+
+Duncan himself in an attitude of intensely-affected melodrama, was
+spouting--
+
+ "Is this a dagger which I see before me?
+ The handle towards me now? come, let me clutch thee."
+
+And he snatched convulsively at the handle of the protruded knife; but
+as soon as he nearly touched it, this end was immediately withdrawn and
+the blade end substituted, which made the comic Macbeth instantly draw
+back again, and recommence his apostrophe. This scene had tickled the
+audience immensely, and Duncan, amid shouts of laughter, was just
+drawing the somewhat unwarrantable conclusion that it was:
+
+ "A dagger of the mind, a false creation."
+
+when a sudden grating, followed by a reverberated clang, produced a dead
+silence.
+
+"Cave," shouted Eric, and took a flying leap into his bed. Instantly
+there was a bolt in different directions; the sheet was torn down, the
+candles dashed out, the beds shoved aside, and the dormitories at once
+plunged in profound silence, only broken by the heavy breathing of
+sleepers, when in strode--not Mr Rose or any of the under-masters--but
+Dr Rowlands himself!
+
+He stood for a moment to survey the scene. All the dormitory doors were
+wide open; the sheet which had formed the stage curtain lay torn on the
+floor of Number 7; the beds in all the adjoining rooms were in the
+strangest positions; and half-extinguished wicks still smouldered in
+several of the sconces. Every boy was in bed, but the extraordinary way
+in which the bed-clothes were huddled about told an unmistakable tale.
+
+He glanced quickly round, but the moment he had passed into Number 8 he
+heard a run, and, turning, just caught sight of Upton's figure vanishing
+into the darkness of the lavatory, towards the study stairs.
+
+He said not a word, but stalked hastily through all the dormitories,
+again stopping at Number 7 on his return. He heard nothing but the deep
+snores of Duncan, and instantly fixed on him as a chief culprit.
+
+"Duncan!"
+
+No reply; but calm stertorous music from Duncan's bed.
+
+"Duncan!" he said, still louder and more sternly; "you sleep soundly,
+sir, too soundly; get up directly," and he laid his hand on the boy's
+arm.
+
+"Get away, you old donkey," said Duncan sleepily, "'taint time to get up
+yet. First bell hasn't rung."
+
+"Come, sir, this shamming will only increase your punishment," but the
+imperturbable Duncan stretched himself lazily, gave a great yawn, and
+then awoke with such an admirably-feigned start at seeing Dr Rowlands,
+that Eric, who had been peeping at the scene from over his bed-clothes,
+burst into an irresistible explosion of laughter.
+
+Dr Rowlands swung round on his heel--
+
+"What! Williams! get out of bed, sir, this instant."
+
+Eric, forgetful of his disguise, sheepishly obeyed, but when he stood on
+the floor, he looked so odd in his crimson girdle and corked cheeks,
+with Dr Rowlands surveying him in intense astonishment, that the scene
+became overpoweringly ludicrous to Duncan, who now in his turn was
+convulsed with a storm of laughter, faintly echoed in stifled titterings
+from other beds.
+
+"_Very_ good," said Dr Rowlands, now thoroughly angry; "you will hear
+of this to-morrow," and he walked away with a heavy step, stopping at
+the lavatory door to restore the tin-basin to its proper place, and then
+mounting to the studies.
+
+Standing in the passage into which the studies opened, he knocked at one
+of the doors, and told a boy to summon all their occupants at once to
+the library.
+
+Meanwhile the dormitory boys were aghast, and as soon as they heard the
+Doctor's retreating footsteps, began flocking in the dark to Number 7,
+not daring to relight their candles.
+
+"Good gracious!" said Attlay, "only to think of Rowley appearing! How
+could he have twigged?"
+
+"He must have seen our lights in the window as he came home," said Eric.
+
+"I say, what a row that tin-basin dodge of yours made! What a rage the
+Doctor will be in to-morrow!"
+
+"Won't you just catch it!" said Barker to Duncan, but intending the
+remark for Eric.
+
+"Just like your mean chaff," retorted Duncan. "But I say, Williams," he
+continued, laughing, "you _did_ look so funny in the whiskers."
+
+At this juncture they heard all the study-boys running downstairs to the
+library, and, lost in conjecture, retired to their different rooms.
+
+"What do you think he'll do to us?" asked Eric.
+
+"I don't know," said Duncan uneasily; "flog us for one thing, that's
+certain. I'm so sorry about that basin, Eric; but it's no good
+fretting. We've had our cake, and now we must pay for it, that's all."
+
+Eric's cogitations began to be unpleasant, when the door opened, and
+somebody stole noiselessly in.
+
+"Who's there?"
+
+"Upton. I've come to have a chat. The Doctor's like a turkey-cock at
+the sight of a red handkerchief. Never saw him in such a rage."
+
+"Why, what's he been saying?" asked Eric, as Upton came and took a seat
+on his bed.
+
+"Oh! he's been rowing us like six o'clock," said Upton, "about `moral
+responsibility,' `abetting the follies of children,' `forgetting our
+position in the school,' and I don't know what all; and he ended by
+asking who'd been in the dormitories. Of course, I confessed the soft
+impeachment, whereon he snorted, `Ha! I suspected so. Very well, sir,
+you don't know how to use a study; you shall be deprived of it till the
+end of term.'"
+
+"Did he really, Horace?" said Eric. "And it's all my doing that you've
+got into the scrape. Do forgive me."
+
+"Bosh! My dear fellow," said Upton, "it's twice as much my fault as
+yours; and, after all, it was only a bit of fun. It's rather a bore
+losing the study, certainly; but never mind, we shall see all the more
+of each other. Good-night; I must be off."
+
+Next morning, prayers were no sooner over than Dr Rowlands said to the
+boys, "Stop! I have a word to say to you."
+
+"I find that there was the utmost disorder in the dormitories yesterday
+evening. All the candles were relighted at forbidden hours, and the
+noise made was so great that it was heard through the whole building. I
+am grieved that I cannot leave you, even for a few hours, without your
+taking such advantage of my absence; and that the upper boys, so far
+from using their influence to prevent these infractions of discipline,
+seem inclined rather to join in them themselves. On this occasion I
+have punished Upton, by depriving him of a privilege which he has
+abused; and as I myself detected Duncan and Williams, they will be
+flogged in the library at twelve. But I now come to the worst part of
+the proceeding. Somebody had been reckless enough to try and prevent
+surprise by the dangerous expedient of putting a tin-basin against the
+iron door. The consequence was, that I was severely hurt, and _might_
+have been seriously injured in entering the lavatory. I must know the
+name of the delinquent."
+
+Upton and Eric immediately stood up. Dr Rowlands looked surprised, and
+there was an expression of grieved interest in Mr Rose's face.
+
+"Very well," said the Doctor, "I shall speak to you both privately."
+
+Twelve o'clock came, and Duncan and Eric received a severe caning.
+Corporal punishment, however necessary and desirable for some
+dispositions, always produced on Eric the worst effects. He burned not
+with remorse or regret, but with shame and violent indignation, and
+listened, with an affectation of stubborn indifference, to Dr
+Rowlands's warnings. When the flogging was over, he almost rushed out
+of the room, to choke in solitude his sense of humiliation, nor would he
+suffer any one for an instant to allude to his disgrace. Dr Rowlands
+had hinted that Upton was doing him no good; but he passionately
+resented the suggestion, and determined, with obstinate perversity, to
+cling more than ever to the boy whom he had helped to involve in the
+same trouble with himself.
+
+Any attempt on the part of masters to interfere in the friendships of
+boys is usually unsuccessful. The boy who has been warned against his
+new acquaintance not seldom repeats to him the fact that Mr So-and-so
+doesn't like seeing them together, and after that they fancy themselves
+bound in honour to show that they are not afraid of continuing their
+acquaintance. It was not strange, therefore, that Eric and Upton were
+thrown more than ever into each other's society, and consequently that
+Eric, while he improved daily in strength, activity, and prowess,
+neglected more and more his school duties and honourable ambitions.
+
+Mr Rose sadly remarked the failure of promise in his character and
+abilities, and did all that could be done, by gentle firmness and
+unwavering kindness, to recall his pupil to a sense of duty. One night
+he sent for him to supper, and invited no one else. During the evening
+he drew out Eric's exercise, and compared it with those of Russell and
+Owen, who were now getting easily ahead of him in marks. Eric's was
+careless, hurried, and untidy; the other two were neat, spirited, and
+painstaking, and had, therefore, been marked much higher. They
+displayed all the difference between conscientious and perfunctory work.
+
+"Your exercises _used_ to be far better--even incomparably better," said
+Mr Rose; "what is the cause of this falling off?"
+
+Eric was silent.
+
+Mr Rose laid his hand gently on his head. "I fear, my boy, you have
+not been improving lately. You have got into many scrapes, and are
+letting boys beat you in form who are far your inferiors in ability.
+That is a very bad _sign_, Eric; in itself it is a discouraging fact,
+but I fear it indicates worse evils. You are wasting the golden hours,
+my boy, that can never return. I only hope and trust that no other
+change for the worse is taking place in your character."
+
+And so he talked on till the boy's sorrow was undisguised. "Come," he
+said gently, "let us kneel down together before we part."
+
+Boy and master knelt down humbly side by side, and, from a full heart,
+the young man poured out his fervent petitions for the boy beside him.
+Eric's soul seemed to catch a glow from his words, and he loved him as a
+brother. He rose from his knees full of the strongest resolutions, and
+earnestly promised amendment for the future.
+
+But poor Eric did not yet know his own infirmity. For a time, indeed,
+there was a marked improvement; but daily life flowed on with its usual
+allurements, and when the hours of temptation came, his good intentions
+melted away like the morning dew, so that, in a few more weeks, the
+prayer, and the vows that followed it, had been obliterated from his
+memory without leaving any traces in his life.
+
+
+
+VOLUME ONE, CHAPTER ELEVEN.
+
+ERIC IN COVENTRY.
+
+ And either greet him not,
+ Or else disdainfully, which shall shake him more
+ Than if not looked on.
+ _Troilus and Cressida_, Act Three, Scene 3.
+
+Upton, expatriated from his study, was allowed to use one of the smaller
+classrooms which were occupied during play-hours by those boys who were
+too high in the school for "the boarders' room," and who were waiting to
+succeed to the studies as they fell vacant. There were three or four
+others with him in this classroom, and although it was less pleasant
+than his old quarters, it was yet far more comfortable than the
+Pandemonium of the Shell and fourth-form boys.
+
+As a general rule, no boys were allowed to sit in any of the classrooms
+except their legitimate occupants. The rule, however, was very
+generally overlooked, and hence Eric, always glad of an opportunity to
+escape from the company of Barker and his associates, became a constant
+frequenter of his friend's new abode. Here they used to make themselves
+very comfortable. Joining the rest, they would drink coffee or
+chocolate, and amuse themselves over the fire with _Punch_, or some
+warlike novel in a green or yellow cover. One of them very often read
+aloud to the rest; and Eric, being both a good reader and a merry
+intelligent listener, soon became quite a favourite among the other
+boys.
+
+Mr Rose had often seen him sitting there, and left him unmolested; but
+if ever Mr Gordon happened to come in and notice him, he invariably
+turned him out, and after the first offence or two, had several times
+set him an imposition. This treatment gave fresh intensity to his now
+deeply-seated disgust at his late master, and his expressions of
+indignation at "Gordon's spite" were loud and frequent.
+
+One day Mr Gordon had accidentally come in, and found no one there but
+Upton and Eric; they were standing very harmlessly by the window, with
+Upton's arm resting kindly on Eric's shoulder, as they watched with
+admiration the network of rippled sunbeams that flashed over the sea.
+Upton had just been telling Eric the splendid phrase, "anerhithmon
+gelasma ponton", which he had stumbled upon in an Aeschylus lesson that
+morning, and they were trying which would hit on the best rendering of
+it. Eric stuck up for the literal sublimity of "the innumerable
+laughter of the sea," while Upton was trying to win him over to "the
+many-twinkling smile of ocean." They were enjoying the discussion, and
+each stoutly maintaining his own rendering, when Mr Gordon entered.
+
+On this occasion he was particularly angry: he had an especial dislike
+of seeing the two boys together, because he fancied that the younger had
+grown more than usually conceited and neglectful since he had been under
+the fifth-form patronage; and he saw in Eric's presence there a new case
+of wilful disobedience.
+
+"Williams, here _again_!" he exclaimed sharply; "why, sir, you seem to
+suppose that you may defy rules with impunity! How often have I told
+you that no one is allowed to sit here, except the regular occupants?"
+
+His voice startled the two boys from their pleasant discussion.
+
+"No other master takes any notice of it, sir," said Upton.
+
+"I have nothing to do with other masters. Williams, you will bring me
+the fourth Georgic, written out by Saturday morning, for your repeated
+disobedience. Upton, I have a great mind to punish you also, for
+tempting him to come here."
+
+This was a mistake on Mr Gordon's part, of which Upton took immediate
+advantage.
+
+"I have no power to prevent it, sir, if he wishes it. Besides," he
+continued with annoying blandness of tone, "it would be inhospitable;
+and I am too glad of his company."
+
+Eric smiled; and Mr Gordon frowned. "Williams, leave the room
+instantly."
+
+The boy obeyed slowly and doggedly. "Mr Rose never interferes with me,
+when he sees me here," he said as he retreated.
+
+"Then I shall request Mr Rose to do so in future; your conceit and
+impertinence are getting intolerable."
+
+Eric only answered with a fiery glance; for of all charges the one which
+a boy resents most is an accusation of conceit. The next minute Upton
+joined him on the stairs, and Mr Gordon heard them laughing a little
+ostentatiously, as they ran out into the playground together. He went
+away full of strong contempt, and from that moment began to look on the
+friends as two of the worst boys in the school.
+
+This incident had happened on Thursday, which was a half-holiday, and
+instead of being able to join in any of the games, Eric had to spend
+that weary afternoon in writing away at the fourth Georgic; Upton
+staying in a part of the time to help him a little, by dictating the
+lines to him--an occupation not unfrequently interrupted by storms of
+furious denunciation against Mr Gordon's injustice and tyranny; Eric
+vowing, with the usual vagueness of schoolboy intention, "that he would
+pay him out somehow yet."
+
+The imposition was not finished that evening, and it again consumed some
+of the next day's leisure, part of it being written between schools in
+the forbidden classroom. Still it was not quite finished on Friday
+afternoon at six, when school ended, and Eric stayed a few minutes
+behind the rest to scribble off the last ten lines; which done, he
+banged down the lid of the desk, not locking it, and ran out.
+
+The next morning an incident happened which involved considerable
+consequences to some of the actors in my story.
+
+Mr Rose and several other masters had not a schoolroom to themselves,
+like Mr Gordon, but heard their forms in the great hall. At one end of
+this hall was a board used for the various school notices, to which
+there were always affixed two or three pieces of paper containing
+announcements about examinations and other matters of general interest.
+
+On Saturday morning (when Eric was to give up his Georgic), the boys, as
+they dropped into the hall for morning school, observed a new notice on
+the board, and thronging round to see what it was, read these words,
+written on a half-sheet of paper attached by wafers to the board--
+
+"GORDON IS A SURLY DEVIL."
+
+As may be supposed, so completely novel an announcement took them all
+very much by surprise, and they wondered who had been so audacious as to
+play this trick. But their wonder was cut short by the entrance of the
+masters, and they all took their seats, without any one tearing down the
+dangerous paper.
+
+After a few minutes the eye of the second master, Mr Ready, fell on the
+paper, and, going up, he read it, stood for a moment transfixed with
+astonishment, and then called Mr Rose.
+
+Pointing to the inscription he said, "I think we had better leave that
+there, Rose, exactly as it is, till Dr Rowlands has seen it. Would you
+mind asking him to step in here?"
+
+Just at this juncture Eric came in, having been delayed by Mr Gordon,
+while he rigidly inspected the imposition. As he took his seat,
+Montagu, who was next him, whispered--
+
+"I say, have you seen the notice-board?"
+
+"No. Why?"
+
+"Why, some fellow has been writing up an opinion of Gordon not very
+favourable."
+
+"And serve him right, too, brute!" said Eric, smarting with the memory
+of his imposition.
+
+"Well, there'll be no end of a row; you'll see."
+
+During this conversation, Dr Rowlands came in with Mr Rose. He read
+the paper, frowned, pondered a moment, and then said to Mr Rose--
+
+"Would you kindly summon the lower-school into the hall? As it would be
+painful to Mr Gordon to be present, you had better explain to him how
+matters stand."
+
+"Hulloa! here's a rumpus!" whispered Montagu; "he never has the
+lower-school down for nothing."
+
+A noise was heard on the stairs, and in flocked the lower-school. When
+they had ranged themselves on the vacant forms, there was a dead silence
+and hush of expectation.
+
+"I have summoned you all together," said the Doctor, "on a most serious
+occasion. This morning, on coming into the schoolroom, the masters
+found that the notice-board had been abused for the purpose of writing
+up an insult to one of our number, which is at once coarse and wicked.
+As only a few of you have seen it, it becomes my deeply painful duty to
+inform you of its purport; the words are these--`Gordon is a surly
+devil.'" A _very_ slight titter followed this statement, which was
+instantly succeeded by a sort of thrilling excitement; but Eric, when he
+heard the words, started perceptibly, and coloured as he caught
+Montagu's eye fixed on him.
+
+Dr Rowlands continued--
+
+"I suppose this dastardly impertinence has been perpetrated by some boy
+out of a spirit of revenge. I am perfectly amazed at the audacity and
+meanness of the attempt, and it may be very difficult to discover the
+author of it. But, depend upon it, discover him _we will_ at whatever
+cost. Whoever the offender may be, and he must be listening to me at
+this moment, let him be assured that he shall _not_ be unpunished. His
+guilty secret shall be torn from him. His punishment can only be
+mitigated by his instantly yielding himself up."
+
+No one stirred, but during the latter part of this address Eric was so
+uneasy, and his cheek burned with such hot crimson, that several eyes
+were upon him, and the suspicions of more than one boy were awakened.
+
+"Very well," said the head-master, "the guilty boy is not inclined to
+confess. Mark, then; if his name has not been given up to me by to-day
+week, every indulgence to the school will be forfeited, the next whole
+holiday stopped, and the coming cricket-match prohibited."
+
+"The handwriting may be some clue," suggested Mr Ready. "Would you
+have any objection to my examining the note-books of the Shell?"
+
+"None at all. The Shell boys are to show their books to Mr Ready
+immediately."
+
+The head-boy of the Shell collected the books, and took them to the
+desk; the three masters glanced casually at about a dozen, and suddenly
+stopped at one. Eric's heart beat loud, as he saw Mr Rose point
+towards him.
+
+"We have discovered a handwriting which remarkably resembles that on the
+board. I give the offender one more chance of substituting confession
+for detection."
+
+No one stirred; but Montagu felt that his friend was trembling
+violently.
+
+"Eric Williams, stand out in the room!"
+
+Blushing scarlet, and deeply agitated, the boy obeyed.
+
+"The writing on the notice is exactly like yours. Do you know anything
+of this shameful proceeding?"
+
+"Nothing, sir," he murmured in a low tone.
+
+"Nothing whatever?"
+
+"Nothing whatever, sir."
+
+Dr Rowlands's look searched him through and through, and seemed to burn
+into his heart. He did not meet it, but hung his head. The Doctor felt
+certain from his manner that he was guilty. He chained him to the spot
+with his glance for a minute or two, and then said slowly, and with a
+deep sigh--
+
+"Very well; I _hope_ you have spoken the truth, but whether you have or
+no, we shall soon discover. The school, and especially the upper boys,
+will remember what I have said. I shall now tear down the insulting
+notice, and put it into your hands, Avonley, as head of the school, that
+you may make further inquiries." He left the room, and the boys resumed
+their usual avocation till twelve o'clock. But poor Eric could hardly
+get through his ordinary pursuits; he felt sick and giddy, until
+everybody noticed his strange embarrassed manner and random answers.
+
+No sooner had twelve o'clock struck than the whole school broke up into
+knots of buzzing and eager talkers.
+
+"I wonder who did it," said a dozen voices at once. "The writing was
+undoubtedly Williams's," suggested some.
+
+"And did you notice how red and pale he got when the Doctor spoke to
+him, and how he hung his head?"
+
+"Yes; and one knows how he hates Gordon."
+
+"Ay; by the bye, Gordon set him a Georgic only on Thursday, and he has
+been swearing at him ever since."
+
+"I noticed that he stayed in after all the rest last night," said Barker
+pointedly.
+
+"Did he? By Jove, that looks bad."
+
+"Has any one charged him with it?" asked Duncan.
+
+"Yes," answered one of the group; "but he's as proud about it as
+Lucifer, and is furious if you mention it to him. He says we ought to
+know him better than to think him capable of such a thing."
+
+"And quite right, too," said Duncan. "If he did it, he's done something
+totally unlike what one would have believed possible of him."
+
+The various items of evidence were put together, and certainly they
+seemed to prove a strong case against Eric. In addition to the
+probabilities already mentioned, it was found that the ink used was of a
+violet colour, and a peculiar kind, which Eric was known to patronise;
+and not only so, but the wafers with which the paper had been attached
+to the board were yellow, and exactly of the same size with some which
+Eric was said to possess. How the latter facts had been discovered,
+nobody exactly knew, but they began to be very generally whispered
+throughout the school.
+
+In short, the almost universal conviction among the boys proclaimed that
+he was guilty, and many urged him to confess it at once, and save the
+school from the threatened punishment. But he listened to such
+suggestions with the most passionate indignation.
+
+"What!" he said angrily, "tell a wilful lie to blacken my own innocent
+character? Never!"
+
+The consequence was, they all begun to shun him. Eric was put into
+Coventry. Very few boys in the school still clung to him, and
+maintained his innocence in spite of appearances, but they were the boys
+whom he had most loved and valued, and they were most vigorous in his
+defence. They were Russell, Montagu, Duncan, Owen, and little Wright.
+
+On the evening of the Saturday, Upton had sought out Eric, and said, in
+a very serious tone, "This is a bad business, Williams. I cannot forget
+how you have been abusing Gordon lately, and though I won't believe you
+guilty, yet you ought to explain."
+
+"What? even _you_, then, suspect me?" said Eric, bursting into proud and
+angry tears. "Very well. I shan't condescend to _deny_ it. I won't
+speak to you again till you have repented of mistrusting me," and he
+resolutely rejected all further overtures on Upton's part.
+
+He was alone in his misery. Some one, he perceived, had plotted to
+destroy his character, and he saw too clearly how many causes of
+suspicion told against him. But it was very bitter to think that the
+whole school could so readily suppose that he would do a thing which
+from his soul he abhorred. "No," he thought; "bad I may be, but I
+_could_ not have done such a base and cowardly trick."
+
+Never in his life had he been so wretched. He wandered alone to the
+rocks, and watched the waves dashing against them with the rising tide.
+The tumult of the weather seemed to relieve and console the tumult of
+his heart. He drank in strength and defiance from the roar of the
+waters, and climbed to their very edge along the rocks, where every
+fresh rush of the waves enveloped him in white swirls of cold salt
+spray. The look of the green, rough, hungry sea harmonised with his
+feelings, and he sat down and stared into it, to find relief from the
+torment of his thoughts.
+
+At last, with a deep sigh, he turned away to go back and meet the crowd
+of suspicious and unkindly companions, and brood alone over his sorrow
+in the midst of them. He had not gone many steps when he caught sight
+of Russell in the distance. His first impulse was to run away and
+escape; but Russell determined to stop him, and when he came up, said,
+"Dear Eric, I have sought you out on purpose to tell you that I don't
+suspect you, and have never done so for a moment. I know you too well,
+my boy, and be sure that _I_ will always stick to you, even if the whole
+school cut you."
+
+"Oh, Edwin, I am _so_ wretched. I needn't tell you that I am quite
+innocent of this. What have I done to be so suspected? Why, even your
+cousin Upton won't believe me."
+
+"But he does, Eric," said Russell; "he told me so just now, and several
+others said the same thing."
+
+A transient gleam passed over Eric's face.
+
+"Oh, I do so long for home again," he said. "I hate this place. Except
+you, I have no friend."
+
+"Don't say so, Eric. This cloud will soon blow over. Depend upon it,
+as the Doctor said, we shall discover the offender yet, and the fellows
+will soon make you reparation for their false suspicions. And you
+_have_ one friend, Eric," he continued, pointing reverently upwards.
+
+Eric was overcome; he sat down on the grass, while intense pride and the
+consciousness of innocence struggled with the burning sense of painful
+injustice. Russell sat silent and pitying beside him, till at last
+Eric, with sudden energy, sprang to his feet, and said, "Now, Edwin!
+I've been conquering my cowardice, thanks to you, so come along home.
+After all, the fellows are in the wrong, not I," and so saying he took
+Russell's arm, and walked across the playground with almost a haughty
+look.
+
+When they got home, Eric found three notes in his drawer. One was from
+Mr Gordon, and ran thus--
+
+ "I have little doubt, Williams, that you have done this act. Believe
+ me, I feel no anger, only pity for you. Come to me and confess, and I
+ promise, by every means in my power, to befriend and save you."
+
+This note he read, and then, stamping on the floor, tore it up furiously
+into twenty pieces, which he scattered about the room.
+
+Another was from Mr Rose--
+
+ "Dear Eric--I _cannot, will_ not, believe you guilty, although
+ appearances look very black. You have many faults, but I feel sure
+ that I cannot be mistaken in supposing you too noble-minded for a
+ revenge so petty and so mean. Come to me, my boy, if I can help you
+ in any way. I _trust you_, Eric, and will use every endeavour to
+ right you in the general estimation. You are innocent; pray to God
+ for help under this cruel trial, and be sure that your character will
+ yet be cleared.--Affectionately yours, Walter Rose."
+
+ "P.S.--I can easily understand that just now you will like quiet; come
+ and sit with me in the library as much as you like."
+
+He read this note two or three times with grateful emotion, and at that
+moment would have died for Mr Rose. The third note was from Owen, as
+follows--
+
+ "Dear Williams--We have been cool to each other lately; naturally,
+ perhaps. But yet I think that it will be some consolation to you to
+ be told, even by a rival, that I, for one, feel certain of your
+ innocence,--and, moreover, think that I can _prove_ it, as I will tell
+ you in time. If you want company, I shall be delighted to have a
+ walk.--Yours truly, D. Owen."
+
+This note, too, brought much comfort to the poor boy's lonely and
+passionate heart. He put it into his pocket, and determined at once to
+accept Mr Rose's kind offer of allowing him to sit for the present in
+the library.
+
+There were several boys in the room while he was reading his notes, but
+none of them spoke to him, and he was too proud to notice them, or
+interrupt the constrained silence. As he went out he met Duncan and
+Montagu, who at once addressed him in the hearing of the rest.
+
+"Ha! Williams," said Duncan, "we have been looking everywhere for you,
+old fellow. Cheer up, you shall be cleared yet. I for one, and Monty
+for another, will maintain your innocence before the whole school."
+
+Montagu _said_ nothing, but Eric understood full well the trustful
+kindness of his pressure of the hand. His heart was too full to speak,
+and he went on towards the library.
+
+"I wonder at your speaking to that fellow," said Ball, as the two
+newcomers joined the group at the fireplace.
+
+"You will be yourself ashamed of having ever suspected him before long,"
+said Montagu warmly; "ay, the whole lot of you; and you are very unkind
+to condemn him before you are certain."
+
+"I wish you joy of your _friend_, Duncan," sneered Barker.
+
+"Friend?" said Duncan, firing up; "yes! he is my friend, and I'm not
+ashamed of him. It would be well for the school if _all_ the fellows
+were as honourable as Williams."
+
+Barker took the hint, and although he was too brazen to blush, thought
+it better to say no more.
+
+
+
+VOLUME ONE, CHAPTER TWELVE.
+
+THE TRIAL.
+
+ A plot, a plot, a plot, to ruin all.
+ _Tennyson, The Princess_.
+
+On the Monday evening the head-boy reported to Dr Rowlands that the
+perpetrator of the offence had not been discovered, but that one boy was
+very generally suspected, and on grounds that seemed plausible. "I
+admit," he added, "that from the little I know of him, he seems to me a
+very unlikely sort of boy to do it."
+
+"I think," suggested the Doctor, "that the best way would be for you to
+have a regular trial on the subject and hear the evidence. Do you think
+that you can be trusted to carry on the investigation publicly, with
+good order and fairness?"
+
+"I think so, sir," said Avonley.
+
+"Very well. Put up a notice, asking all the school to meet by
+themselves in the boarders' room to-morrow afternoon at three, and see
+what you can do among you."
+
+Avonley did as the Doctor suggested. At first, when the boys assembled,
+they seemed inclined to treat the matter as a joke, and were rather
+disorderly; but Avonley briefly begged them, if they determined to have
+a trial, to see that it was conducted sensibly; and by general consent
+he was himself voted into the desk as president. He then got up and
+said--
+
+"There must be no sham or nonsense about this affair. Let all the boys
+take their seats quietly down the room."
+
+They did so, and Avonley asked, "Is Williams here?"
+
+Looking round, they discovered he was not. Russell instantly went to
+the library to fetch him, and told him what was going on. He took
+Eric's arm kindly as they entered, to show the whole school that he was
+not ashamed of him, and Eric deeply felt the delicacy of his goodwill.
+
+"Are you willing to be tried, Williams," asked Avonley, "on the charge
+of having written the insulting paper about Mr Gordon? Of course we
+know very little how these kind of things ought to be conducted, but we
+will see that everything done is open and above ground, and try to
+manage it properly."
+
+"There is nothing I should like better," said Eric.
+
+He had quite recovered his firm manly bearing. A quiet conversation
+with his dearly loved friend and master had reassured him in the
+confidence of innocence, and though the colour on his cheeks had through
+excitement sunk into two bright red spots, he looked wonderfully noble
+and winning as he stood before the boys in the centre of the room,
+modest, and yet with the proud consciousness of innocence in his
+bearing. His appearance caused a little reaction in his favour, and a
+murmur of applause followed his answer.
+
+"Good," said Avonley; "who will prosecute on the part of the school?"
+
+There was a pause. Nobody seemed to covet the office.
+
+"Very well; if no one is willing to prosecute, the charge drops."
+
+"I will do it," said Gibson, a Rowlandite, one of the study-boys at the
+top of the fifth-form. He was a clever fellow, and Eric liked the
+little he had seen of him.
+
+"Have you any objection, Williams, to the jury being composed of the
+sixth-form? or are there any names among them which you wish to
+challenge?"
+
+"No," said Eric, glancing round indifferently.
+
+"Well, now, who will defend the accused?"
+
+Another pause, and Upton got up.
+
+"No," said Eric at once. "You were inclined to distrust me, Upton, and
+I will only be defended by somebody who never doubted my innocence."
+
+Another pause followed, and then, blushing crimson, Russell got up. "I
+am only a Shell boy," he said; "but if Eric doesn't mind trusting his
+cause to me, I will defend him since no other fifth-form fellow stirs."
+
+"Thank you, Russell, I _wanted_ you to offer; I could wish no better
+defender."
+
+"Will Owen, Duncan, and Montagu help me, if they can?" asked Russell.
+
+"Very willingly," they all three said, and went to take their seats by
+him. They conversed eagerly for a few minutes, seeming to make more
+than one discovery during their discussion, and then declared themselves
+ready.
+
+"All I have got to do," said Gibson rising, "is to bring before the
+school the grounds for suspecting Williams, and all the evidence which
+makes it probable that he is the offender. Now, first of all, the thing
+must have been done between Friday evening and Saturday morning; and
+since the schoolroom door is generally locked soon after school, it was
+probably done in the short interval between six and a quarter-past. I
+shall now examine some witnesses."
+
+The first boy called upon was Pietrie, who deposed that on Friday
+evening, when he left the room, having been detained a few minutes, the
+only boy remaining in it was Williams.
+
+Carter, the school-servant, was then sent for, and deposed that he had
+met Master Williams hastily running out of the room, when he went at a
+quarter-past six to lock the door.
+
+Examined by Gibson--
+
+"Was any boy in the room when you did lock the door?"
+
+"No one."
+
+"Did you meet any one else in the passage?"
+
+"No."
+
+Cross-examined by Russell--
+
+"Do boys ever get into the room after the door is locked?"
+
+"Yes."
+
+"By what means?"
+
+"Through the side windows."
+
+"That will do."
+
+Russell here whispered something to Duncan, who at once left the room,
+and on returning, after a few minutes' absence, gave Russell a nod so
+full of significance that, like Lord Burleigh's shake of the head, it
+seemed to speak whole volumes at once.
+
+Barker was next brought forward, and questioned by Gibson.
+
+"Do you know that Williams is in the habit of using a particular kind of
+ink?"
+
+"Yes; it is of a violet colour, and has a peculiar smell."
+
+"Could you recognise anything written with it?"
+
+"Yes."
+
+Gibson here handed to Barker the paper which had caused so much trouble.
+
+"Is that the kind of ink?"
+
+"Yes."
+
+"Do you know the handwriting on that paper?"
+
+"Yes; it is Williams's hand."
+
+"How can you tell?"
+
+"He makes his r's in a curious way."
+
+"Turn the paper over. Have you ever seen wafers of that kind before?"
+
+"Yes; Williams has a box of them in his desk."
+
+"Has any other boy, that you are aware of wafers like them?"
+
+"No."
+
+Cross-examined by Duncan--
+
+"_How_ do you know that Williams has wafers like those?"
+
+"I have seen him use them."
+
+"For what purpose?"
+
+"To fasten letters."
+
+"I can't help remarking that you seem very well acquainted with what he
+does. Several of those who know him best, and have seen him oftenest,
+never heard of these wafers. May I ask," he said, "if any one else in
+the school will witness to having seen Williams use these wafers?"
+
+No one spoke, and Barker, whose malice seemed to have been changed into
+uneasiness, sat down.
+
+Upton was the next witness. Gibson began--
+
+"You have seen a good deal of Williams?"
+
+"Yes," said Upton, smiling.
+
+"Have you ever heard him express any opinions of Mr Gordon?"
+
+"Often."
+
+"Of what kind?"
+
+"Dislike and contempt," said Upton, amidst general laughter.
+
+"Have you ever heard him say anything which implied a desire to injure
+him?"
+
+"The other day Mr Gordon gave him a Georgic as an imposition, and I
+heard Williams say that he would like to pay him out."
+
+This last fact was new to the school, and excited a great sensation.
+
+"When did he say this?"
+
+"On Friday afternoon."
+
+Upton had given his evidence with great reluctance, although, being
+simply desirous that the truth should come out, he concealed nothing
+that he knew. He brightened up a little when Russell rose to
+cross-examine him.
+
+"Have you ever known Williams do any mean act?"
+
+"Never."
+
+"Do you consider him a boy _likely_ to have been guilty on this
+occasion?"
+
+"Distinctly the reverse. I am convinced of his innocence."
+
+The answer was given with vehement emphasis, and Eric felt greatly
+relieved by it.
+
+One or two other boys were then called on as witnesses to the great
+agitation which Eric had shown during the investigation in the
+schoolroom, and then Gibson, who was a sensible self-contained fellow,
+said, "I have now done my part. I have shown that the accused had a
+grudge against Mr Gordon at the time the thing was done, and had
+threatened to be revenged on him; that he was the last boy in the room
+during the time when the offence must have been committed; that the
+handwriting is known to be like his, and that the ink and wafers
+employed were such as he, and he only, was known to possess. In
+addition to all this, his behaviour, when the matter was first publicly
+noticed, was exactly such as coincides with the supposition of his
+guilt. I think you will all agree in considering these grounds of
+suspicion very strong; and leaving them to carry their full weight with
+you, I close the case for the prosecution."
+
+The school listened to Gibson's quiet unmoved formality with a kind of
+grim and gloomy satisfaction, and when he had concluded, there were
+probably few but Eric's own immediate friends who were not fully
+convinced of his guilt, however sorry they might be to admit so
+unfavourable an opinion of a companion whom they all admired.
+
+After a minute or two Russell rose for the defence, and asked, "Has
+Williams any objection to his desk being brought, and any of its
+contents put in as evidence?"
+
+"Not the least; there is the key, and you will find it in my place in
+school."
+
+The desk was brought, but it was found to be already unlocked, and
+Russell looked at some of the note-paper which it contained. He then
+rose--nervously at first, and with a deep blush lighting up his face,
+but soon showing a warmth and sarcasm, which few expected from his
+gentle nature.
+
+"In spite of the evidence adduced," he began, "I think I can show that
+Williams is not guilty. It is quite true that he dislikes Mr Gordon,
+and would not object to any open way of showing it; it is quite true
+that he used the expressions attributed to him, and that the ink and
+wafers are such as may be found in his desk, and that the handwriting is
+not unlike his. But is it probable that a boy intending to post up an
+insult such as this, would do so in a manner and at a time so likely to
+involve him in immediate detection and certain punishment? At any rate,
+he would surely disguise his usual handwriting. Now, I ask any one to
+look at this paper, and tell me whether it is not clear, on the
+contrary, that these letters were traced slowly and with care, as would
+be the case with an elaborate attempt to imitate?" Russell here handed
+the paper to the jury, who again narrowly examined it.
+
+"Now, the evidence of Pietrie and Carter is of no use, because Carter
+himself admitted that boys often enter the room by the window--a fact to
+which we shall have to allude again.
+
+"We admit the evidence about the ink and wafers. But it is rather
+strange that Barker should know about the wafers, since neither I, nor
+any other friend of Williams, often as we have sat by him when writing
+letters, have ever observed that he possessed any like them."
+
+Several boys began to look at Barker, who was sitting very ill at ease
+on the corner of a form, in vain trying to appear unconcerned.
+
+"There is another fact which no one yet knows, but which I must mention.
+It will explain Eric's--I mean Williams's--agitation when Dr Rowlands
+read out the words on that paper; and, confident of his innocence, I am
+indifferent to its appearing to tell against him. I myself once heard
+Eric--I beg pardon, I mean Williams," (he said, correcting himself with
+a smile)--"use the very words written on that paper, and not only heard
+them, but expostulated with him strongly for the use of them. I need
+hardly say how very unlikely it is that, remembering this, he should
+thus publicly draw my suspicions on him, if he meant to insult Mr
+Gordon undiscovered. But, besides myself there was another boy who
+accidentally overheard that expression. That boy was Barker.
+
+"I have to bring forward a new piece of evidence, which at least ought
+to go for something. Looking at this half-sheet of note-paper, I see
+that the printer's name on the stamp in the corner is `Graves, York.'
+Now, I have just found that there is no paper at all like this in
+Williams's desk; all the note-paper it contains is marked `Blakes,
+Ayrton.'
+
+"I might bring many witnesses to prove how very unlike Williams's
+general character a trick of this kind would be. But I am not going to
+do this. We think we know the real offender. We have had one trial,
+and now demand another. It is our painful duty (but depend upon it we
+shall not shirk it," he added with unusual passion) "to prove Williams's
+innocence by proving another's guilt. That other is a known enemy of
+mine, and of Montagu's, and of Owen's. We therefore leave the charge of
+stating the case against him to Duncan, with whom he has never
+quarrelled."
+
+Russell sat down amid general applause; he had performed his task with a
+wonderful modesty and self-possession, which filled every one with
+admiration, and Eric warmly pressed his hand.
+
+The interest of the school was intensely excited, and Duncan, after a
+minute's pause, starting up, said--
+
+"Williams has allowed his desk to be brought in and examined. Will
+Barker do the same?" The culprit now saw at once that his plot to ruin
+Eric was recoiling on himself. He got up, swore and blustered at
+Russell, Duncan, and Montagu, and at first flatly refused to allow his
+desk to be brought. He was, however, forced to yield, and when opened,
+it was immediately seen that the note-paper it contained was identical
+with that on which the words had been written. At this he affected to
+be perfectly unconcerned, and merely protested against what he called
+the meanness of trying to fix the charge on him.
+
+"And what have you been doing the whole of the last day or two," asked
+Gibson quietly, "but endeavouring to fix the charge on another?"
+
+"We have stronger evidence against you," said Duncan, confronting him
+with an undaunted look, before which his insolence quailed. "Russell,
+will you call Graham?"
+
+Graham was called, and put on his honour.
+
+"You were in the sick-room on Friday evening?"
+
+"Yes."
+
+"Did you see any one get in to the schoolroom through the side window?"
+
+"That's a leading question," interrupted Barker.
+
+"Stuff!" said Graham contemptuously, not vouchsafing further reply to
+the objection. "I'll just tell you all I know. I was sitting doing
+nothing in the sick-room, when I suddenly saw Barker clamber into the
+schoolroom by the window, which he left open. I was looking on simply
+from curiosity, and saw him search Williams's desk, from which he took
+out something, I could not make out what. He then went to his own desk,
+and wrote for about ten minutes, after which I observed him go up and
+stand by the notice-board. When he had done this, he got out by the
+window again, and ran off."
+
+"Didn't this strike you as extraordinary?"
+
+"No; I thought nothing more about it till some one told me in the
+sick-room about this row. I then mentioned privately what I had seen,
+and it wasn't till I saw Duncan, half an hour ago, that I thought it
+worth while to make it generally known."
+
+Duncan turned an inquiring eye to Barker (who sat black and silent), and
+then pulled out some bits of torn paper from his pocket, put them
+together, and called Owen to stand up. Showing him the fragments of
+paper, he asked, "Have you ever seen these before?"
+
+"Yes. On Saturday, when the boys left the schoolroom, I stayed behind
+to think a little over what had occurred, feeling convinced that
+Williams was _not_ guilty, spite of appearances. I was standing by the
+empty fireplace, when these bits of paper caught my eye. I picked them
+up, and, after a great deal of trouble, fitted them together. They are
+covered apparently with failures in an attempt at forgery, viz, first,
+`Gordon is a sur--' and then a stop as though the writer were
+dissatisfied, and several of the words written over again for practice,
+and then a number of r's made in the way that Williams makes them."
+
+"There you may stop," said Barker, stamping fiercely; "I did it all."
+
+A perfect yell of scorn and execration followed this announcement.
+
+"What! _you_ did it, and caused all this trouble, you ineffable
+blackguard!" shouted Upton, grasping him with one hand, while he struck
+him with the other.
+
+"Stop!" said Avonley; "just see that he doesn't escape, while we decide
+on his punishment."
+
+It was very soon decided by the sixth-form that he should run the
+gauntlet of the school. The boys instantly took out their
+handkerchiefs, and knotted them tight. They then made a double line
+down each side of the corridor, and turned Barker loose. He stood
+stock-still at one end while the fellows nearest him thrashed him
+unmercifully with the heavy knots. At last the pain was getting severe,
+and he moved on, finally beginning to run. Five times he was forced up
+and down the line, and five times did every boy in the line give him a
+blow, which, if it did not hurt much, at least spoke of no slight anger
+and contempt. He was dogged and unmoved to the last, and then Avonley
+hauled him into the presence of Dr Rowlands. He was put in a secure
+room by himself, and the next morning was first flogged and then
+publicly expelled. Thenceforth he disappears from the history of Roslyn
+School.
+
+I need hardly say that neither Eric nor his friends took any part in
+this retributive act; indeed they tried (though in vain) to prevent it.
+They sat together in the boarders' room till it was over, engaged in
+exciting discussion of the recent events. Most warmly did Eric thank
+them for their trustfulness. "Thank you," he said, "with all my heart,
+for proving my innocence; but thank you, even more a great deal, for
+first believing it."
+
+Upton was the first to join them, and since he had but wavered for a
+moment, he was soon warmly reconciled with Eric. They had hardly shaken
+hands when the rest came flocking in. "We have all been unjust," said
+Avonley; "let's make up for it as well as we can. Three cheers for Eric
+Williams!"
+
+They gave not three, but a dozen, till they were tired; and meanwhile
+every one was pressing round him, telling him how sorry they were for
+the false suspicion, and doing all they could to show their regret for
+his recent troubles. His genial, boyish heart readily forgave them, and
+his eyes shone with joy. The delicious sensation of returning esteem
+made him almost think it worth while to have undergone his trial.
+
+Most happily did he spend the remainder of that afternoon, and it was no
+small relief to all the Rowlandites in the evening to find themselves
+finally rid of Barker, whose fate no one pitied, and whose name no one
+mentioned without disgust. He had done more than any other boy to
+introduce meanness, quarrelling, and vice, and the very atmosphere of
+the rooms seemed healthier in his absence. One boy only forgave him,
+one boy only prayed for him, one boy only endeavoured to see him for one
+last kind word. That boy was Edwin Russell.
+
+After prayers, Mr Gordon, who had been at Dr Rowlands's to dinner,
+apologised to Eric amply and frankly for his note, and did and said all
+that could be done by an honourable man to repair the injury of an
+unjust doubt. Eric felt his generous humility, and from thenceforth,
+though they were never friends, he and Mr Gordon ceased to be enemies.
+
+That night Mr Rose crowned his happiness by asking him and his
+defenders to supper in the library. A most bright and joyous evening
+they passed, for they were in the highest spirits; and when the master
+bade them "good-night," he kindly detained Eric, and said to him, "Keep
+an innocent heart, my boy, and you need never fear trouble. Only think
+if you had been guilty, and were now in Barker's place!"
+
+"Oh, I _couldn't_ be guilty, sir," said Eric, gaily.
+
+"Not of such a fault, perhaps. But," he added solemnly, "there are many
+kinds of temptation, Eric; many kinds. And they are easy to fall into.
+You will find it no light battle to resist them."
+
+"Believe me, sir, I will try," he answered with humility.
+
+"Jehovah-Nissi!" said Mr Rose. "Let the Lord be your banner, Eric, and
+you will win the victory. God bless you."
+
+And as the boy's graceful figure disappeared through the door, Mr Rose
+drew his arm-chair to the fire, and sat and meditated long. He was
+imagining for Eric a sunny future--a future of splendid usefulness, of
+reciprocated affection, of brilliant fame.
+
+
+
+VOLUME ONE, CHAPTER THIRTEEN.
+
+THE ADVENTURE AT THE STACK.
+
+ Ten cables from where green meadows
+ And quiet homes could be seen,
+ No greater space
+ From peril to peace;
+ But the savage sea between!
+ _Edwin Arnold_.
+
+The Easter holidays at Roslyn lasted about ten days, and as most of the
+boys came from a distance, they usually spent them at school. Many of
+the ordinary rules were suspended during this time, and the boys were
+supplied every day with pocket money; consequently the Easter holidays
+passed very pleasantly, and there was plenty of fun.
+
+It was the great time for excursions all over the island, and the boys
+would often be out the whole day long among the hills, or about the
+coast. Eric enjoyed the time particularly, and was in great request
+among all the boys. He was now more gay and popular than ever, and felt
+as if nothing were wanting to his happiness. But this brilliant
+prosperity was not good for him, and he felt continually that he cared
+far less for the reproaches of conscience than he had done in the hours
+of his trial; sought far less for help from God than he had done when he
+was lonely and neglected.
+
+He always knew that his great safeguard was the affection of Russell.
+For Edwin's sake, and for shame at the thought of Edwin's disapproval,
+he abstained from many things into which he would otherwise have
+insensibly glided in conformation to the general looseness of the school
+morality. But Russell's influence worked on him powerfully, and tended
+to counteract a multitude of temptations.
+
+Among other undesirable lessons Upton had taught Eric to smoke; and he
+was now one of those who often spent a part of their holidays in lurking
+about with pipes in their mouths at places where they were unlikely to
+be disturbed, instead of joining in some hearty and healthy game. When
+he began to "learn" smoking, he found it anything but pleasant; but a
+little practice had made him an adept, and he found a certain amount of
+enjoyable excitement in finding out cosy places by the river, where he
+and Upton might go and lounge for an hour to enjoy the forbidden luxury.
+
+In reality, he, like most boys, at first disliked the habit; but it
+seemed a fine thing to do, and to some, at any rate, it was a refuge
+from vacuity. Besides, they had a confused notion that there was
+something "manly" in it, and it derived an additional zest from the
+stringency of the rules adopted to put it down.
+
+So a number of the boys smoked, and some few of them to such excess as
+seriously to injure their health, and form a habit which they could
+never afterwards abandon.
+
+One morning of the Easter holidays, Eric, Montagu, and Russell started
+for an excursion down the coast to Rilby Head. As they passed through
+Ellan, Eric was deputed to go and buy Easter eggs and other provisions,
+as they did not mean to be back for dinner. In about ten minutes he
+caught up the other two, just as they were getting out of the town.
+
+"What an age you've been, buying a few Easter eggs," said Russell,
+laughing; "have you been waiting till the hens laid?"
+
+"No; they're not the _only_ things I've got."
+
+"Well, but you might have got all the grub at the same shop."
+
+"Ay; but I've procured a more refined article. Guess what it is."
+
+The two boys didn't guess, and Eric said, to enlighten them, "Will you
+have a whiff, Monty?"
+
+"A whiff! Oh! I see you've been wasting your tin on cigars--alias,
+rolled cabbage-leaves. O fumose puer!"
+
+"Well, will you have one?"
+
+"If you like," said Montagu, wavering; "but I don't much care to smoke."
+
+"Well, _I_ shall, at any rate," said Eric, keeping off the wind with his
+cap, as he lighted a cigar, and began to puff.
+
+They strolled on in silence; the smoking didn't promote conversation,
+and Russell thought that he had never seen his friend look so
+ridiculous, and entirely unlike himself, as he did while strutting along
+with the weed in his mouth. The fact was, Eric didn't guess how much he
+was hurting Edwin's feelings, and he was smoking more to "make things
+look like the holidays," by a little bravado, than anything else. But
+suddenly he caught the expression of Russell's face, and instantly
+said--
+
+"Oh, I forgot, Edwin; I know you don't like smoking," and he instantly
+flung the cigar over the hedge, being really rather glad to get rid of
+it. With the cigar, he seemed to have flung away the affected manner he
+displayed just before, and the spirits of all three rose at once.
+
+"It isn't that I don't _like_ smoking only, Eric, but I think it wrong--
+for _us_ I mean."
+
+"Oh, my dear fellow! surely there can't be any harm in it. Why,
+everybody smokes."
+
+"It may be all very well for men, although I'm not so sure of that.
+But, at any rate, it does nothing but harm to growing boys. You know
+yourself what harm it does in every way."
+
+"Oh, it's a mere school rule against it. How can it be wrong? Why, I
+even know clergymen who smoke."
+
+Montagu laughed. "Well, clergymen ain't immaculate," said he; "but I
+have seldom met a man yet who didn't tell you that he was _sorry_ he'd
+acquired the habit."
+
+"I'm sure you won't thank that rascally cousin of mine for having taught
+you," said Russell; "but seriously, isn't it a very moping way of
+spending the afternoon, to go and lie down behind some haystack, or in
+some frowsy tumble-down barn, as you smokers do, instead of playing
+racquets or football?"
+
+"Oh, it's pleasant enough sometimes," said Eric, speaking rather against
+his own convictions.
+
+"As for me, I've pretty nearly left it off," said Montagu, "and I think
+Rose convinced me that it was a mistake. Not that he knows that I ever
+did smoke. I should be precious sorry if he did, for I know how he
+despises it in boys. Were you in school the other day when he caught
+Pietrie and Booking?"
+
+"No."
+
+"Well, when Booking went up to have his exercise corrected, Rose smelt
+that he had been smoking, and charged him with it. Booking stoutly
+denied it, but after he had told the most robust lies, Rose made him
+empty his pockets, and there, sure enough, were a pipe and a cigar-case
+half full! You _should_ have heard how Rose thundered and lightened at
+him for his lying, and then sent him to the Doctor. I never saw him so
+terrific before."
+
+"You don't mean to say you were convinced it was wrong because Booking
+was caught, and told lies--do you? _Non sequitur_."
+
+"Stop--not so fast. Very soon after Rose twigged Pietrie, who at once
+confessed, and was caned. I happened to be in the library when Rose
+sent for him, and Pietrie said mildly that `he didn't see the harm of
+it.' Rose smiled in his kind way, and said, `Don't see the _harm_ of
+it! Do you see any good in it?'
+
+"`No, sir.'
+
+"`Well, isn't it forbidden?'
+
+"`Yes, sir.'
+
+"`And doesn't it waste your money?'
+
+"`Yes, sir.'
+
+"`And tempt you to break rules, and tell lies to screen yourself?'
+
+"`Yes, sir,' said Pietrie, looking unusually crestfallen.
+
+"`And don't your parents disapprove it? And doesn't it throw you among
+some of the worst boys, and get you into great troubles? Silly fellow,'
+he said, pulling Pietrie's ear (as he sometimes does, you know), `don't
+talk nonsense; and remember next time you're caught, I shall have you
+punished.' So off went Pietrie, _achreion idon_, as our friend Homer
+says. And your humble servant was convinced."
+
+"Well, well!" said Eric, laughing, "I suppose you're right. At any
+rate, I give in. Two to one ain't fair:--_pros duo oud' Eraklon_, since
+you're in a quoting humour."
+
+Talking in this way they got to Rilby Head, where they found plenty to
+amuse them. It was a splendid headland, rising bluff four hundred feet
+out of the sea, and presenting magnificent reaches of rock scenery on
+all sides. The boys lay on the turf at the summit, and flung innocuous
+stones at the sea-gulls as they sailed far below them over the water and
+every now and then pounced at some stray fish that came to the surface;
+or they watched the stately barques as they sailed by on the horizon,
+wondering at their cargo and destination; or chaffed the fisherman,
+whose boats heaved on the waves at the foot of the promontory. When
+they were rested, they visited a copper-mine by the side of the Head,
+and filled their pockets with bits of bright quartz or red shining spar,
+which they found in plenty among the rocks.
+
+In the afternoon they strolled towards home, determining to stop a
+little at the Stack on their way. The Stack formed one of the
+extremities of Ellan Bay, and was a huge mass of isolated schist,
+accessible at low water, but entirely surrounded at high tide. It was a
+very favourite resort of Eric's, as the coast all about it was bold and
+romantic; and he often went there with Russell on a Sunday evening to
+watch the long line of golden radiance slanting to them over the water
+from the setting sun--a sight which they agreed to consider one of the
+most peaceful and mysteriously beautiful in nature.
+
+They reached the Stack, and began to climb to its summit. The sun was
+just preparing to set, and the west was gorgeous with red and gold.
+
+"We shan't see the line on the waters this evening," said Eric; "there's
+too much of a breeze. But look, what a glorious sunset!"
+
+"It is indeed," said Russell; "it reminds me of what Rose said the other
+day; we were standing on the top of Brada, leaning against a heap of
+stones to keep off the north-easter, and Rose suddenly exclaimed, `Look,
+Edwin, how that crimson sunset burns itself away like a thought of
+death, judgment, and eternity, all in one!' I wonder what he meant?"
+
+"It'll be stormy to-morrow," said Montagu; "but come along, let's get to
+the top; the wind's rising, and the waves will be rather grand."
+
+"Ay, we'll sit and watch them; and let's finish our grub; I've got
+several eggs left, and I want to get them out of my pocket."
+
+They devoured the eggs, and then stood enjoying the sight of the waves,
+which sometimes climbed up the rock almost to their feet, and then fell
+back, hissing and discomfited. Suddenly they remembered that it was
+getting late, and that they ought to get home for tea at seven.
+
+"Hallo!" said Russell, looking at his watch, "it's half-past six. We
+must cut back as hard as we can. By the bye, I hope the tide hasn't
+been coming in all this time."
+
+"My goodness!" said Montagu, with a violent start, "I'm afraid it has,
+though! What asses we have been, with our waves and sunsets. Let's set
+off as hard as we can pelt."
+
+Immediately they scrambled, by the aid of hands and knees, down the
+Stack, and made their way for the belt of rock which joined it to the
+mainland; but to their horror, they at once saw that the tide had come
+in, and that a narrow gulf of sea already divided them from the shore.
+
+"There's only one way for it," said Eric; "if we're plucky, we can jump
+that; but we mustn't wait till it gets worse. A good jump will take us
+_nearly_ to the other side--far enough, at any rate, to let us flounder
+across somehow."
+
+As fast as they could they hurried along down to the place where the
+momentarily increasing zone of water seemed as yet to be narrowest, and
+where the rocks on the other side were lower than those, on which they
+stood. Their situation was by no means pleasant. The wind had been
+rising more and more, and the waves dashed into this little channel with
+such violence, that to swim it would have been a most hazardous
+experiment, particularly as they could not dive in from the ledge, on
+which they stood, from their ignorance of the depth of water.
+
+Eric's courage supported the other two. "There's no good _thinking_
+about it," said he, "jump we _must_; the sooner the better. We can but
+be a little hurt at the worst. Here, I'll set the example."
+
+He drew back a step or two, and sprang out with all his force. He was a
+practised and agile jumper, and, to their great relief he alighted near
+the water's edge, on the other side, where, after slipping once or twice
+on the wet and seaweed-covered rocks, he effected a safe landing, with
+no worse harm than a wetting up to the knees.
+
+"Now then, you two," he shouted; "no time to lose."
+
+"Will you jump first, Monty?" said Russell; "both of you are better
+jumpers than I, and to tell the truth, I'm rather afraid."
+
+"Then I won't leave you," said Montagu; "we'll both stay here."
+
+"And perhaps be drowned or starved for our pains. No, Monty, _you_ can
+clear it, I've no doubt."
+
+"Couldn't we try to swim it together, Edwin?"
+
+"Madness! look there." And as he spoke, a huge furious wave swept down
+the entire length of the gulf, by which he stood, roaring and surging
+along till the whole water seethed, and tearing the seaweeds from their
+roots in the rock.
+
+"Now's your time," shouted Eric again. "What _are_ you waiting for?
+For God's sake, jump before another wave comes."
+
+"Monty, you _must_ jump now," said Russell, "if only to help me when I
+try."
+
+Montagu went back as far as he could, which was only a few steps, and
+leapt wildly forward. He lighted into deep water, nearly up to his
+neck, and at first tried in vain to secure a footing on the sharp
+slippery schist; but, after a complete ducking, he stumbled forwards
+vigorously, and in half a minute, Eric leaning out as far as he could,
+caught his hand, and just pulled him to the other side in time to escape
+another rush of tumultuous and angry foam.
+
+"Now, Edwin," they both shouted, "it'll be too late in another minute.
+Jump for your life."
+
+Russell stood on the rock pale and irresolute. Once or twice he
+prepared to spring, and stopped from fear at the critical instant. In
+truth, the leap was now most formidable; to clear it was hopeless; and
+the fury of the rock-tormented waves rendered the prospect of a swim on
+the other side terrible to contemplate. Once in the grasp of one of
+those billows, even a strong man must have been carried out of the
+narrow channel, and hurled against the towering sweep of rocks which lay
+beyond it.
+
+"O Edwin, Edwin--dear Edwin--do jump!" cried Eric with passionate
+excitement. "We will rush in for you."
+
+Russell now seemed to have determined on running the risk; he stepped
+back, ran to the edge, missed his footing, and, with a sharp cry of
+pain, fell heavily forward into the water. For an instant Eric and
+Montagu stood breathless,--but the next instant, they saw Russell's head
+emerge, and then another wave foaming madly by, made them run backwards
+for their lives, and hid him from their view. When it had passed, they
+saw him clinging with both hands, in the desperate instinct of
+self-preservation, to a projecting bit of rock, by the aid of which he
+gradually dragged himself out of the water, and grasping at crevices or
+bits of seaweed, slowly and painfully reached the ledge on which they
+had stood before they took the leap. He presented a pitiable spectacle;
+his face, pale as death, was dabbled with blood; his head drooped on his
+breast; his clothes were torn, and streamed with the salt water; his cap
+was gone, and the wet hair, which he seemed too exhausted to push aside,
+hung in heavy masses over his forehead and eyes. He was evidently
+dizzy, and in pain; and they noticed that he only seemed to use one
+foot.
+
+While he was regaining the ledge, neither of the boys spoke, lest their
+voices should startle him, and make him fall; but now they both cried
+out, "Are you hurt, Edwin?"
+
+He did not answer, but supported his pale face on one hand, while he put
+the other to his head, from which the blood was flowing fast.
+
+"O Edwin, for the love of God, try once more," said Montagu; "you will
+die if you spend the night on that rock."
+
+They could not catch the reply, and called again. The wind and waves
+were both rising fast, and it was only by listening intently, that they
+caught the faint words, "I can't, my leg is hurt." Besides, they both
+saw that a jump was no longer possible; the channel was more than double
+the width which it had been when Eric leaped, and from the rapid ascent
+of the rocks on both sides, it was now far out of depth.
+
+"O God, what can we do?" said Montagu, bursting into tears. "We can
+never save him, and all but the very top of the Stack is covered at high
+tide."
+
+Eric had not lost his presence of mind, "Cheer up, Edwin," he shouted,
+"I _will_ get back to you somehow. If I fail, crawl up to the top
+again."
+
+Again the wind carried away the reply, and Russell had sunk back on the
+rock.
+
+"Monty," said Eric, "just watch for a minute or two. When I have got
+across, run to Ellan as hard as you can tear, and tell them that we are
+cut off by the tide on the Stack. They'll bring round the lifeboat.
+It's our only chance."
+
+"What are you going to do?" asked Montagu, terrified. "Why, Eric, it's
+death to attempt swimming that. Good heavens!" And he drew Eric back
+hastily, as another vast swell of water came rolling along, shaking its
+white curled mane, like a sea-monster bent on destruction.
+
+"Monty, it's no use," said Eric, hastily tearing off his jacket and
+waistcoat; "I'm not going to let Russell die on that ledge of rock. I
+shall try to reach him, whatever happens to me. Here; I want to keep
+these things dry. Be on the look-out; if I get across, fling them over
+to me if you can, and then do as I told you."
+
+He turned round; the wave had just spent its fury, and knowing that his
+only chance was to swim over before another came, he plunged in, and
+struck out like a man. He was a strong and expert swimmer, and as yet
+the channel was not more than a dozen yards across. He dashed over with
+the speed and strength of despair, and had just time to clutch the rocks
+on the other side before the next mighty swirl of the tide swept up in
+its white and tormented course. In another minute he was on the ledge
+by Russell's side.
+
+He lifted him tenderly, and called to Montagu for the dry clothes.
+Montagu tied them skilfully with his neck-handkerchief round a fragment
+of rock, adding his own wet jacket to the bundle, and then flung it
+over. Eric wrapped up his friend in the clothes, and once more shouted
+to Montagu to go on his errand. For a short time the boy lingered,
+reluctant to leave them. Then he started off at a run. Looking back
+after a few minutes, he caught, through the gathering dusk, his last
+glimpse of the friends in their perilous situation. Eric was seated
+supporting Russell across his knees. When he saw Montagu turn, he waved
+his cap over his head as a signal of encouragement, and then began to
+carry Edwin higher up the rock for safety. It soon grew too dark to
+distinguish them, and Montagu at full speed flew to Ellan, which was a
+mile off. When he got to the harbour he told some sailors of the
+danger, in which his friends were, and then ran on to the school. It
+was now eight o'clock, and quite dark. Tea was over, and lock-up time
+long past, when he stood wet through, excited, breathless, and without
+cap or jacket, at Dr Rowlands's door.
+
+"Good gracious! Master Montagu," said the servant; "what's the matter;
+have you been robbed?"
+
+He pushed the girl aside, and ran straight to Dr Rowlands's study.
+"Oh, sir!" he exclaimed, bursting in, "Eric and Russell are on the
+Stack, cut off by the tide."
+
+Dr Rowlands started up hastily. "What! on this stormy night? Have you
+raised the alarm?"
+
+"I told the lifeboat people, sir, and then ran on."
+
+"I will set off myself at once," said the Doctor, seizing his hat.
+"But, my poor boy, how pale and ill you look, and you are wet through
+too. You had better change your clothes at once, or go to bed."
+
+"Oh no, sir," said Montagu pleadingly; "do take me with you."
+
+"Very well; but you must change first, or you may suffer in consequence.
+Make all haste, and directly you are dressed, a cup of tea shall be
+ready for you down here, and we will start."
+
+Montagu was off in an instant, and only stopped on his way to tell
+Duncan and the others of the danger which threatened their companions.
+The absence of the three boys from tea and lock-up had already excited
+general surmise, and Montagu's appearance, jacketless and wet, at the
+door of the boarders' room, at once attracted a group round him. He
+rapidly told them how things stood, and, hastening off, left them nearly
+as much agitated as himself. In a very short time he presented himself
+again before Dr Rowlands, and when he had with difficulty swallowed the
+cup of tea, they sallied out.
+
+It was pitch dark, and only one or two stars were seen at intervals
+struggling through the ragged masses of cloud. The wind howled in
+fitful gusts, and as their road led by the sea-side, Montagu shuddered
+to hear how rough and turbulent the sea was, even on the sands. He
+stumbled once or twice, and then the Doctor kindly drew his trembling
+arm through his own, and made him describe the whole occurrence, while
+the servant went on in front with the lantern. When Montagu told how
+Eric had braved the danger of reaching his friend at the risk of his
+life, Dr Rowlands's admiration was unbounded. "Fine lad!" he
+exclaimed, with enthusiasm; "I shall find it hard to believe any evil of
+him after this."
+
+They reached Ellan, and went to the boathouse.
+
+"Have you put out the lifeboat?" said Dr Rowlands anxiously.
+
+"Ill luck, sir," said one of the sailors, touching his cap; "the
+lifeboat went to a wreck at Port Vash two days ago, and she hasn't been
+brought round again yet."
+
+"Indeed! but I do trust you have sent out another boat to try and save
+those poor boys."
+
+"We've been trying, sir, and a boat has just managed to start; but in a
+sea like that it's very dangerous, and it's so dark and gusty that I
+doubt it's no use, so I expect they'll put back."
+
+The Doctor sighed deeply. "Don't alarm any other people," he said; "it
+will merely raise a crowd to no purpose. Here, George," he continued to
+the servant, "give me the lantern; I will go with this boy to the Stack;
+you follow us with ropes, and order a carriage from the King's Head.
+Take care to bring anything with you that seems likely to be useful."
+
+Montagu and Dr Rowlands again started, and with difficulty made their
+way through the storm to the shore opposite the Stack. Here they raised
+the lantern and shouted; but the wind was now screaming with such
+violence that they were not sure that they heard any answering shout.
+Their eyes, accustomed to the darkness, could just make out the huge
+black outline of the Stack rising from the yeast of boiling waves, and
+enveloped every moment in blinding sheets of spray. On the top of it
+Montagu half thought that he saw something, but he was not sure.
+
+"Thank God, there is yet hope," said the Doctor, with difficulty making
+his young companion catch his words amid the uproar of the elements; "if
+they can but keep warm in their wet clothes, we may perhaps rescue them
+before morning."
+
+Again he shouted to cheer them with his strong voice, and Montagu joined
+his clear ringing tones to the shout. This time they fancied that in
+one of the pauses of the wind they heard a faint cheer returned. Never
+was sound more welcome, and as they paced up and down they shouted at
+intervals, and held up the lantern, to show the boys that friends and
+help were near.
+
+Eric heard them. When Montagu left, he had carried Russell to the
+highest point of the rock, and there, with gentle hands and soothing
+words, made him as comfortable as he could. He wrapped him in every
+piece of dry clothing he could find, and supported his head, heedless of
+the blood which covered him. Very faintly Russell thanked him, and
+pressed his hand; but he moaned with pain continually, and at last
+fainted away.
+
+Meanwhile the wind rose higher, and the tide gained on the rocks, and
+the sacred darkness came down. At first Eric could think of nothing but
+storm and sea. Cold, and cruel, and remorseless, the sea beat up,
+drenching them to the skin continually with its clammy spray; and the
+storm shrieked round them pitilessly, and flung about the wet hair on
+Eric's bare head, and forced him to plant himself firmly, lest the rage
+of the gusts should hurl them from their narrow resting-place. The
+darkness made everything more fearful, for his eyes could distinguish
+nothing but the gulfs of black water glistening here and there with
+hissing foam, and he shuddered as his ears caught the unearthly noises
+that came to him in the mingled scream of weltering tempest and plangent
+wave. It was fearful to be isolated on the black rent rock, and see the
+waves gaining on them, higher, higher, higher, every moment; and he was
+in ceaseless terror lest they should be swept away by the violence of
+the breakers. "At least," thought he, as he looked down and saw that
+the ledge on which they had been standing had long been covered with
+deep and agitated waves--"at least I have tried to save Edwin's life."
+And he bravely made up his mind to keep up heart and hope, and to
+weather the comfortless night as best he could.
+
+And then his thoughts turned to Russell, who was still unconscious; and
+stooping down he folded his arms around the boy's breast. He felt
+_then_ how deeply he loved him, how much he owed him; and no mother
+could have nursed a child more tenderly than he did his fainting friend.
+Russell's head rested on his breast, and the soft hair, tangled with
+welling blood, stained his clothes. Eric feared that he would die, his
+fainting-fit continued so long, and from the helpless way in which one
+of his legs trailed on the ground, he felt sure that he had received
+some dangerous hurt.
+
+At last Russell stirred and groaned. "Where am I?" he said, and half
+opened his eyes; he started up frightened, and fell back heavily. He
+saw only the darkness; felt only the fierce wind and salt mist; heard
+only the relentless fury of the blast. Memory had no time to wake, and
+he screamed and fainted once more.
+
+Poor Eric knew not what to do but to shelter him to the best of his
+power; and when he showed any signs of consciousness again, he bent over
+him, and said, "Don't you remember, Edwin? We're quite safe. I'm with
+you, and Monty's gone for help."
+
+"Oh! I daren't jump," sobbed Russell; "O mother, I shall be drowned.
+Save me! save me! I'm so glad they're safe, mother; but my leg hurts
+so." And he moaned again. He was delirious.
+
+"How cold it is, and wet too! where's Eric? are we bathing?--run along,
+we shall be late. But stop, you're smoking. Dear Eric, don't smoke.
+Poor fellow, I'm afraid he's getting spoilt, and learning bad ways. Oh
+save him." And as he wandered on, he repeated a prayer for Eric, which
+evidently had been often on his lips.
+
+Eric was touched to the heart's core, and in one rapid lightning-like
+glance, his memory revealed to him the faultful past, in all its
+sorrowfulness. And _he_ too prayed wildly for help both for soul and
+body. Alone on the crag, with the sea tumbling and plashing round them,
+growing and gaining so much on their place of refuge, that his terror
+began to summon up the image of certain death; alone, wet, hungry, and
+exhausted, with the wounded and delirious boy, whose life depended on
+his courage, he prayed as he had never prayed before, and seemed to grow
+calmer by his prayer, and to feel God nearer him than ever he had done
+in the green cricket-field, or the safe dormitories of Roslyn School.
+
+A shout startled him. Lights on the water heaved up and down, now
+disappearing, and now lifted high, and at intervals there came the sound
+of voices and the plash of irregular oars. Thank God! help was near;
+they were coming in a boat to save them.
+
+But the lights grew more distant; he saw them disappearing towards the
+harbour. Yes; it was of no use; no boat could live in the surf at the
+foot of the Stack cliffs, and the sailors had given it up in despair.
+His heart sank again, all the more for its glimpse of hope, and his
+strength began to give way. Russell's delirium continued, and he grew
+too frightened even to pray.
+
+A light from the land. The sound of shouts--yes, he could be sure of
+it; it was Dr Rowlands's voice and Montagu's. He got convinced of
+this, and summoned all his strength to shout in return. The light kept
+moving up and down on the shore, not a hundred yards off. His fear
+vanished; they were no longer alone. The first moment that the tide
+suffered any one to reach them they would be rescued. His mind grew
+calm again, and he determined to hold up for Russell's sake until help
+should come; and every now and then, to make it feel less lonely, he
+answered the shouts which came from the friendly voices in the fitful
+pauses of the storm.
+
+But Dr Rowlands and Montagu paced up and down, and the master soothed
+the boy's fears, and talked to him so kindly, so gently, that Montagu
+began to wonder if this really could be the awful head-master, whose
+warm strong hand he was grasping, and who was comforting him as a father
+might. What a depth of genuine human kindness that stern exterior
+concealed! And every now and then, when the storm blew loudest, the
+Doctor would stand still for a moment, and offer up a short intense
+prayer or ejaculation, that help and safety might come to his beloved
+charge in their exposure and peril.
+
+Six or seven hours passed away; at last the wind began to sink, and the
+sea to be less violent. The tide was on the turn. The carriage drove
+up with more men and lights, and the thoughtful servant brought with him
+the school surgeon, Dr Underhay. Long and anxiously did they watch the
+ebbing tide, and when it had gone out sufficiently to allow of two stout
+planks being fastened securely to the rocks and laid across the channel,
+an active sailor ventured over with a light, and in a few moments stood
+by Eric's side. Eric saw him coming, but was too weak and numb to move;
+and when the sailor lifted up the unconscious Russell from his knees,
+Eric was too much exhausted even to speak. The man returned for him,
+and lifting him on his back, crossed the plank once more in safety.
+Then he carried Russell first and Eric afterwards to the carriage, where
+Dr Underhay had taken care to have everything likely to revive and
+sustain them. They were driven rapidly to the school, and the Doctor
+raised to God tearful eyes of gratitude as the boys were taken to the
+rooms prepared for them. Mrs Rowlands was anxiously awaiting their
+arrival, and the noise of wheels was the signal for twenty heads to be
+put through the dormitory windows, with many an anxious inquiry, "Are
+they safe?"
+
+"Yes, thank God!" called Dr Rowlands; "so now, boys, shut the windows,
+and get to sleep."
+
+Russell was carefully undressed, and put to bed in the Doctor's own
+house, and the wound in his head was dressed. Eric and Montagu had beds
+provided them in another room by themselves, away from the dormitories;
+the room was bright and cheerful with a blazing fire, and looked like
+home; and when the two boys had drunk some warm wine, and cried for
+weariness and joy, they sank to sleep after their dangers and fatigues,
+and slept the deep, calm, dreamless sleep of tired children.
+
+So ended the perilous adventure of that eventful night of the Easter
+holidays.
+
+
+
+VOLUME ONE, CHAPTER FOURTEEN.
+
+THE SILVER CORD BROKEN.
+
+ Calm on the bosom of thy God,
+ Fair spirit rest thee now!
+ E'en while with us thy footsteps trod,
+ His seal was on thy brow.
+ _Mrs Hemans_.
+
+They did not awake till noon. Montagu opened his eyes, and at first
+could not collect his thoughts, as he saw the carpeted little room, the
+bright fire, and the housekeeper seated in her arm-chair before it. But
+turning his head he caught a glimpse of Eric, who was still asleep, and
+he then remembered all. He sprang out of bed, refreshed and perfectly
+well, and the sound of his voice woke Eric; but Eric was still languid
+and weak, and did not get up that day, nor was he able to go to work
+again for some days; but he was young and strong, and his vigorous
+constitution soon threw off the effects of this fast and exposure.
+
+Their first inquiry was for Edwin. The nurse shook her head sadly. "He
+is very dangerously ill."
+
+"Is he?" said they both anxiously. And then they preserved a deep
+silence; and when Montagu, who immediately began to dress, knelt down to
+say his prayers, Eric, though unable to get up, knelt also over his
+pillow, and the two felt that their young earnest prayers were mingling
+for the one who seemed to have been taken while they were left.
+
+The reports grew darker and darker about Edwin. At first it was thought
+that the blow on his head was dangerous, and that the exposure to wet,
+cold, fear, and hunger had permanently weakened his constitution; and
+when his youth seemed to be triumphing over these dangers, another
+became more threatening. His leg never mended; he had both sprained the
+knee badly, and given the tibia an awkward twist, so that the least
+motion was agony to him.
+
+In his fever he was constantly delirious. No one was allowed to see
+him, though many of the boys tried to do so, and many were the earnest
+inquiries for him day by day. It then became more fully apparent than
+ever, that, although Edwin was among them without being _of_ them, no
+boy in the school was more deeply honoured and fondly loved than he.
+Even the elastic spirits of boyhood could not quite throw off the shadow
+of gloom which his illness cast over the school.
+
+Very tenderly they nursed him. All that human kindness could do was
+done for him by the stranger hands. And yet not all; poor Edwin had no
+father, no mother, hardly any relatives. His only aunt, Mrs Upton,
+would have come to nurse him, but she was an invalid, and he was often
+left alone in his delirium and agony.
+
+Alone, yet not alone. There was One with him--always in his thoughts,
+always leading, guiding, blessing him unseen--not deserting the hurt
+lamb of His flock; one who was once a boy Himself, and who, when He was
+a boy, did His Father's business, and was subject unto His parents in
+the obscure home of the despised village. Alone! nay, to them whose
+eyes were opened, the room of sickness and pain was thronged and
+beautiful with angelic presences.
+
+Often did Eric, and Upton, and Montagu talk of their loved friend.
+Eric's life seemed absorbed in the thought of him, and in passionate,
+unspeakable longings for his recovery. Now he valued more than ever the
+happy hours which he had spent with him; their games, and communings,
+and walks, and Russell's gentle influence, and brave kindly rebukes.
+Yet he must not even see him, must not smooth his pillow, must not
+whisper one word of soothing to him in his anguish; he could only pray
+for him, and that he did with a depth of hope.
+
+At last Upton, in virtue of his relationship, was allowed to visit him.
+His delirium had become more unfrequent, but he could not yet even
+recognise his cousin, and the visits to the sick-room were so sad and
+useless, that Upton forbore. "And yet you should hear him talk in his
+delirium," he said to Eric; "not one evil word, or bad thought, or
+wicked thing, ever escapes him. I'm afraid, Eric, it would hardly be so
+with you or me."
+
+"No," said Eric, in a low and humble tone; and guilty conscience brought
+the deep colour, wave after wave of crimson, into his cheeks.
+
+"And he talks with such affection of you, Eric. He speaks sometimes of
+all of us very gently; but you seem to be always in his thoughts, and
+every now and then he prays for you quite unconsciously."
+
+Eric turned his head to brush away a tear. "When do you think I shall
+be allowed to see him?"
+
+"Not just yet, I fear."
+
+After a week or two of most anxious suspense, Russell's mind ceased to
+wander, but the state of his sprain gave more cause for alarm. Fresh
+advice was called in, and it was decided that the leg must be amputated.
+
+When Eric was told this, he burst into passionate complaints. "Only
+think, Monty, isn't it hard, isn't it cruel? When we see our brave,
+bright Edwin again he will be a cripple." Eric hardly understood that
+he was railing at the providence of a merciful God.
+
+The day for the operation came. When it was over, poor Russell seemed
+to amend, and the removal of the perpetual pain gave him relief. They
+were all deeply moved at his touching resignation; no murmur, no cry
+escaped him; no words but the sweetest thanks for every little office of
+kindness done to him. A few days after, he asked Dr Underhay, "if he
+might see Eric?"
+
+"Yes, my boy," said the Doctor kindly, "he, and one or two others of
+your particular friends may see you if you like, provided you don't
+excite yourself too much. I trust that you will get better now."
+
+So Eric and Montagu were told by Dr Rowlands that at six they might go
+and see their friend. "Be sure," he added, "that you don't startle or
+excite him."
+
+They promised, and after school on that beautiful evening of early
+summer they went to the sick-room door. Stopping, they held their
+breath, and knocked very gently. Yes! it was the well-known voice which
+gave the answer, but it was faint and low. Full of awe, they softly
+opened the door, which admitted them into the presence of the dear
+companion whom they had not seen for so long. Since then it seemed as
+though gulfs far deeper than the sea had been flowing between him and
+them.
+
+Full of awe, and hand in hand, they entered the room on tiptoe--the
+darkened room where Russell was. What a hush and oppression there
+seemed to them at first in the dim, silent chamber; what an awfulness in
+all the appliances which showed how long and deeply their schoolfellow
+had suffered. But all this vanished directly they caught sight of his
+face. There he lay, so calm, and weak, and still, with his bright,
+earnest eyes turned towards them as though to see whether any of their
+affection for him had ceased or been forgotten!
+
+In an instant they were kneeling in silence by the bed with bowed
+foreheads; and the sick boy tenderly put his hands on their heads, and
+pushed his thin white fingers through their hair, and looked at them
+tearfully without a word, till they hid their faces with their hands,
+and broke into deep suppressed sobs of compassion.
+
+"Oh, hush, hush!" he said, as he felt their tears dropping on his hands;
+"dear Eric, dear Monty, why should you cry so for me? I am very happy."
+
+But they caught the outline of his form as he lay on the bed, and had
+now for the first time realised that he was a cripple for life; and as
+the throng of memories came on them--memories of his skill and fame at
+cricket, and racquets, and football--of their sunny bathes together in
+sea and river, and all their happy holiday wanderings--they could not
+restrain their emotion, and wept uncontrollably. Neither of them could
+speak a word, or break the holy silence; and as he patted their heads
+and cheeks, his own tears flowed fast in sympathy and self-pity. But he
+felt the comforting affection which they could not utter; he felt it in
+his loneliness, and it did him good.
+
+The nurse broke in upon the scene, which she feared would agitate Edwin
+too much; and with red eyes and heavy hearts the boys left, only
+whispering, "We will come again to-morrow, Edwin!"
+
+They came the next day and many days, and got to talk quite cheerfully
+with him, and read to him. They loved this occupation more than any
+game, and devoted themselves to it. The sorrow of the sick-room more
+than repaid them for the glad life without, when they heard Russell's
+simple and heartfelt thanks. "Ah! how good of you, dear fellows," he
+would say, "to give up the merry playground for a wretched cripple," and
+he would smile cheerfully to show that his trial had not made him weary
+of life. Indeed, he often told them that he believed they felt for him
+more than he did himself.
+
+One day Eric brought him a little bunch of primroses and violets. He
+seemed much better, and Eric's spirits were high with the thoughts and
+hopes of the coming holidays. "There, Edwin," he said, as the boy
+gratefully and eagerly took the flowers, "don't they make you glad?
+They are one of our _three_ signs, you know, of the approaching
+holidays. One sign was the first sight of the summer steamer going
+across the bay; another was May eve, when these island-fellows light big
+gorse fires all over the mountains, and throw yellow marsh-lilies at
+their doors to keep off the fairies. Do you remember, Eddy, gathering
+some last May eve, and sitting out in the playground till sunset,
+watching the fires begin to twinkle on Cronck-Irey and Barrule for miles
+away? What a jolly talk we had that evening about the holidays; but my
+father and mother were here then, you know, and we were all going to
+Fairholm. But the third sign--the first primrose and violet--was always
+the happiest, as well as quite the earliest. You can't think how I
+_grabbed_ at the first primrose this year; I found it by a cave on the
+Ness. And though these are rather the last than the first, yet I knew
+you'd like them, Eddy, so I hunted for them everywhere. And how much
+better you're looking too; such shining eyes, and, yes I positively
+declare, quite a ruddy cheek like your old one. You'll soon be out
+among us again, that's clear--"
+
+He stopped abruptly: he had been rattling on just in the merry way that
+Russell now most loved to hear, but, as he was talking, he caught the
+touch of sadness on Russell's face, and saw his long, abstracted, eager
+look at the flowers.
+
+"Dear fellow, you're not worse, are you?" he said quickly. "What a fool
+I am to chatter so; it makes you ill."
+
+"No, no, Eric, talk on; you can't think how I love to hear you. Oh, how
+very beautiful these primroses are! Thank you for bringing them." And
+he again fixed on them the eager dreamy look which had startled Eric--as
+though he were learning their colour and shape by heart.
+
+"I wish I hadn't brought them though," said Eric; "they are filling your
+mind with regrets. But, Eddy, you'll be well by the holidays--a month
+hence, you know--or else I shouldn't have talked so gladly about them."
+
+"No, Eric," said Russell sadly, "these dear flowers are the last spring
+blossoms that I shall see--_here_ at least. Yes, I will keep them, for
+your sake, Eric, till I die."
+
+"Oh, don't talk so," said Eric, shocked and flustered; "why, everybody
+knows and says that you're getting better."
+
+Russell smiled and shook his head. "No, Eric, I shall die. There stop,
+dear fellow, don't cry," said he, raising his hands quietly to Eric's
+face; "isn't it better for me so? I own it seemed sad at first to leave
+this bright world and the sea--yes, even that cruel sea," he continued,
+smiling; "and to leave Roslyn, and Upton, and Monty, and, above all, to
+leave _you_, Eric, whom I love best in all the world. Yes, remember,
+I've no home, Eric, and no prospects. There was nothing to be sorry for
+in this, so long as God gave me health and strength; but health went for
+ever into those waves at the Stack, where you saved my life, dear
+gallant Eric; and what could I do now? It doesn't look so happy to
+_halt_ through life. O Eric, Eric, I am young, but I am dying--dying,
+Eric," he said solemnly, "my brother--let me call you brother--I have no
+near relations, you know, to fill up the love in my yearning heart, but
+I _do_ love _you_. I wish you were my brother," he said, as Eric took
+his hand between both his own. "There, that comforts me; I feel as if I
+_were_ a child again, and had a brother; and I _shall_ be a child again
+soon, Eric, in the courts of a Father's house."
+
+Eric could not speak. These words startled him he never dreamt
+_recently_ of Russell's death, but had begun to reckon on his recovery,
+and now life seemed darker to him than ever.
+
+But Russell was pressing the flowers to his lips.
+
+"The grass withereth," he murmured, "the flower fadeth, and the glory of
+his beauty perisheth; but--but the word of the Lord endureth for ever."
+And here he too burst into natural tears, and Eric pressed his hand,
+with more than a brother's fondness, to his heart.
+
+"O Eddy, Eddy, my heart is full," he said, "too full to speak to you.
+Let me read to you," and with his arm round Russell's neck, he sat down
+beside his pillow, and read to him about the "pure river of water of
+life, clear as crystal, proceeding out of the throne of God and of the
+Lamb." At first sobs choked his voice, but it gathered firmness as he
+went on.
+
+"In the midst of the street of it, and on either side of the river, was
+there the tree of life, which bare twelve manner of fruits, and yielded
+her fruit every month; and the leaves of the tree were for the healing
+of the nations.
+
+"And there shall be no more curse,"--and here the reader's musical voice
+rose into deeper and steadier sweetness--"but the throne of God and of
+the Lamb shall be in it; and his servants shall serve him; and they
+shall see his face; and his name shall be in their foreheads."
+
+"And they shall see his face," murmured Russell, "_and they shall see
+his face_." Eric paused and looked at him; a sort of rapture seemed to
+be lighted in his eyes, as though they saw heavenly things, and his
+countenance was like an angel's to look upon. Eric closed the book
+reverently, and gazed.
+
+"And now pray for me, Eric, will you?" Eric knelt down, but no prayer
+would come; his breast swelled, and his heart beat fast, but emotion
+prevented him from uttering a word. But Russell laid his hand on his
+head and prayed.
+
+"O gracious Lord God, look down, merciful Father, on us, two erring,
+weak, sinful boys; look down and bless us, Lord, for the love Thou
+bearest unto Thy children. One Thou art taking; Lord, take me to the
+green pastures of Thy home, where no curse is; and one remains--O Lord
+bless him with the dew of Thy blessing; lead and guide him, and keep him
+for ever in Thy fear and love, that he may continue Thine for ever, and
+hereafter we may meet together among the redeemed, in the immortal glory
+of the resurrection. Hear us, O Father, for Thy dear Son's sake. Amen!
+Amen!"
+
+The childlike, holy, reverent voice ceased, and Eric rose. One long
+brotherly kiss he printed on Russell's forehead, and, full of sorrowful
+forebodings, bade him good-night.
+
+He asked Dr Underhay whether his fears were correct. "Yes," he said,
+"he may die at any time; he _must_ die soon. It is even best that he
+should; besides the loss of a limb, that blow on the head would
+certainly affect the brain and the intellect if he lived."
+
+Eric shuddered--a long cold shudder.
+
+The holidays drew on; for Russell's sake, and at his earnest wish, Eric
+had worked harder than he ever did before. All his brilliant abilities,
+all his boyish ambition, were called into exercise; and to the delight
+of every one, he gained ground rapidly, and seemed likely once more to
+dispute the palm with Owen. No one rejoiced more in this than Mr Rose,
+and he often gladdened Russell's heart by telling him about it; for
+every day he paid a long visit to the sick boy's room, which refreshed
+and comforted them both.
+
+In other respects too, Eric seemed to be turning over a new leaf. He
+and Upton, by common consent, had laid aside smoking, and every bad
+habit or disobedient custom which would have grieved the dying boy whom
+they both loved so well. And although Eric's popularity, after the
+romantic Stack adventure, and his chivalrous daring, was at its very
+zenith,--although he had received a medal and flattering letter from the
+Humane Society, who had been informed of the transaction by Dr
+Rowlands,--although his success, both physical and intellectual, was
+higher than ever,--yet the dread of the great loss he was doomed to
+suffer, and the friendship which was to be snapped, overpowered every
+other feeling, and his heart was ennobled and purified by contact with
+his suffering friend.
+
+It was a June evening, and he and Russell were alone; he had drawn up
+the blind, and through the open window the summer breeze, pure from the
+sea and fragrant from the garden, was blowing refreshfully into the sick
+boy's room. Russell was very, very happy. No doubt, no fear assailed
+him all was peace and trustfulness. Long and earnestly that evening did
+he talk to Eric, and implore him to shun evil ways, striving to lead him
+gently to that love of God which was his only support and refuge now.
+Tearfully and humbly Eric listened, and every now and then the sufferer
+stopped to pray aloud.
+
+"Good-night, Eric," he said, "I am tired, _so_ tired. I hope we shall
+meet again; I shall give you my desk and all my books, Eric, except a
+few for Horace, Owen, Duncan, and Monty. And my watch, that dear watch
+your mother, _my_ mother, gave me, I shall leave to Rose as a
+remembrance of us both. Good-night, dear old boy."
+
+A little before ten that night Eric was again summoned with Upton and
+Montagu to Russell's bedside. He was sinking fast; and as he had but a
+short time to live, he expressed a desire to see them, though he could
+see no others.
+
+They came, and were amazed to see how bright, how beautiful, the dying
+boy looked. They received his last farewells--he would die that night.
+Sweetly he blessed them, and made them promise to avoid all evil, and
+read the Bible, and pray to God. But he had only strength to speak at
+intervals. Mr Rose, too, was there; it seemed as though he held the
+boy by the hand, as fearlessly now, yea, joyously, he entered the waters
+of the dark river.
+
+"Oh, I should _so_ like to stay with you, Monty, Horace, dear, dear
+Eric, but God calls me. I am going--a long way--to my father and
+mother--and to the light. I shall not be a cripple there--nor be in
+pain." His words grew slow and difficult. "God bless you, dear
+fellows; God bless you, dear Eric; I am going--to God."
+
+He sighed very gently; there was a slight sound in his throat, and he
+was dead. The gentle, holy, pure spirit of Edwin Russell had passed
+into the presence of its Saviour and its God. O happy and blameless
+boy, no fairer soul has ever stood in the light of the rainbow-circled
+throne.
+
+A terrible scene of boyish anguish followed, as they bent over the
+lifeless brow. But quietly, calmly, Mr Rose checked them, and they
+knelt down with streaming eyes while he prayed.
+
+They rose a little calmer, and as they turned back again and again to
+take one last fond look at the pale yet placid face, Mr Rose said in a
+solemn tone--
+
+ "For ever with the Lord,
+ Amen so let it be
+ Life from the dead is in that word,
+ And Immortality."
+
+
+
+VOLUME ONE, CHAPTER FIFTEEN.
+
+HOME AGAIN.
+
+ O far beyond the waters
+ The fickle feet may roam,
+ But they find no light so pure and bright
+ As the one fair star of home;
+ The star of tender hearts, lady,
+ That glows in an English home.
+
+That night, when Eric returned to his dormitory, full of grief, and
+weighed down with the sense of desolation and mystery, the other boys
+were silent from sympathy in his sorrow. Duncan and Llewellyn both knew
+and loved Russell themselves, and they were awestruck to hear of his
+death; they asked some of the particulars, but Eric was not calm enough
+to tell them that evening. The one sense of infinite loss agitated him,
+and he indulged his paroxysms of emotion unrestrained, yet silently.
+Reader, if ever the life has been cut short which you most dearly loved,
+if ever you have been made to feel absolutely lonely in the world, then,
+and then only, will you appreciate the depth of his affliction.
+
+But, like all affliction, it purified and sanctified. To Eric, as he
+rested his aching head on a pillow wet with tears, and vainly sought for
+the sleep whose blessing he had never learned to prize before, how
+odious seemed all the vice which he had seen and partaken in since he
+became an inmate of that little room. How his soul revolted with
+infinite disgust from the language which he had heard, and the open
+glorying in sin of which he had so often been a witness. The stain and
+the shame of sin fell heavier than ever on his heart; it rode on his
+breast like a nightmare; it haunted his fancy with visions of guilty
+memory, and shapes of horrible regret. The ghosts of buried misdoings,
+which he had thought long-lost in the mists of recollection, started up
+menacingly from their forgotten graves, and made him shrink with a sense
+of their awful reality. Behind him, like a wilderness, lay years which
+the locust had eaten; the entrusted hours which had passed away, and
+been reckoned to him as they passed.
+
+And the thought of Russell mingled with all--Russell, as he fondly
+imaged him now, glorified with the glory of heaven, crowned, and in
+white robes, and with a palm in his hand. Yes, he had walked and talked
+with one of the Holy Ones. Had Edwin's death quenched his human
+affections, and altered his human heart? If not, might not he be there
+even now, leaning over his friend with the beauty of his invisible
+presence? The thought startled him, and seemed to give an awful lustre
+to the moonbeam which fell into the room. No! he could not endure such
+a presence now, with his weak conscience and corrupted heart; and Eric
+hid his head under the clothes, and shut his eyes.
+
+Once more the pang of separation entered like iron into his soul.
+Should he ever meet Russell again? What if _he_ had died instead of
+Edwin, where would he have been? "Oh no! no!" he murmured aloud, as the
+terrible thought came over him of his own utter unfitness for death, and
+the possibility that he might never never again hear the beloved
+accents, or gaze on the cherished countenance of his school friend.
+
+In this tumult of accusing thoughts he fell asleep; but that night the
+dew of blessing did not fall for him on the fields of sleep. He was
+frightened by unbidden dreams, in all of which his conscience obtruded
+on him his sinfulness, and his affection called up the haunting
+lineaments of the dear dead face. He was wandering down a path, at the
+end of which Russell stood with beckoning hand inviting him earnestly to
+join him there; he saw his bright ingenuous smile, and heard, as of old,
+his joyous words, and he hastened to meet him; when suddenly the
+boy-figure disappeared, and in its place he saw the stern brow, and
+gleaming garments, and drawn flaming sword of the Avenger. And then he
+was in a great wood alone, and wandering, when the well-known voice
+called his name, and entreated him to turn from that evil place; and he
+longed to turn,--but, whenever he tried, ghostly hands seemed to wave
+him back again, and irresistible cords to drag him into the dark forest,
+amid the sound of mocking laughs. Then he was sinking, sinking, sinking
+into a gulf, deep and darker even than the inner darkness of a
+sin-desolated heart; sinking, helplessly, hopelessly, everlastingly;
+while far away, like a star, stood the loved figure in light infinitely
+above him, and with pleading hands implored his deliverance, but could
+not prevail; and Eric was still sinking, sinking infinitely, when the
+agony awoke him with a violent start and stifled scream.
+
+He could sleep no longer. Whenever he closed his eyes he saw the pale,
+dead, holy features of Edwin, and at last he fancied that he was praying
+beside his corpse, praying to be more like _him_, who lay there so white
+and calm; sorrowing beside it, sorrowing that he had so often rejected
+his kind warnings, and pained his affectionate heart. So Eric began
+again to make good resolutions about all his future life. Ah! how often
+he had done so before, and how often they had failed. He had not yet
+learned the lessons which David learned by sad experience: "Then I said,
+it is mine own infirmity, _but I will remember the years of the right
+hand of the Most High_."
+
+That, too, was an eventful night for Montagu. He had grown of late far
+more thoughtful than before; under Edwin's influence he had been laying
+aside, one by one, the careless sins of school-life, and his tone was
+nobler and manlier than it had ever been. Montagu had never known or
+heard much about godliness; his father, a gentleman, a scholar, and a
+man of the world, had trained him in the principles of refinement and
+good taste, and given him a high standard of conventional honour; but he
+passed through life lightly, and had taught his son to do the same.
+Possessed of an ample fortune, which Montagu was to inherit, he troubled
+himself with none of the deep mysteries of life, and:
+
+ Pampered the coward heart
+ With feelings all too delicate for use
+ Nursing in some delicious solitude
+ His dainty loves and slothful sympathies.
+
+But Montagu in Edwin's sick-room and by his death-bed; in the terrible
+storm at the Stack, and by contact with Dr Rowlands's earnestness, and
+Mr Rose's deep, unaffected, sorrow-mingled piety; by witnessing Eric's
+failures and recoveries; and by beginning to take in his course the same
+heartfelt interest which Edwin taught him--Montagu, in consequence of
+these things, had begun to see another side of life, which awoke all his
+dormant affections and profoundest reasonings. It seemed as though, for
+the first time, he began to catch some of
+
+ The still sad music of humanity,
+
+and to listen with deep eagerness to the strain. Hitherto, to be well
+dressed, handsome, agreeable, rich, and popular, had been to him a
+realised ideal of life; but now he awoke to higher and worthier aims;
+and once, when Russell, whose intelligent interest in his work exceeded
+that of any other boy, had pointed out to him that solemn
+question--[Here appears a three-line Greek quotation] he had entered
+into its meaning with wonderful vividness. So that, without losing any
+of that winning gracefulness of address which made him so great a
+favourite with the school, it became evident to all that he combined
+with it a touching earnestness. Sometimes when he read the Bible to
+Edwin he began to wonder at his past ignorance and selfishness, and
+humbly hope for better things. All that night of death he had truer
+comfort than Eric--for he cast his cares on God; more calm than Eric--
+for he fixed his hopes on the Son of God; greater strength granted him
+than Eric--because he had learned not to rely upon his own; less fear
+and torment than Eric--because he laid the burden of his sins before the
+cross, and, as a child, believed in their forgiveness for His sake who
+died thereon.
+
+The holidays were approaching. Eric, to escape as much as possible from
+his sorrow, plunged into the excitement of working for the examination,
+and rapidly made up for lost ground. He now spent most of his time with
+the best of his friends, particularly Montagu, Owen, and Upton; for
+Upton, like himself, had been much sobered by sorrow at their loss.
+This time he came out _second_ in his form, and gained more than one
+prize. This was his first glimpse of real delight since Russell's
+death; and when the prize-day came, and he stood with his companions in
+the flower-decorated room, and went up amid universal applause to take
+his prize-books, and receive a few words of compliment from the governor
+who took the chair, he felt almost happy, and keenly entered into the
+pleasure which his success caused, as well as into the honours won by
+his friends. One outward sign only remained of his late bereavement--
+his mourning dress. All the prize-boys wore rosebuds or lilies of the
+valley in their button-holes on the occasion, but on this day Eric would
+not wear them. Little Wright, who was a great friend of theirs, had
+brought some as a present both to Eric and Montagu, as they stood
+together on the prize-day morning; they took them with thanks, and, as
+their eyes met, they understood each other's thought.
+
+"No," said Eric to Wright, "we won't wear these to-day, although we have
+both got prizes. Come along; I know what we will do with them."
+
+They all three walked together to the little green quiet churchyard,
+where, by his own request, Edwin had been buried. Many a silent visit
+had the friends paid to that grave, on which the turf was now green
+again and the daisies had begun to blossom. A stone had recently been
+placed to mark the spot, and they read--
+
+Sacred To The Memory of
+
+Edwin Russell
+
+An Orphan Boy
+
+Died At Roslyn School, May 1847,
+
+Aged Fifteen Years.
+
+_Is it well with the child? It is well_.
+
+ I Kings iv. 26.
+The three boys stood by the grave in silence and sorrow for a time.
+
+"He would have been the gladdest at our success, Monty," said Eric; "let
+us leave the signs of it upon his grave."
+
+And, with reverent hand, scattering over that small mound the choice
+rosebuds and fragrant lilies with their green leaves, they turned away
+without another word.
+
+The next morning the great piles of corded boxes which crowded the
+passage were put on the coach, and the boys, gladly leaving the deserted
+building, drove in every sort of vehicle to the steamer. What joyous,
+triumphant mornings those were! How the heart exulted and bounded with
+the sense of life and pleasure, and how universal was the gladness and
+good-humour of every one. Never were voyages so merry as those of the
+steamer that day, and even the "good-byes" that had to be said at
+Southpool were lightly borne. From thence the boys quickly scattered to
+the different railways, and the numbers of those who were travelling
+together got thinner and thinner as the distance increased. Wright and
+one or two others went nearly all the way with Eric, and when he got
+down at the little roadside station, from whence started the branch rail
+to Ayrton, he bade them a merry and affectionate farewell. The branch
+train soon started, and in another hour he would be at Fairholm.
+
+It was not till then that his home feelings woke in all their intensity.
+He had not been there for a year. At Roslyn the summer holidays were
+nine weeks, and the holidays at Christmas and Easter were short, so that
+it had not been worth while to travel so far as Fairholm, and Eric had
+spent his Christmas with friends in another part of the island. But now
+he was once more to see dear Fairholm, and his aunt, his cousin Fanny,
+and above all, his little brother. His heart was beating fast with joy,
+and his eyes sparkling with pleasure and excitement. As he thrust his
+head out of the window, each well-remembered landmark gave him the
+delicious sensation of meeting again an old friend. "Ah! there's the
+white bridge, and there's the canal, and the stile; and _there_ runs the
+river, and there's Velvet Lawn. Hurrah! here we are." And springing
+out of the train before it had well stopped, he had shaken hands
+heartily with the old coachman, who was expecting him, and jumped up
+into the carriage in a moment.
+
+Through the lanes he knew so well, by whose hedgerows he had so often
+plucked sorrel and wild roses; past the old church with its sleeping
+churchyard; through the quiet village, where every ten yards he met old
+acquaintances who looked pleased to see him, and whom he greeted with
+glad smiles and nods of recognition; past the Latin-school, from which
+came murmurs and voices as of yore (what a man he felt himself now by
+comparison!)--by the old Roman camp, where he had imagined such heroic
+things when he was a little child; through all the scenes so rich with
+the memories and associations of his happy childhood, they flew along;
+and now they had entered the avenue, and Eric was painfully on the
+look-out.
+
+Yes! there they were all three--Mrs Trevor, and Fanny, and Vernon, on
+the mound at the end of the avenue; and the younger ones ran to meet
+him. It was a joyous meeting; he gave Fanny a hearty kiss, and put his
+arm round Vernon's neck, and then held him in front to have a look at
+him.
+
+"How tall you've grown, Verny, and how well you look," he said, gazing
+proudly at him; and indeed the boy was a brother to be justly proud of.
+And Vernon quite returned the admiration as he saw the healthy glow of
+Eric's features, and what a tall strong boy he had grown to be.
+
+And so they quickly joined Mrs Trevor, who embraced her nephew with a
+mother's love; and, amid all that nameless questioning of delightful
+trifles, that "blossoming vein" of household talk, which gives such an
+incommunicable charm to the revisiting of home, they all three turned
+into the house, where Eric, hungry with his travels, enjoyed at leisure
+the "jolly spread" prepared for him, luxurious beyond anything he had
+seen for his last year at school. When he and Vernon went up to their
+room at night--the same little room in which they slept on the night
+when they first had met--they marked their heights on the door again,
+which showed Eric that in the last year he had grown two inches, a fact
+which he pointed out to Vernon with no little exultation. And then they
+went to bed, and to a sleep over which brooded the indefinite sensation
+of a great unknown joy;--that rare heavenly sleep which only comes once
+or twice or thrice in life, on occasions such as this.
+
+He was up early next morning, and, opening his window, leaned out with
+his hands among the green vine-leaves which encircled it. The garden
+looked beautiful as ever, and he promised himself an early enjoyment of
+those currants which hung in ruby clusters over the walls. Everything
+was bathed in the dewy balm of summer morning, and he felt very happy
+as, with his little spaniel frisking round him, he visited the great
+Newfoundland in his kennel, and his old pet the pony in the stable. He
+had barely finished his rounds when breakfast was ready, and he once
+more met the home circle from which he had been separated for a year.
+And yet over all his happiness hung a sense of change and half
+melancholy; they were not changed, but _he_ was changed.
+
+Mrs Trevor, and Fanny, and Vernon were the same as ever, but over _him_
+had come an alteration of feeling and circumstance; an unknown or
+half-known _something_ which cast a shadow between them and him, and
+sometimes made him half shrink and start as he met their loving looks.
+Can no schoolboy, who reads his history, understand and explain the
+feeling which I mean?
+
+By that mail he wrote to his father and mother an account of Russell's
+death, and he felt that they would guess why the letter was so blurred.
+"But," he wrote, "I have some friends still; especially Mr Rose among
+the masters, and Monty and Upton among the boys. Monty you know; he is
+more like Edwin than any other boy, and I like him very much. You
+didn't know Upton, but I am a great deal with him, though he is much
+older than I am. He is a fine handsome fellow, and one of the most
+popular in the school. I hope you will know him some day."
+
+The very next morning Eric received a letter which he at once recognised
+to be in Upton's handwriting. He eagerly tore off the envelope, and
+read--
+
+ "My Dearest Eric--I have got bad news to tell you, at least I feel it
+ to be bad news for me, and I flatter myself that you will feel it to
+ be bad news for you. In short, I am going to leave Roslyn, and
+ probably we shall never meet there again. The reason is, I have had a
+ cadetship given me, and I am to sail for India in September. I have
+ already written to the school to tell them to pack up and send me all
+ my books and clothes.
+
+ "I feel leaving very much; it has made me quite miserable. I wanted
+ to stay at school another year at least; and I will honestly tell you,
+ Eric, one reason; I'm very much afraid that I've done you, and Graham,
+ and other fellows no good; and I wanted, if I possibly could, to undo
+ the harm I had done. Poor Edwin's death opened my eyes to a good many
+ things, and now I'd give all I have never to have taught or encouraged
+ you in wrong things. Unluckily it's too late;--only, I hope that you
+ already see, as I do, that the things I mean lead to evil far greater
+ than we ever used to dream of.
+
+ "Good-bye now, old fellow! Do write to me soon, and forgive me, and
+ believe me ever--Your most affectionate, Horace Upton.
+
+ "P.S.--Is that jolly little Vernon going back to school with you this
+ time? I remember seeing him running about the shore with my poor
+ cousin when you were a home-boarder, and thinking what a nice little
+ chap he looked. I hope you'll look after him as a brother should, and
+ keep him out of mischief."
+
+Eric folded the letter sadly, and put it into his pocket; he didn't
+often show them his school letters, because, like this one, they often
+contained allusions to things which he did not like his aunt to know.
+The thought of Upton's leaving made him quite unhappy, and he wrote him
+a long letter by that post, indignantly denying the supposition that his
+friendship had ever done him anything but good.
+
+The postscript about Vernon suggested a thought that had been often in
+his mind. He could not but shudder in himself, when he thought of that
+bright little brother of his being initiated in the mysteries of evil
+which he himself had learnt, and sinking like himself into slow
+degeneracy of heart and life. It often puzzled and perplexed him, and
+at last he determined to open his heart, partially at least, in a letter
+to Mr Rose. The master fully understood his doubts, and wrote him the
+following reply--
+
+ "My Dear Eric--I have just received your letter about your brother
+ Vernon, and I think that it does you honour. I will briefly give you
+ my own opinion.
+
+ "You mean, no doubt, that, from your own experience, you fear that
+ Vernon will hear at school many things which will shock his modesty,
+ and much language which is evil and blasphemous; you fear that he will
+ meet with many bad examples, and learn to look on God and godliness in
+ a way far different from that to which he has been accustomed at home.
+ You fear, in short, that he must pass through the same painful
+ temptations to which you have yourself been subjected; to which,
+ perhaps, you have even succumbed.
+
+ "Well, Eric, this is all true. Yet, knowing this, I say, by all means
+ let Vernon come to Roslyn. The innocence of mere ignorance is a poor
+ thing; it _cannot_, under any circumstances, be permanent, nor is it
+ at all valuable as a foundation of character. The true preparation
+ for life, the true basis of a manly character, is not to have been
+ ignorant of evil, but to have known it and avoided it; not to have
+ been sheltered from temptation, but to have passed through it and
+ overcome it by God's help. Many have drawn exaggerated pictures of
+ the lowness of public school morality; the best answer is to point to
+ the good and splendid men that have been trained in public schools,
+ and who lose no opportunity of recurring to them with affection. It
+ is quite possible to be _in_ the little world of school-life, and yet
+ not _of_ it. The ruin of human souls can never be achieved by enemies
+ from without unless they be aided by traitors from within. Remember
+ our lost friend; the peculiar lustre of his piety was caused by the
+ circumstances, under which he was placed. He often told me before his
+ last hour, that he rejoiced to have been at Roslyn; that he had
+ experienced there much real happiness, and derived in every way
+ lasting good.
+
+ "I hope you have been enjoying your holidays, and that you will come
+ back with the `spell of home affection' alive in your heart. I shall
+ rejoice to make Vernon's acquaintance, and will do for him all I can.
+ Bring him with you to me in the library as soon as you arrive.--Ever,
+ dear Eric,
+
+ "Affectionately yours,
+
+ "Walter Rose."
+
+END OF VOLUME THE FIRST.
+
+
+
+VOLUME TWO, CHAPTER ONE.
+
+ARDIEL.
+
+Phtheirousin ethe chresth' omiliai kakai.--_Menander_.
+
+A year had passed since the events narrated in the last chapter, and had
+brought with it many changes.
+
+To Eric the changes were not for good.
+
+The memories of Russell were getting dim; the resolutions made during
+his friend's illness had vanished; the bad habits laid aside after his
+death had been resumed. All this took place very gradually; there were
+many inward struggles, much occasional remorse, but the struggles by
+degrees grew weaker, and remorse lost its sting, and Eric Williams soon
+learned again to follow the multitude to do evil.
+
+He was now sixteen years old, and high in the fifth-form, and, besides
+this, he was captain of the school eleven. In work he had fallen off,
+and no one now expected the fulfilment of that promise of genius which
+he had given them when he first came. But in all school sports he had
+improved, and was the acknowledged leader and champion in matters
+requiring boldness and courage; his popularity made him giddy; favour of
+man led to forgetfulness of God; and even a glance at his countenance
+showed a self-sufficiency and arrogance which ill became the refinement
+of his features, and ill replaced the ingenuous modesty of former days.
+
+And Vernon Williams was no longer a new boy. The worst had happened to
+him, which Eric in his better moments could have feared. He had fallen
+into thoroughly bad hands, and Eric, who should have been his natural
+guardian and guide, began to treat him with indifference, and scarcely
+ever had any affectionate intercourse with him. It is by no means
+unfrequent that brothers at school see but little of each other, and
+follow their several pursuits, and choose their various companions, with
+small regard to the relationship between them.
+
+Yet Eric could not overlook or be blind to the fact, that Vernon's chief
+friend or leader was the most undesirable whom he could have chosen. It
+was a new boy named Brigson. This boy had been expelled from one of the
+most ill-managed schools in Ireland, although, of course, the fact had
+been treacherously concealed from the authorities at Roslyn; and now he
+was let loose, without warning or caution, among the Roslyn boys.
+Better for them if their gates had been open to the pestilence! the
+pestilence could but have killed the body, but this boy--this fore-front
+fighter in the devil's battle--did much to ruin many an immortal soul.
+He systematically, from the very first, called evil good, and good evil,
+put bitter for sweet, and sweet for bitter. He openly threw aside the
+admission of any one moral obligation. Never did some of the Roslyn
+boys, to their dying day, forget the deep, intolerable, unfathomable
+flood of moral turpitude and iniquity which he bore with him; a flood,
+which seemed so irresistible, that the influence of such boys as Montagu
+and Owen to stay its onrush seemed as futile as the weight of a feather
+to bar the fury of a mountain stream. Eric might have done much, Duncan
+might have done much, to aid the better cause had they tried; but they
+resisted at first but faintly, and then not at all, until they too were
+swept away in the broadening tide of degeneracy and sin.
+
+Big, burly, and strong, though much younger than he looked (if he stated
+his age correctly, which I doubt), Brigson, being low in the school,
+naturally became the bully and the leader of all the lower forms--the
+bully if they opposed him, the leader if they accepted his guidance. A
+little army of small boys attended him, and were ever ready for the
+schemes of mischief to which he deliberately trained them, until they
+grew almost as turbulent, as disobedient, and as wicked as himself. He
+taught both by precept and example, that towards masters neither honour
+was to be recognised, nor respect to be considered due. To cheat them,
+to lie to them, to annoy them in every possible way--to misrepresent
+their motives, mimic their defects, and calumniate their actions--was
+the conduct which he inaugurated towards them; and for the time that he
+continued at Roslyn the whole lower-school was a Pandemonium of evil
+passions and despicable habits.
+
+Every one of the little boys became more or less amenable to his
+influence, and among them Vernon Williams. Had Eric done his duty, this
+would never have been; but he was half ashamed to be often with his
+brother, and disliked to find him so often creeping to his side. He
+flattered himself that in this feeling he was only anxious that Vernon
+should grow spirited and independent; but, had he examined himself, he
+would have found selfishness at the bottom of it. Once or twice his
+manner showed harshness to Vernon, and his young brother both observed
+and resented it. Montagu and others noticed him for Eric's sake; but,
+being in the same form with Brigson, Vernon was thrown much with him,
+and feeling, as he did, deserted and lonely, he was easily caught by the
+ascendency of his physical strength and reckless daring. Before three
+months were over, he became, to Eric's intolerable disgust, a ringleader
+in the band of troublesome scapegraces, whose increasing numbers were
+the despair of all who had the interest of the school at heart.
+
+Unfortunately, Owen was now head of the school, and from his
+constitutional want of geniality, he was so little of a boy that he had
+no sympathy with the others, and little authority over them. He simply
+kept aloof, holding his own way, and retiring into his own tastes and
+pursuits, and the society of one or two congenial spirits in the school,
+so as in no way to come in contact with the spreading corruption.
+
+Montagu, now Owen's chief friend, was also in the sixth, and fearlessly
+expressed at once his contempt for Brigson, and his dread of the evil he
+was effecting. Had the monitorial system existed, that contagion could
+have been effectually checked; but, as it was, brute force had unlimited
+authority. Ill indeed are those informed who raise a cry, and join in
+the ignorant abuse of that noble safeguard of English schools. Any who
+have had personal and intimate experience of how schools work _with_ it
+and _without_ it, know what a Palladium it is of happiness and morality;
+how it prevents bullying, upholds manliness, is the bulwark of
+discipline, and makes boys more earnest and thoughtful, often at the
+most critical periods of their lives, by enlisting all their sympathies
+and interests on the side of the honourable and the just.
+
+Brigson knew at a glance whom he had most to fear; Ball, Attlay,
+Llewellyn, Graham, all tolerated or even approved of him. Owen did not
+come in his way, so he left him unmolested. To Eric and Duncan he was
+scrupulously civil, and by flattery and deference managed to keep
+apparently on excellent terms with them. Eric pretended to be ignorant
+of the harm he was bringing about, and in answer to the indignant and
+measureless invectives of Montagu and others, professed to see in
+Brigson a very good fellow.
+
+Brigson hated Montagu, because he read on his features the unvarying
+glance of undisguised contempt. He dared not come across him openly,
+since Montagu was so high in the school; and besides, though much the
+bigger of the two, Brigson was decidedly afraid of him. But he chose
+sly methods of perpetual annoyance. He nicknamed him "Rosebud," he
+talked at him whenever he had an opportunity; he poisoned the minds of
+the gang of youngsters against him; he spread malicious reports about
+him; he diminished his popularity, and embittered his feelings, by every
+secret and underhand means which lay in his power.
+
+One method of torment was most successful. As a study-boy, Montagu did
+not come to bed till an hour later than the lower part of the school,
+and Brigson taught some of the little fellows to play all kinds of
+tricks to his bed and room, so that when he came down, it was with the
+certainty of finding everything in confusion. Sometimes his bed would
+be turned right on end, and he would have to put it to the ground and
+remake it before he could lie down. Sometimes all the furniture in the
+room would be thrown about in different corners, with no trace of the
+offender. Sometimes he would find all sorts of things put inside the
+bed itself. The intolerable part of the vexation was, to be certain
+that this was done at Brigson's instigation, or by his own hand, without
+having the means of convicting or preventing him. Poor Monty grew very
+sad at heart, and this perpetual dastardly annoyance weighed the more
+heavily on his spirits, from its being of a kind which peculiarly grated
+on his refined taste, and his natural sense of what was gentlemanly and
+fair.
+
+One night, coming down, as usual, in melancholy dread, he saw a light
+under the door of his room. It struck him that he was earlier than
+usual, and he walked up quickly and noiselessly. There they were at it.
+The instant he entered, there was a rush through the opposite door, and
+he felt convinced that one of the retreating figures was Brigson's. In
+a second he had sprung across the room, so as to prevent the rest from
+running, and with heaving breast and flashing eyes, glared at the
+intruders as they stood there, sheepish and afraid.
+
+"What!" he said angrily; "so you are the fellows who have had the
+cowardice to annoy me thus, night after night, for weeks; you miserable,
+degraded young animals!" and he looked at the four or five who had not
+made their escape. "What and _you_ among them," he said with a start,
+as he caught the eye of Vernon Williams. "Oh, this is too bad." His
+tone showed the deepest sorrow and vexation, and for a moment he said no
+more. Instantly Vernon was by him.
+
+"_Do_ forgive me, _do_ forgive me, Montagu," he said; "I really didn't
+know it teased you so much."
+
+But Montagu shook him off, and at once recovered himself. "Wretched
+boys! let me see what you have been doing to-night. Oh, as usual," he
+said, glancing at the complete disorder which they had been effecting.
+"Ha! but what is this? So Brigson has introduced another vile secret
+among you. Well, he shall rue it!" and he pointed to some small, almost
+invisible flakes of a whitish substance, scattered here and there over
+his pillow. It was a kind of powder which, if once it touched the skin,
+caused the most violent and painful irritation.
+
+"By heavens, this is _too_ bad!" he exclaimed, stamping his foot with
+anger. "What have I ever done to you young blackguards, that you should
+treat me thus? Have I ever been a bully? Have I ever harmed one of
+you? And _you_, too, Vernon Williams!"
+
+The little boy trembled and looked ashamed under his glance of sorrow
+and scorn.
+
+"Well, I _know_ who has put you up to this; but you shall not escape so.
+I shall thrash you every one."
+
+Very quietly he suited the action to the word, sparing none. They took
+it patiently enough, conscious of richly deserving it; and when it was
+over, Vernon said, "Forgive me, Montagu. I am very sorry, and will
+never do so again." Montagu, without deigning a reply, motioned them to
+go, and then sat down, full of grief, on his bed. But the outrage was
+not over for that night, and no sooner had he put out the light than he
+became painfully aware that several boys were stealing into the room,
+and the next moment he felt a bolster fall on his head. He was out of
+bed in an instant, and with a few fierce and indignant blows, had
+scattered the crowd of his cowardly assailants, and driven them away. A
+number of fellows had set on him in the dark--on _him_ of all others.
+Oh, what a change must have happened in the school that this should be
+possible! He felt that the contagion of Brigson's baseness had spread
+far indeed.
+
+He fought like a lion, and several of the conspirators had reason to
+repent their miscalculation in assaulting so spirited an antagonist.
+But this did not content him; his blood was up, and he determined to
+attack the evil at its source. He strode through his discomfited
+enemies straight into Brigson's room, struck a match, and said,
+"Brigson, get out of bed this instant."
+
+"Hullo!" grunted Brigson, pretending to be only just awake.
+
+"None of that, you blackguard! Will you take a thrashing?"
+
+"No!" roared Brigson, "I should think not."
+
+"Well, then, take _that_!" he shouted, striking him in the face.
+
+The fight that followed was very short. In a single round Montagu had
+utterly thrashed, and stricken to the earth, and forced to beg for
+mercy, his cumbrous and brutal opponent. He seemed to tower above him
+with a magnificent superiority, and there was a self-controlled passion
+about him which gave tremendous energy to every blow. Brigson was
+utterly dashed, confounded, and cowed, and took without a word the
+parting kick of contempt which Montagu bestowed on him.
+
+"There," he said to the fellows, who had thronged in from all the
+dormitories at the first hint of a fight, "I, a sixth-form fellow, have
+condescended to thrash that base coward there, whom all you miserable
+lower boys have been making an idol and hero of, and from whom you have
+been so readily learning every sort of blackguardly and debasing trick.
+But let me tell you and your hero, that if any of you dare to annoy or
+lift a finger at me again, you shall do it at your peril. I despise you
+all; there is hardly one gentlemanly or honourable fellow left among you
+since that fellow Brigson has come here; yes, I despise you, and you
+know that you deserve it." And every one of them _did_ shrink before
+his just and fiery rebuke.
+
+The scene was not over when the door suddenly opened, and Mr Rose
+appeared. He stood amazed to see Montagu there in his night-shirt, the
+boys all round, and Brigson standing over a basin, washing his nose,
+which was bleeding profusely.
+
+Montagu instantly stepped up to him. "You can trust me, sir; may I ask
+you kindly to say nothing of this? I have been thrashing some one that
+deserved it, and teaching these fellows a lesson."
+
+Mr Rose saw and allowed for his excited manner. "I can trust you," he
+said, "Montagu, and shall take no further notice of this irregularity.
+And now get instantly to your beds."
+
+But Montagu, slipping on his clothes, went straight up to the studies,
+and called the upper boys together. He briefly told them what had
+occurred, and they rejoiced greatly, binding themselves for the future
+to check, if they could, by all fair means, Brigson's pernicious
+influence and abominable example.
+
+But it was too late now; the mischief was done.
+
+"O Eric," said Montagu, "why did you not make a stand against all this
+before? Your own brother was one of them."
+
+"Little wretch. I'll kick him well for it," said Eric.
+
+"No, no!" said Montagu, "that'll do no good. Try rather to look after
+him a little more."
+
+"I hope _you_ will forgive him, and try and rescue him."
+
+"I will do what I can," said Montagu coldly.
+
+Eric sighed, and they parted.
+
+Montagu had hoped that after this, Eric would at least break off all
+open connection with Brigson; and, indeed, Eric had meant to do so. But
+that personage kept carefully out of his way until the first burst of
+indignation against him had subsided, and after a time began to address
+Eric as if nothing had happened. Meanwhile he had completely regained
+his ascendency over the lower part of the school, which was not
+difficult, because they were wincing under Montagu's contempt, and
+mingled no little dislike with it; a dislike which all are too apt to
+feel towards those whose very presence and moral superiority are a tacit
+rebuke of their own failings. But while Montagu was hated, Eric was at
+the zenith of popular favour, a favour which Brigson ostentatiously
+encouraged. He was openly flattered and caressed, and if ever he got a
+large score at cricket, it was chalked triumphantly over the walls. All
+this he was weak enough to enjoy immensely, and it was one of the
+reasons why he did not wish to risk his popularity by breaking with
+Brigson. So, after a little constraint and coldness, he began to stand
+in much the same relation to him as before.
+
+The best disposed of the upper boys disliked all this very much, and the
+sixth and fifth forms began to be split up into two main parties--the
+one headed by Eric, and, to a much less degree, by Duncan, who devoted
+themselves to the games and diversions of the school, and troubled
+themselves comparatively little about anything else; the other headed by
+Montagu, who took the lead in intellectual pursuits, and endeavoured, by
+every means in their power, to counteract the pernicious effects of the
+spreading immorality.
+
+And so at Roslyn, owing mainly to the wickedness of one depraved boy,
+and the weak fear of man which actuated others, all was disunion,
+misery, and deterioration. The community which had once been peaceful,
+happy, and united, was filled with violent jealousy and heart-burnings;
+every boy's hand seemed to be against his neighbour; lying, bad
+language, dishonesty, grew fearfully rife, and the few who, like Owen
+and Montagu, remained uncontaminated by the general mischief, walked
+alone and despondent amid their uncongenial and degraded school-fellows.
+
+
+
+VOLUME TWO, CHAPTER TWO.
+
+WILDNEY.
+
+ That punishment's the best to hear
+ That follows soonest on the sin,
+ And guilt's a game where losers fare
+ Better than those who seem to win.
+ _Cov. Patmore_.
+
+AT the beginning of this quarter, Eric and Duncan had succeeded to one
+of the studies, and Owen shared with Montagu the one which adjoined it.
+
+Latterly the small boys, in the universal spirit of disobedience, had
+frequented the studies a good deal, but it was generally understood that
+no study-boy might ask any one to be a regular visitor to his room
+without the leave of its other occupant.
+
+So one evening Duncan said to Eric, "Do you know little Wildney?"
+
+"You mean that jolly fearless-looking little fellow, with the great
+black eyes, who came at the beginning of the quarter? No, I don't know
+him."
+
+"Well he's a very nice little fellow; a regular devil."
+
+"Humph!" said Eric, laughing, "I shall bring out a new
+Duncan-dictionary, in which _Kerkokepovuchos_ equals `very nice little
+fellow.'"
+
+"Pooh!" said Duncan; "you know well enough what I mean; I mean he's not
+one of your white-faced, lily-hearted new boys, but has lots of fun in
+him."
+
+"Well, what of him?"
+
+"Have you any objection to my asking him to sit in the study when he
+likes?"
+
+"Not the least in the world."
+
+"Very well, I'll go and fetch him now. But wouldn't you like to ask
+your brother Vernon to come in too, whenever he's inclined?"
+
+"No," said Eric, "I don't care. He does come every now and then."
+
+Duncan went to fetch Wildney, and while he was gone, Eric was thinking
+_why_ he didn't give Vernon the free run of his study. He would not
+admit to himself the true reason, which was, that he had too much ground
+to fear that his example would do his brother no good.
+
+Eric soon learned to like Wildney, who was a very bright, engaging,
+spirited boy, with a dash of pleasant impudence about him which took
+Eric's fancy. He had been one of the most mischievous of the lower
+fellows, but, although clever, did little or nothing in school, and was
+in the worst repute with the masters. Until he was "taken up" by Eric,
+he had been a regular little hero among his compeers, because he was
+game for any kind of mischief, and, in the new tone of popular morality,
+his fearless disregard of rules made him the object of general
+admiration. From this time, however, he was much in the studies, and
+unhappily carried with him to those upper regions the temptation to
+worse and more injurious follies than had yet penetrated there.
+
+It was an ill day for General Wildney when he sent his idolised little
+son to Roslyn; it was an ill day for Eric when Duncan first asked the
+child to frequent their study.
+
+It was past nine at night, and the lower-school had gone to bed, but
+there was Wildney quietly sitting by the study are, while Duncan was
+doing some Arnold's verses for him to be shown up next day.
+
+"Bother these verses," said Duncan, "I shall have a whiff. Do you mind,
+Eric?"
+
+"No; not at all."
+
+"Give me a weed too," said Wildney.
+
+"What! young 'un--you don't mean to say you smoke?" asked Eric, in
+surprise.
+
+"Don't I, though? let me show you. Why, a whole lot of us went and
+smoked two or three pipes by Riverbend only yesterday."
+
+"Phew!" said Eric; "then I suppose I must smoke too to keep you in
+countenance," and he took a cigar. It was the first time he had touched
+one since the day at the Stack. The remembrance made him gloomy and
+silent. "Tempora mutantur," thought he, "nos et mutamur in illis."
+
+"Why, how glum you are," said Wildney, patting him on the head.
+
+"Oh no!" said Eric, shaking off unpleasant memories. "Look," he
+continued, pointing out of the window to change the subject, "what a
+glorious night it is! Nothing but stars, stars, stars."
+
+"Yes," said Duncan, yawning, "this smoking makes one very thirsty. I
+wish I'd some beer."
+
+"Well, why shouldn't we get some?" said Wildney; "it would be very
+jolly."
+
+"Get some! What! at this time of night?"
+
+"Yes; I'll go now, if you like, to Ellan, and be back before ten."
+
+"Nonsense," said Eric; "it ain't worth while."
+
+"I believe you think I'm afraid," said Wildney, laughing, and looking at
+Eric with his dark eyes; "and what's more, I believe _you're_ afraid."
+
+"Little whippersnapper!" said Eric, colouring, "as if I was afraid to do
+anything you dare do. I'll go with you at once, if you like."
+
+"What are you thinking of?" asked Duncan; "I don't care twopence about
+the beer, and I hope you won't go."
+
+"But I will, though," said Eric, a little nettled that Wildney, of all
+people, should think him wanting in pluck.
+
+"But how will you get out?"
+
+"Oh, _I'll_ show you a dodge there," said Wildney. "Come along. Have
+you a dark lantern?"
+
+"No, but I'll get Llewellyn's."
+
+"Come along, then."
+
+So the little boy of twelve took the initiative, and, carrying the dark
+lantern, initiated the two study-boys of sixteen into a secret which had
+long been known to the lower part of the school.
+
+"Ibant obscuri dubia sub luce." He led them quietly down stairs, stole
+with them noiselessly past the library door, and took them to a window
+in the passage, where a pane was broken.
+
+"Could you get through that?" he whispered to Eric, "if we broke away
+the rest of the glass?"
+
+"I don't know. But then, there's the bar outside."
+
+"Oh, I'll manage that. But will you go and peep through the key-hole of
+the library, and see who's there, Duncan?"
+
+"No," said Duncan bluntly, "no key-holes for me."
+
+"Hush! then _I_ will," and he glided away, while Eric, as quietly as he
+could, broke away the glass until it was all removed.
+
+"There's only old Stupid," whispered he, irreverently designating an
+under-master named Harley, "and he's asleep before the fire. Now, then,
+just lift me up, Eric, will you?"
+
+Eric lifted him, and he removed the nails which fastened the end of the
+bar. They looked secure enough, and were nails an inch long driven into
+the mortar; but they had been successfully loosened, and only wanted a
+little pull to bring them out. In one minute Wildney had unfastened and
+pushed down one end of the bar. He then got through the broken pane and
+dropped down outside. Eric followed with some little difficulty, for
+the aperture would only just admit his passage; and Duncan, going back
+to the study, anxiously awaited their return.
+
+It was a bright moonlight night, and the autumn air was pleasant and
+cool. But Eric's first thought, as he dropped on to the ground, was one
+of shame that he should suffer his new friend, a mere child, so easily
+to tempt him into disobedience and sin. He had hardly thought till then
+of what their errand was to be, but now he couldn't help so strongly
+disapproving of it, that he was half inclined to turn back. He did not,
+however, dare to suggest this, lest Wildney should charge him with
+cowardice, and betray it to the rest. Besides, the adventure had its
+own excitement, the stars looked splendid, and the stolen waters were
+sweet.
+
+"I hope we shan't be seen crossing the playground," said Wildney. "My
+eye, shouldn't we catch it!"
+
+He was obviously beginning to be afraid; so Eric assumed an air of
+nonchalance, and played the part of protector.
+
+"Here, take my arm," he said; and as Wildney grasped it tight, instead
+of feeling angry and ashamed at having been misled by one so much his
+junior, Eric felt strongly drawn towards him by community of danger and
+interest. Reaching Ellan, it suddenly struck him that he did not know
+where they were going to buy the beer. He asked Wildney.
+
+"Oh, I see you're not half up to snuff," said Wildney, whose courage had
+risen; "I'll show you."
+
+He led to a little low public-house, whence tipsy songs were booming,
+and tapped at a side door three times. As they looked in they saw some
+sailors boozing in a dirty taproom, and enveloped in tobacco smoke.
+
+The side door was opened, and a cunning man held up a light to see who
+they were.
+
+"Hallo, Billy," said Wildney confidentially, "all serene; give us two
+bottles of beer--on tick, you know."
+
+"Yessir--d'reckly," said the man, with a hateful twinkle of the eyes.
+"So you're out for a spree," he continued, winking in a knowing way.
+"Won't you walk into the back parlour while I get them?" And he showed
+them into a dingy horrid room behind the house, stale with smoke, and
+begrimed with dust.
+
+Eric was silent and disgusted, but Wildney seemed quite at home. The
+man soon returned with the beer. "Wouldn't you like a glass of summat
+now, young gen'leman?" he asked in an insinuating way.
+
+"No, Billy! don't jabber--we must be off. Here, open the door."
+
+"Stop, I'll pay," said Eric. "What's the damage?"
+
+"Three shilling, sir," said the man. "Glad to see a new customer, sir."
+He pocketed the money and showed them out, standing to look after them
+with a malicious leer as they disappeared, and jerking his left thumb
+over his shoulder.
+
+"Faugh!" said Eric, taking a long breath as they got out again into the
+moonlight, "what a poisonous place! Good gracious, Charlie, who
+introduced you there?"
+
+"Oh, I don't think much of going _there_," said Wildney carelessly; "we
+go every week almost."
+
+"We! who?"
+
+"Oh, Brigson and a lot of us. We have a club there which we call `the
+Anti-muffs,' and that's our smoking-room."
+
+"And is that horrid beast the landlord?"
+
+"Yes; he was an old school-servant, and there's no harm in him that I
+know of."
+
+But Eric only "phewed" again two or three times, and thought of Montagu.
+
+Suddenly Wildney clutched him by the arm, and pulled him into the deep
+shadow of a porch, whispering in a low tone, "Look!"
+
+Under a lamp-post directly opposite them, stood Mr Rose. He had heard
+voices and footsteps a moment before, and, puzzled at their sudden
+cessation in the noiseless street, he was looking round.
+
+"We must run for it," whispered Wildney hastily, as Mr Rose approached
+the porch; and the two boys took to their heels, and scampered away as
+hard as they could, Eric helping on Wildney by taking his hand, and
+neither of them looking behind. They heard Mr Rose following them at
+first, but soon distanced him, and reached a place where two roads met,
+either of which would lead to the school.
+
+"We won't go by the road; I know a short cut by the fields. What fun!"
+said Wildney, laughing.
+
+"What an audacious little monkey you are; you know all sorts of dodges,"
+said Eric.
+
+They had no time to talk, but with a speed winged by fear got to the
+school, sprang on the buttress beneath the window, effected their
+entrance, and vanished after replacing the bar--Eric to his study, and
+Wildney to his dormitory.
+
+"Here's a go!" said the latter, as they ran up stairs. "I've smashed
+one of the beer bottles in getting through the window, and my trousers
+are deluged with the stuff."
+
+They had hardly separated when Mr Rose's step was heard on the stairs.
+He was just returning from a dinner-party, when the sight of two boys
+and the sound of their voices startled him in the street, and their
+sudden disappearance made him sure that they were Roslyn boys,
+particularly when they began to run. He strongly suspected that he
+recognised Wildney as one of them, and therefore made straight for his
+dormitory, which he entered, just as that worthy had thrust the
+beer-stained trousers under his bed. Mr Rose walked up quietly to his
+bedside, and observed that he was not asleep, and that he still had half
+his clothes on. He was going away when he saw a little bit of the
+trousers protruding under the mattress, and giving a pull, out they came
+wringing wet with the streams of beer. He could not tell at first what
+this imported, but a fragment of the bottle fell out of the pocket with
+a crash on the floor, and he then discovered. Taking no notice of
+Wildney's pretended sleep, he said quietly, "Come to me before breakfast
+to-morrow, Wildney," and went down stairs.
+
+Eric came in soon after, and found the little fellow vainly attempting
+to appear indifferent as he related to his admiring auditors the night's
+adventure; being evidently rather proud of the "Eric and I," which he
+introduced every now and then into his story.
+
+"Has he twigged you?"
+
+"Yes."
+
+"And me?"
+
+"I don't know; we shall see to-morrow."
+
+"I hope not," said Eric; "I'm sorry for you, Charlie."
+
+"Can't be cured, must be endured," said Wildney.
+
+"Well, good-night! and don't lose heart."
+
+Eric went back to Duncan in the study, and they finished the other
+bottle of beer between them, though without much enjoyment, because they
+were full of surmises as to the extent of the discovery, and the nature
+of the punishment.
+
+Eric went in to tell Montagu of their escapade.
+
+He listened very coldly, and said, "Well, Eric, it would serve you right
+to be caught. What business have you to be going out at night at the
+invitation of contemptible small fry, like this little Wildney?"
+
+"I beg you won't speak of any friend of mine in those terms," said Eric,
+drawing up haughtily.
+
+"I hope you don't call a bad little boy like Wildney, who'd be no credit
+to any one, _your_ friend, Eric?"
+
+"Yes, I do though. He's one of the pluckiest, finest, most promising
+fellows in the lower-school."
+
+"How I begin to hate that word plucky," said Montagu; "it's made the
+excuse here for everything that's wrong, base, and unmanly. It seems to
+me it's infinitely more `plucky' just now to do your duty and not be
+ashamed of it."
+
+"You've certainly required _that_ kind of pluck to bear you up lately,
+Monty," said Owen, looking up from his books.
+
+"Pluck!" said Montagu scornfully; "you seem to me to think it consists
+in lowering yourself down to the level of that odious Brigson, and
+joining hand and glove with the dregs of the school."
+
+"Dregs of the school! Upon my word, you're cool, to speak of any of my
+associates in that way," said Eric, now thoroughly angry.
+
+"Associates!" retorted Montagu hotly; "pretty associates! How do you
+expect anything good to go on, when fellows high in the school like you
+have such dealings with the refined honourable Brigson, and the
+exemplary intellectual Wildney?"
+
+"You're a couple of confounded muffs!" shouted Eric, banging the door
+and flinging into his own study again without further reply.
+
+"Haven't you been a little hard on him, considering the row he's in?"
+asked Owen.
+
+Montagu's head was resting on his hand as he bent over the table.
+"Perhaps I have, indeed. But who could help it, Owen, in the present
+state of things? Yes, you're right," he said, after a pause; "_this_
+wasn't the time to speak. I'll go and talk to him again. But how
+utterly changed he is!"
+
+He found Eric on the stairs going down to bed with an affectation of
+noise and gaiety. He ran after him, and said--
+
+"Forgive me my passion and sarcasm, Williams. You know I am apt to
+express myself strongly." He could not trust himself to say more, but
+held out his hand.
+
+Eric got red, and hesitated for a moment.
+
+"Come, Eric, it isn't _wholly_ my fault, is it, that we are not so warm
+to each other as we were when--"
+
+"O Monty, Monty!" said Eric, softened by the allusion; and he warmly
+grasped his friend's proffered hand.
+
+"O Eric!"
+
+The two shook hands in silence, and as they left each other they felt
+that while things continued thus their friendship could not last. It
+was a sad thought for both.
+
+Next morning Wildney received a severe flogging, but gained great
+reputation by not betraying his companion, and refusing to drop the
+least hint as to their means of getting out, or their purpose in
+visiting Ellan. So the secret of the bar remained undiscovered, and
+when any boy wanted to get out at night--(unhappily the trick now became
+common enough)--he had only to break a pane of glass in that particular
+window, which, as it was in the passage, often remained unmended and
+undiscovered for weeks.
+
+After the flogging, Mr Rose said shortly to Eric, "I want to speak to
+you."
+
+The boy's heart misgave him as they entered the familiar library.
+
+"I think I suspect who was Wildney's companion."
+
+Eric was silent.
+
+"I have no proof, and shall not therefore act on vague suspicion; but
+the boy whom I _do_ suspect is one whose course lately has given me the
+deepest pain; one who has violated all the early promise he gave; one
+who seems to be going farther and farther astray, and sacrificing all
+moral principle to the ghost of a fleeting and most despicable
+popularity--to the approval of those whom he cannot himself approve."
+
+Eric still silent.
+
+"Whatever you do _yourself_ Williams,"--(it was the first time for two
+years that Mr Rose had called him "Williams," and he winced a
+little)--"whatever you do _yourself_ Williams, rests with _you_; but
+remember it is a ten-thousandfold heavier and more accursed crime to set
+stumbling-blocks in the way of others, and abuse your influence to cause
+any of Christ's little ones to perish."
+
+"I wasn't the tempter, however," thought Eric, still silent;--it was the
+silence of pride and unwilling conviction.
+
+"Well, you seem hardened, and give no sign. Believe me, Williams, I
+grieve for you, and that bitterly. My interest in you is no less warm,
+though my affection for you cannot be the same. You may go."
+
+"Another friend alienated, and oh, how true a one! He has not asked me
+to see him once this term," thought Eric sadly; but a shout of pleasure
+greeted him directly he joined the football in the playground, and half
+consoled, he hoped Mr Rose had heard it, and understood that it was
+meant for the boy whom he had just been rebuking. "Well, after all," he
+thought, "I have _some_ friends still."
+
+Yes, friends, such as they were! Except Duncan, hardly one boy whom he
+really respected ever walked with him now. Even little Wright, one of
+the very few lower boys who had risen superior to Brigson's temptations,
+seemed to keep clear of him as much as he could: and in absolute
+vacuity, he was obliged to associate with fellows like Attlay, and
+Graham, and Llewellyn, and Ball.
+
+Even with Ball! All Eric's repugnance for this boy seemed to have
+evaporated; they were often together, and, to all appearance, were sworn
+friends.
+
+Eric did not shrink now from such conversation as was pursued unchecked
+in his presence by nearly every one; nay, worse, it had lost its horror,
+and he was neither afraid nor ashamed to join in it himself. This
+plague-spot had fretted more deeply than any other into the heart of the
+school morality, and the least boys seemed the greatest proficients in
+unbaring, without a blush, its hideous ugliness.
+
+
+
+VOLUME TWO, CHAPTER THREE.
+
+"THE JOLLY HERRING."
+
+ Velut unda supervenit undam.--_Horace_.
+
+"The Anti-muffs request the honour of Eric Williams's company to a
+spread they are going to have to-morrow evening at half-past four, in
+their smoking-room."
+
+A note to this effect was put into Eric's hands with much _empressement_
+by after prayers. He read it when he got into his study, and hardly
+knew whether to be pleased or disgusted at it.
+
+He tossed it to Duncan, and said, "What shall I do?"
+
+Duncan turned up his nose, and chucked the note into the fire.
+
+"I'd give them that answer, and no other."
+
+"Why?"
+
+"Because, Eric," said Duncan, with more seriousness than was usual with
+him, "I can't help thinking things have gone too far lately."
+
+"How do you mean?"
+
+"Well, I'm no saint myself, Heaven knows; but I do think that the
+fellows are worse now than I have ever known them--far worse. Your
+friend Brigson reigns supreme out of the studies; he has laid down a law
+that _no work_ is to be done down stairs ever under any pretence, and
+it's only by getting into one of the studies that good little chaps like
+Wright can get on at all. Even in the classrooms there's so much row
+and confusion that the mere thought of work is ridiculous."
+
+"Well, there's no great harm in a little noise, if that's all."
+
+"But it isn't all. The talk of nearly the whole school is getting most
+blackguardly; shamelessly so. Only yesterday Wildney was chatting with
+Vernon up here (you were out, or Vernon would not have been here) while
+I was reading; they didn't seem to mind me, and I'm sure you'd have been
+vexed to the heart if you'd heard how they talked to each other. At
+last I couldn't stand it any longer, and bouncing up, I boxed both their
+ears smartly, and kicked them down stairs."
+
+As Eric said nothing, Duncan continued, "And I wish it ended in talk,
+but--"
+
+"But I believe you're turning Owenite. Why, bless me, we're only
+schoolboys; it'll be lots of time to turn saint some other day."
+
+Eric was talking at random, and in the spirit of opposition. "You don't
+want to make the whole school such a muffish set as the Rosebuds, do
+you?"
+
+There was something of assumed bravado in Eric's whole manner which
+jarred on Duncan exceedingly. "Do as you like," he said curtly, and
+went into another study.
+
+Immediately after came a rap at the door, and in walked Wildney, as he
+often did after the rest were gone to bed, merely slipping his trousers
+over his night-shirt, and running up to the studies.
+
+"Well, you'll come to the Anti-muffs, won't you?" he said.
+
+"To that pestilential place again?--not I."
+
+Wildney looked offended. "Not after we've all asked you? The fellows
+won't half like your refusing."
+
+He had touched Eric's weak point.
+
+"Do come," he said, looking up in Eric's face.
+
+"Confound it all," answered Eric, hastily. "Yes, I've no friends, I'll
+come, Charlie. Anything to please you, boy."
+
+"That's a brick. Then I shall cut down and tell the fellows. They'll
+be no end glad. No friends! what bosh! why, all the school like you."
+And he scampered off, leaving Eric ill at ease.
+
+Duncan didn't re-enter the study that evening.
+
+The next day, about half-past four, Eric found himself on the way to
+Ellan. As he was starting, Ball caught him up and said--
+
+"Are you going to the Anti-muffs?"
+
+"Yes; why? are you going too?"
+
+"Yes; do you mind our going together?"
+
+"Not at all."
+
+In fact, Eric was very glad of some one--no matter who--to keep him in
+countenance, for he felt considerably more than half ashamed of himself.
+
+They went to "The Jolly Herring," as the pot-house was called, and
+passed through the dingy beery taproom into the back parlour, to which
+Eric had already been introduced by Wildney. About a dozen boys were
+assembled, and there was a great clapping as the two newcomers entered.
+A long table was laid down the room, which was regularly spread for
+dinner.
+
+"Now then, Billy; make haste with the goose," called Brigson. "I vote,
+boys, that Eric Williams takes the chair."
+
+"Hear! hear!" said half a dozen; and Eric, rather against his will,
+found himself ensconced at the end of the table, with Brigson and Ball
+on either hand. The villainous low-foreheaded man, whom they called
+Billy, soon brought in a tough goose at one end of the table, and some
+fowls at the other; and they fell to, doing ample justice to the _dais
+eise_, while Billy waited on them. There was immense uproar during the
+dinner, every one eating as fast, and talking as loud, as he could.
+
+The birds soon vanished, and were succeeded by long roly-poly puddings,
+which the boys called Goliahs; and they, too, rapidly disappeared.
+Meanwhile beer was circling only too plentifully.
+
+"Now for the dessert, Billy," called several voices; and that worthy
+proceeded to put on the table some figs, cakes, oranges, and four black
+bottles of wine. There was a general grab for these dainties, and one
+boy shouted, "I say, I've had no wine."
+
+"Well, it's all gone. We must get some brandy--it's cheaper," said
+Brigson; and accordingly some brandy was brought in, which the boys
+diluted with hot water, and soon despatched.
+
+"Here! before you're all done swilling," said Brigson, "I've got a
+health: `Confound muffs and masters, and success to the antis.'"
+
+"And their chairman," suggested Wildney.
+
+"And their chairman, the best fellow in the school," added Brigson.
+
+The health was drunk with due clamour, and Eric (ridiculous and
+meaningless as he thought the toast) got up to thank them.
+
+"I'm not going to spout," he said; "but boys must be boys, and there's
+no harm in a bit of fun, I for one have enjoyed it, and am much obliged
+to you for asking me; and now I call for a song."
+
+"Wildney! Wildney's song," called several.
+
+Wildney had a good voice, and struck up without the least bashfulness--
+
+ "Come, landlord, fill the flowing bowl
+ Until it does run over
+ Come, landlord, fill, etc."
+
+"Now," he said, "join in the chorus!" The boys, all more or less
+excited, joined in heartily and uproariously--
+
+ "For to-night we'll merry merry be!
+ For to-night we'll merry merry be!
+ For to-night we'll merry merry be!
+ To-morrow we'll be sober!"
+
+While Wildney sang, Eric had time to think. As he glanced round the
+room at the flushed faces of the boys, some of whom he could not
+recognise in the dusky atmosphere, a qualm of disgust and shame passed
+over him. Several of them were smoking, and, with Ball and Brigson
+heading the line on each side of the table, he could not help observing
+what a bad set they looked. The remembrance of Russell came back to
+him. Oh, if Edwin could have known that he was in such company at such
+a place! And by the door stood Billy, watching them all like an evil
+spirit, with a leer of saturnine malice on his evil face.
+
+But the bright little Wildney, unconscious of Eric's bitter thoughts,
+sang on with overflowing mirth.
+
+As Eric looked at him, shining out like a sunbeam among the rest, he
+felt something like blood-guiltiness on his soul, when he felt that he
+was sanctioning the young boy's presence in that degraded assemblage.
+
+Wildney meanwhile was just beginning the next verse, when he was
+interrupted by a general cry of "Cave, cave." In an instant the room
+was in confusion; some one dashed the candles upon the floor, the table
+was overturned with a mighty crash, and plates, glasses, and bottles
+rushed on to the ground in shivers. Nearly every one bolted for the
+door, which led through the passage into the street; and in their
+headlong flight and selfishness, they stumbled over each other, and
+prevented all egress, several being knocked down and bruised in the
+crush. Others made for the taproom; but, as they opened the door
+leading into it, there stood Mr Ready and Mr Gordon! and as it was
+impossible to pass without being seen, they made no further attempt at
+escape. All this was the work of a minute. Entering the back parlour,
+the two masters quickly took down the names of full half the boys who,
+in the suddenness of the surprise, had been unable to make their exit.
+
+And Eric?
+
+The instant that the candles were knocked over, he felt Wildney seize
+his hand, and whisper, "This way; all serene;" following, he groped his
+way in the dark to the end of the room, where Wildney, shoving aside a
+green baize curtain, noiselessly opened a door, which at once led them
+into a little garden. There they both crouched down under a lilac tree
+beside the house, and listened intently.
+
+There was no need for this precaution; their door remained unsuspected,
+and in five minutes the coast was clear. Creeping into the house again,
+they whistled, and Billy coming in, told them that the masters had gone,
+and all was safe.
+
+"Glad ye're not twigged, gen'lemen," he said; "but there'll be a pretty
+sight of damage for all this glass and plates."
+
+"Shut up with your glass and plates," said Wildney. "Here, Eric, we
+must cut for it again."
+
+It was the dusk of a winter evening when they got out from the close
+room into the open-air, and they had to consider which way they would
+choose to avoid discovery. They happened to choose the wrong, but
+escaped by dint of hard running, and Wildney's old short cut. As they
+ran they passed several boys (who, having been caught, were walking home
+leisurely), and managed to get back undiscovered, when they both
+answered their names quite innocently at the roll-call, immediately
+after lock-up.
+
+"What lucky dogs you are to get off," said many boys to them.
+
+"Yes; it's precious lucky for me," said Wildney. "If I'd been caught at
+this kind of thing a second time, I should have got something worse than
+a swishing."
+
+"Well it's all through you I escaped," said Eric, "you knowing little
+scamp."
+
+"I'm glad of it, Eric," said Wildney, in his fascinating way, "since it
+was all through me you went. It's rather too hazardous though; we must
+manage better another time."
+
+During tea-time Eric was silent, as he felt pretty sure that none of the
+sixth-form or other study-boys would particularly sympathise with his
+late associates. Since the previous evening he had been cool with
+Duncan, and the rest had long rather despised him as a boy who'd do
+anything to be popular; so he sat there silent, looking as disdainful as
+he could, and not touching the tea, for which he felt disinclined after
+the recent potations. But the contemptuous exterior hid a
+self-reproving heart, and he felt how far more worthy Owen and Montagu
+were than he. How gladly would he have changed places with them; how
+much he would have given to recover some of their forfeited esteem.
+
+The master on duty was Mr Rose, and after tea he left the room for a
+few minutes while the tables were cleared for "preparation," and the
+boys were getting out their books and exercises. All the study and
+classroom boys were expected to go away during this interval; but Eric,
+not noticing Mr Rose's entrance, sat gossiping with Wildney about the
+dinner and its possible consequences to the school.
+
+He was sitting on the desk carelessly, with one leg over the other, and
+bending down towards Wildney. He had just told him that he looked like
+a regular little sunbeam in the smoking-room of "The Jolly Herring," and
+Wildney was pretending to be immensely offended by the simile.
+
+"Hush! no more talking," said Mr Rose, who did everything very gently
+and quietly. Eric heard him, but he was inclined to linger, and had
+always received such mild treatment from Mr Rose, that he didn't think
+he would take much notice of the delay. For the moment he did not, so
+Wildney began to chatter again.
+
+"All study-boys to leave the room," said Mr Rose.
+
+Eric just glanced round and moved slightly; he might have gone away, but
+that he caught a satirical look in Wildney's eye, and besides wanted to
+show off a little indifference to his old master, with whom he had had
+no intercourse since their last-mentioned conversation.
+
+"Williams, go away instantly; what do you mean by staying after I have
+dismissed you?" said Mr Rose sternly.
+
+Every one knew what a favourite Eric had once been, so this speech
+created a slight titter. The boy heard it just as he was going out of
+the room, and it annoyed him, and called to arms all his proud and
+dogged obstinacy. Pretending to have forgotten something, he walked
+conceitedly back to Wildney, and whispered to him, "I shan't go if he
+chooses to speak like that."
+
+A red flush passed over Mr Rose's cheek; he took two strides to Eric,
+and laid the cane sharply once across his back.
+
+Eric was not quite himself, or he would not have acted as he had done.
+His potations, though not deep, had, with the exciting events of the
+evening, made his head giddy, and the stroke of the cane, which he had
+not felt now for two years, roused him to madness. He bounded up,
+sprang towards Mr Rose, and almost before he knew what he was about,
+had wrenched the cane out of his hands, twisted it violently in the
+middle until it broke, and flung one of the pieces furiously into the
+fire.
+
+For one instant, boy and master--Eric Williams and Mr Rose--stood
+facing each other amid breathless silence, the boy panting and
+passionate, with his brain swimming, and his heart on fire; the master
+pale, grieved, amazed beyond measure, but perfectly self-collected.
+
+"After that exhibition," said Mr Rose, with cold and quiet dignity,
+"you had better leave the room."
+
+"Yes, I had," answered Eric bitterly; "there's your cane." And,
+flinging the other fragment at Mr Rose's head, he strode blindly out of
+the room, sweeping books from the table, and overturning several boys in
+his way. He then banged the door with all his force, and rushed up into
+his study.
+
+Duncan was there, and, remarking his wild look and demeanour, asked,
+after a moment's awkward silence, "Is anything the matter, Williams?"
+
+"Williams!" echoed Eric with a scornful laugh; "yes, that's always the
+way with a fellow when he's in trouble. I always know what's coming
+when you begin to leave off calling me by my Christian name."
+
+"Very well, then," said Duncan good-humouredly, "what's the matter,
+Eric?"
+
+"Matter?" answered Eric, pacing up and down the little room with an
+angry to-and-fro like a caged wild beast, and kicking everything which
+came in his way; "matter? hang you all, you are all turning against me,
+because you are a set of muffs, and--"
+
+"Take care!" said Duncan; but suddenly he caught Eric's look, and
+stopped.
+
+"And I've been breaking Rose's cane over his head, because he had the
+impudence to touch me with it, and--"
+
+"Eric, you're not yourself to-night," said Duncan, interrupting, but
+speaking in the kindest tone; and taking Eric's hand, he looked him
+steadily in the face.
+
+Their eyes met; the boy's false self once more slipped off. By a strong
+effort he repressed the rising passion which the fumes of drink had
+caused, and flinging himself on his chair, refused to speak again, or
+even to go down stairs when the prayer-bell rang.
+
+Seeing that in his present mood there was nothing to be done with him,
+Duncan, instead of returning to the study, went after prayers into
+Montagu's, and talked with him over the recent events, of which the
+boys' minds were all full.
+
+But Eric sat lonely, sulky, and miserable, in his study, doing nothing,
+and when Montagu came in to visit him, felt inclined to resent his
+presence.
+
+"So," he said, looking up at the ceiling, "another saint come to cast a
+stone at me! Well! I suppose I must be resigned," he continued,
+dropping his cheek on his hand again; "only don't let the sermon be
+long."
+
+But Montagu took no notice of his sardonic harshness, and seated himself
+by his side, though Eric pettishly pushed him away.
+
+"Come, Eric," said Montagu, taking the hand which was repelling him; "I
+won't be repulsed in this way. Look at me. What? won't you even look?
+O Eric, one wouldn't have fancied this in past days, when we were so
+much together with one who is dead. It's a long long time since we've
+even alluded to him, but _I_ shall never forget those happy days."
+
+Eric heaved a deep sigh.
+
+"I'm not come to reproach you. You don't give me a friend's right to
+reprove. But still, Eric, for your own sake, dear fellow, I can't help
+being sorry for all this. I did hope you'd have broken with Brigson
+after the thrashing I gave him for the foul way, in which he treated me.
+I don't think you _can_ know the mischief he is doing."
+
+The large tears began to soften the fire of Eric's eye. "Ah!" he said,
+"it's all of no use; you're all giving me the cold shoulder, and I'm
+going to the bad, that's the long and short of it."
+
+"O Eric! for your own sake, for your parents' sake, for the school's
+sake, for all your real friends' sake, don't talk in that bitter,
+hopeless way. You are too fine a fellow to be made the tool or the
+patron of the boys who lead, while they seem to follow you. I _do_ hope
+you'll join us even yet in resisting them."
+
+Eric had laid his head on the table, which shook with his emotion. "I
+can't talk, Monty," he said, in an altered tone; "but leave me now; and
+if you like, we will have a walk to-morrow."
+
+"Most willingly, Eric." And, again warmly pressing his hand, Montagu
+returned to his own study.
+
+Soon after, there came a timid knock at Eric's door. He expected
+Wildney as usual; a little before, he had been looking out for him, and
+hoping he would come, but he didn't want to see him now, so he answered
+rather peevishly, "Come in; but I don't want to be bothered to-night."
+
+Not Wildney, but Vernon appeared at the door. "May I come in? not if it
+bothers you, Eric," he said gently.
+
+"Oh, Verny, I didn't know it was you; I thought it would be Wildney.
+You _never_ come now."
+
+The little boy came in, and his pleading look seemed to say, "Whose
+fault is that?"
+
+"Come here, Verny," and Eric drew him towards him, and put him on his
+knee, while the tears trembled large and luminous in the child's eyes.
+
+It was the first time for many a long day that the brothers had been
+alone together, the first time for many a long day that any acts of
+kindness had passed between them. Both seemed to remember this, and, at
+the same time, to remember home, and their absent parents, and their
+mother's prayers, and all the quiet half-forgotten vista of innocent
+pleasures, and sacred relationships, and holy affections. And why did
+they see each other so little at school? Their consciences told them
+both that either wished to conceal from the other his wickedness and
+forgetfulness of God.
+
+They wept together; and once more, as they had not done since they were
+children, each brother put his arm round the other's neck. And
+remorseful Eric could not help being amazed, how, in his cruel,
+heartless selfishness, he had let that fair child go so far far astray;
+left him as a prey to such boys as were his companions in the
+lower-school.
+
+"Eric, did you know I was caught to-night at the dinner?"
+
+"You!" said Eric, with a start and a deep blush. "Good heavens! I
+didn't notice you, and should not have dreamt of coming, if I'd known
+you were there. Oh, Vernon, forgive me for setting you such a bad
+example."
+
+"Yes, I was there, and I was caught."
+
+"Poor boy! but never mind; there are such a lot that you can't get much
+done to you."
+
+"It isn't _that_ I care for; I've been flogged before, you know. But--
+may I say something?"
+
+"Yes, Vernon, anything you like."
+
+"Well, then,--oh, Eric! I'm _so so_ sorry that you did that to Mr Rose
+to-night. All the fellows are praising you up, of course; but I could
+have cried to see it, and I did. I wouldn't have minded if it had been
+anybody but Rose."
+
+"But why?"
+
+"Because, Eric, he's been so good, so kind to both of us. You've often
+told me about him, you know, at Fairholm, and he's done such lots of
+kind things to me. And only to-night, when he heard I was caught, he
+sent for me to the library, and spoke so firmly, yet so gently, about
+the wickedness of going to such low places, and about so young a boy as
+I am learning to drink, and the ruin of it--and--and--" His voice was
+choked by sobs for a time,--"and then he knelt down and prayed for me,
+so as I have never heard any one pray but mother; and do you know, Eric,
+it was strange, but I thought, I _did_ hear our mother's voice praying
+for me too, while he prayed, and--" He tried in vain to go on; but
+Eric's conscience continued for him; "and just as he had ceased doing
+this for one brother, the other brother, for whom he has often done the
+same, treated him with coarseness, violence, and insolence."
+
+"Oh, I am utterly wretched, Verny. I hate myself. And to think that
+while I'm like this they are yet loving and praising me at home. And, O
+Verny, I was so sorry to hear from Duncan how you were talking the other
+day."
+
+Vernon hid his face on Eric's shoulder; and as his brother stooped over
+him and folded him to his heart, they cried in silence, for there seemed
+no more to say, until, wearied with sorrow, the younger fell asleep and
+then Eric carried him tenderly down stairs, and laid him, still half
+sleeping, upon his bed.
+
+He laid him down, and looked at him as he slumbered. The other boys had
+not been disturbed by their noiseless entrance, and he sat down on his
+brother's bed to think, shading off the light of the candle with his
+hand. It was rarely now that Eric's thoughts were so rich with the
+memories of childhood, and sombre with the consciousness of sin, as they
+were that night, while he gazed on his brother Vernon's face. He did
+not know what made him look so long and earnestly; an indistinct sorrow,
+an unconjectured foreboding, passed over his mind, like the shadow of a
+summer cloud. Vernon was now slumbering deeply; his soft bright hair
+fell over his forehead, and his head nestled in the pillow; but there
+was an expression of uneasiness on his sleeping features, and the long
+eyelashes were still wet with tears.
+
+"Poor child," thought Eric; "dear little Vernon: and he is to be
+flogged, perhaps birched, to-morrow."
+
+He went off sadly to bed, and hardly once remembered that _he_ too would
+come in for very severe and certain punishment the next day.
+
+
+
+VOLUME TWO, CHAPTER FOUR.
+
+MR ROSE AND BRIGSON.
+
+ Raro antecedentem scelestum
+ Deseruit pede Poena claudo.
+ _Horace_.
+
+After prayers the next morning Dr Rowlands spoke to his boarders on the
+previous day's discovery, and in a few forcible vivid words, set before
+them the enormity of the offence. He ended by announcing that the boys
+who were caught would be birched,--"except the elder ones, who will
+bring me one hundred lines every hour of the half-holidays till further
+notice. There are some," he said. "I am well aware, who, though
+present yesterday, were not detected. I am sorry for it for _their_
+sakes; they will be more likely to sin again. In cases like this,
+punishment is a blessing, and impunity a burden." On leaving the room
+he bade Eric follow him into his study. Eric obeyed, and stood before
+the head-master with downcast eyes.
+
+"Williams," he said, "I have had a great regard for you, and felt a deep
+interest in you from the day I first saw you, and knew your excellent
+parents. At one time I had conceived great hopes of your future course,
+and your abilities seemed likely to blossom into excellent fruit. But
+you fell off greatly, and grew idle and careless. At last an event
+happened, in which for a time you acted worthily of yourself; and which
+seemed to arouse you from your negligence and indifference. All my
+hopes in you revived; but as I continued to watch your course (more
+closely perhaps than you supposed), I observed with pain that those
+hopes must be again disappointed. It needs but a glance at your
+countenance to be sure that you are not so upright or right-minded a boy
+as you were two years ago. I can judge only from your outward course;
+but I deeply fear, Williams--I deeply fear, that in _other_ respects
+also you are going the down-hill road. And what am I to think now,
+when, on the _same_ morning, you and your little brother _both_ come
+before me for such serious and heavy faults? I cannot free you from
+blame even for _his_ misdoings, for you are his natural guardian here; I
+am only glad that you were not involved with him in that charge."
+
+"Let _me_ bear the punishment, sir, instead of him," said Eric, by a
+sudden impulse; "for I misled him, and was there myself."
+
+Dr Rowlands paced the room in deep sorrow. "You, Williams! on the
+verge of the sixth-form. Alas! I fear, from this, that the state of
+things among you is even worse than I had supposed."
+
+Eric again hung his head.
+
+"No; you have confessed the sin voluntarily, and therefore at present I
+shall not notice it; only, let me entreat you to beware. But I must
+turn to the other matter. What excuse have you for your intolerable
+conduct to Mr Rose, who, as I know, has shown you from the first the
+most unusual and disinterested kindness?"
+
+"I cannot defend myself, sir. I was excited, and could not control my
+passion."
+
+"Then you must sit down here, and write an apology, which I shall make
+you read aloud before the whole school at twelve to-day."
+
+Eric, with trembling hand, wrote his apology, and Dr Rowlands glanced
+at it. "That will do," he said; "I am glad you take a right view of the
+matter. Come to me again at twelve."
+
+At twelve all the school were assembled, and Eric, pale and miserable,
+followed the Doctor into the great schoolroom. The masters stood at one
+end of the room, and among them Mr Rose, who, however, appeared an
+indifferent and uninterested spectator of the transaction. Every glance
+was fixed on Eric, and every one pitied him.
+
+"We are assembled," said Dr Rowlands, "for an act of justice. One of
+your number has insulted a master publicly, and is ashamed of his
+conduct, and has himself written the apology which he will read. I had
+intended to add a still severer punishment, but Mr Rose has earnestly
+begged me not to do so, and I have succumbed to his wishes. Williams,
+read your apology."
+
+There was a dead hush, and Eric tried once or twice in vain to utter a
+word. At last, by a spasmodic effort, he regained his voice, and read,
+but in so low and nervous a tone, that not even those nearest him heard
+what he was saying.
+
+Dr Rowlands took the paper from him. "Owing," he said, "to a very
+natural and pardonable emotion, the apology has been read in such a way
+that you could not have understood it. I will therefore read it myself.
+It is to this effect--`I, Eric Williams, beg humbly and sincerely to
+apologise for my passionate and ungrateful insult to Mr Rose.'"
+
+"You will understand that he was left quite free to choose his own
+expressions; and as he has acknowledged his shame and compunction for
+the act, I trust that none of you will be tempted to elevate him into a
+hero, for a folly which he himself so much regrets. This affair--as I
+should wish all bad deeds to be after they have once been punished--will
+now be forgiven, and I hope forgotten."
+
+They left the room and dispersed, and Eric fancied that all shunned and
+looked coldly on his degradation. But not so: Montagu came, and taking
+his arm in the old friendly way, went a walk with him. It was a
+constrained and silent walk, and they were both glad when it was over,
+although Montagu did all he could to show that he loved Eric no less
+than before. Still it was weeks since they had been much together, and
+they had far fewer things in common now than they used to have before.
+Eric's sprightliness, once the delight of all his friends, was now
+rarely exhibited, except in the company of Wildney and Graham.
+
+"I'm so wretched, Monty," said Eric at last; "do you think Rose despises
+me?"
+
+"I am _sure_ of the contrary. Won't you go to him, Eric, and say all
+you feel?"
+
+"Heigh ho! I shall never get right again. Oh, to recover the last two
+years!"
+
+"You can redeem them, Eric, by a wiser present. Let the same words
+comfort you that have often brought hope to me--`I will restore the
+years which the locust hath eaten.'"
+
+They reached the school-door, and Eric went straight to the library.
+Mr Rose was there alone. He received him kindly, as usual, and Eric
+went up to the fireplace where he was standing. They had often stood by
+that library fire on far different terms.
+
+"Forgive me, sir," was all Eric could say, as the tears rushed to his
+eyes.
+
+"Freely, my boy," said Mr Rose sadly. "I wish you could feel how fully
+I forgive you; but," he added, laying his hand for the last time on
+Eric's head, "you have far more, Eric, to forgive yourself. I will not
+talk to you, Eric; it would be little good, I fear; but you little know
+how much I pity and tremble for you."
+
+While these scenes were being enacted with Eric, a large group was
+collected round the fireplace in the boarders' room, and many tongues
+were loudly discussing the recent events.
+
+Alas for gratitude! There was not a boy in that group to whom Mr Rose
+had not done many an act of kindness; and to most of them far more than
+they ever knew. Many a weary hour had he toiled for them in private,
+when his weak frame was harassed by suffering; many a sleepless night
+had he wrestled for them in prayer, when, for their sakes, his own many
+troubles were laid aside. Work on, Walter Rose, and He who seeth in
+secret will reward you openly! but expect no gratitude from those for
+whose salvation you, like the great tender-hearted apostle, would almost
+be ready to wish yourself accursed.
+
+Nearly every one in that noisy group was abusing Mr Rose. It had long
+been Brigson's cue to do so; he derided him on every opportunity, and
+delighted to represent him as hypocritical and insincere. Even his weak
+health was the subject of Brigson's coarse ridicule, and the bad boy
+paid in deep hatred the natural tribute which vice must ever accord to
+excellence.
+
+"You see how he turns on his pets if they offend him," said Brigson;
+"why, even that old beast Gordon isn't as bad."
+
+"Yes; while poor Eric was reading, Rose reminded me of Milton's
+serpent," observed Ball sententiously--
+
+ "Hope elevates, and joy
+ Brightens his crest."
+
+"He-e-ar! he-e-ar!" said Pietrie; "_vide_ the last fifth-form
+Repetition."
+
+"I expect Eric won't see everything so much _couleur de rose_ now, as
+the French frog hath it," remarked Graham.
+
+"Turn him out for his bad pun," said Wildney.
+
+"That means you're jealous of it, old fellow," answered Graham.
+
+"I can't say either you or he _rose_ in my estimation in consequence,"
+said Wildney, chuckling, as he dodged away to escape Graham's pursuit.
+
+"It was too bad to stand by and triumph, certainly," observed Llewellyn.
+
+"I say, you fellows," remonstrated the sober little Wright, who, with
+Vernon, was sitting reading a book at one of the desks, "all that isn't
+fair. I'm sure you all saw how really sorry Rose looked about it; and
+he said, you know, that it was merely for the sake of school discipline
+that he put the matter in Rowlands's hands."
+
+"Discipline be hanged," shouted Brigson; "we'll have our revenge on him
+yet, discipline or no."
+
+"I hope you won't though," said Vernon; "I know Eric will be sorry if
+you do."
+
+"The more muff he. We shall do as we like."
+
+"Well, I shall tell him; and I'm sure he'll ask you not. You know how
+often he tries to stick up for Rose."
+
+"If you say a word more," said Brigson, unaccustomed to being opposed
+among his knot of courtiers, "I'll kick you out of the room; you and
+that wretched little fool there with you."
+
+"You may do as you like," answered Wright quietly; "but you won't go on
+like this long, I can tell you."
+
+Brigson tried to seize him, but failing, contented himself with flinging
+a big coal at him as he ran out of the room, which narrowly missed his
+head.
+
+"I have it," said Brigson; "that little donkey's given me an idea.
+We'll _crust_ Rose to-night."
+
+"To crust," gentle reader, means to pelt an obnoxious person with
+crusts.
+
+"Capital," said some of the worst boys present, "we will."
+
+"Well, who'll take part?"
+
+No one offered. "What! are we all turning sneaks and cowards? Here,
+Wildney, won't you? you were abusing Rose just now."
+
+"Yes, I will," said Wildney, but with no great alacrity. "You'll not
+have done till you've got us all expelled, I believe."
+
+"Fiddlestick-end! and what if we are? besides, he can't expel half the
+school."
+
+First two or three more offered, and then a whole lot, gaining courage
+by numbers. So the plot was regularly laid. Pietrie and Graham were to
+put out the lights at each end of one table immediately after tea, and
+Wildney and Booking at the other, when the study fellows had gone out.
+There would then be only Mr Rose's candle burning, and the two middle
+candles, which in so large a room would just give enough light for their
+purpose. Then all the conspirators were to throng around the door, and
+from it aim their crusts at Mr Rose's head. Not nearly so many would
+have volunteered to join, but that they fancied Mr Rose was too gentle
+to take up the matter with vigour, and they were encouraged in their
+project by his quiet leniency towards Eric the night before. It was
+agreed that no study-boy should be told of the intention, lest any of
+them should interfere.
+
+The hearts of many beat fast at tea that night as they observed that
+numbers of boys, instead of eating all their bread, were cutting off the
+crusts, and breaking them into good-sized bits.
+
+Tea finished, Mr Rose said grace, and then sat down quietly reading in
+his desk. The signal agreed on was the (accidental) dropping of a plate
+by Brigson. The study-boys left the room.
+
+Crash!--down fell a plate on the floor, breaking to pieces in the fall.
+
+Instantly the four candles went out, and there was a hurried movement
+towards the door, and a murmur of voices.
+
+"Now then," said Brigson, in a loud whisper; "what a wretched set you
+are! Here goes!"
+
+The master, surprised at the sudden gloom and confusion, had just looked
+up, unable to conjecture what was the matter. Brigson's crust caught
+him a sharp rap on the forehead as he moved.
+
+In an instant he started up, and ten or twelve more crusts flew by or
+hit him on the head as he strode out of the desk towards the door.
+Directly he stirred, there was a rush of boys into the passage, and if
+he had once lost his judgment or temper, worse harm might have followed.
+But he did not. Going to the door, he said, "Preparation will be in
+five minutes; every boy not then in his place will be punished."
+
+During that five minutes the servants had cleared away the tea, full of
+wonder; but Mr Rose paced up and down the room, taking no notice of any
+one. Immediately after, all the boys were in their places, with their
+books open before them, and in the thrilling silence you might have
+heard a pin drop. Every one felt that Mr Rose was master of the
+occasion, and awaited his next step in terrified suspense.
+
+They all perceived how thoroughly they had mistaken their subject. The
+ringleaders would have given all they had to be well out of the scrape.
+Mr Rose ruled by kindness, but he never suffered his will to be
+disputed for an instant. He governed with such consummate tact, that
+they hardly felt it to be government at all, and hence arose their
+stupid miscalculation. But he felt that the time was now come to assert
+his paramount authority, and determined to do so at once and for ever.
+
+"Some of you have mistaken me," he said, in a voice so strong and stern
+that it almost startled them. "The silly display of passion in one boy
+yesterday has led you to presume that you may trifle with me. You are
+wrong. For Williams's sake, as a boy who has, or at least once _had_,
+something noble in him, I left that matter in the Doctor's hands. I
+shall _not_ do so to-night. Which of you put out the candles?"
+
+Dead silence. A pause.
+
+"Which of you had the audacity to throw pieces of bread at me?"
+
+Still silence.
+
+"I warn you that I _will_ know, and it will be far worse for all the
+guilty if I do not know at once." There was unmistakable decision in
+the tone.
+
+"Very well. I know many boys who were _not_ guilty, because I saw them
+in parts of the room where to throw was impossible. I shall now _ask_
+all the rest, one by one, if they took any part in this. And beware of
+telling me a lie."
+
+There was an uneasy sensation in the room, and several boys began to
+whisper aloud, "Brigson! Brigson!" The whisper grew louder, and Mr
+Rose heard it. He turned on Brigson indignantly, and said--
+
+"They call your name; stand out!"
+
+The awkward, big, ungainly boy, with his repulsive countenance, shambled
+out of his place into the middle of the room. Mr Rose swept him with
+one flashing glance. "_That_ is the boy," thought he to himself, "who
+has been like an ulcer to this school. These boys shall have a good
+look at their hero." It was but recently that Mr Rose knew all the
+harm which Brigson had been doing, though he had discovered, almost from
+the first, what _sort_ of character he had.
+
+So Brigson stood out in the room, and as they looked at him, many a boy
+cursed him in their hearts. And it was _that_ fellow, that stupid,
+clumsy, base compound of meanness and malice, that had ruled like a king
+among them. Faugh!
+
+"They call your name! Do you know anything of this?"
+
+"No!" said Brigson: "I'll swear I'd nothing to do with it."
+
+"Oh-h-h-h!"--the long, intense, deep-drawn expression of disgust and
+contempt ran round the room.
+
+"You have told me a lie!" said Mr Rose slowly, and with strong
+contempt. "No words can express my loathing for your false and
+dishonourable conduct. Nor shall your lie save you, as you shall find
+immediately. Still you shall escape if you can or dare to deny it
+again. I repeat my question--Were you engaged in this?"
+
+He fixed his full, piercing eye on the culprit, whom it seemed to scorch
+and wither. Brigson winced back, and said nothing. "As I thought,"
+said Mr Rose.
+
+"Not one boy only, but many were engaged. I shall call you up one by
+one to answer me. Wildney, come here."
+
+The boy walked in front of the desk.
+
+"Were you one of those who threw?"
+
+Wildney, full as he was of dangerous and deadly faults, was no coward,
+and not a liar. He knew, or at least feared, that this new scrape might
+be fatal to him, but raising his dark and glistening eyes to Mr Rose,
+he said penitently--
+
+"I didn't throw, sir, but I _did_ put out one of the candles that it
+might be done."
+
+The contrast with Brigson was very great; the dark cloud hung a little
+less darkly on Mr Rose's forehead, and there was a very faint murmur of
+applause.
+
+"Good stand back. Pietrie, come up."
+
+Pietrie, too, confessed, and indeed all the rest of the plotters except
+Booking. Mr Rose's lip curled with scorn as he heard the exclamation
+which his denial caused; but he suffered him to sit down.
+
+When Wright's turn came to be asked, Mr Rose said--"No! I shall not
+even ask you, Wright. I know well that your character is too good to be
+involved in such an attempt."
+
+The boy bowed humbly, and sat down. Among the last questioned was
+Vernon Williams, and Mr Rose seemed anxious for his answer.
+
+"No," he said at once,--and seemed to wish to add something.
+
+"Go on," said Mr Rose encouragingly.
+
+"Oh, sir! I only wanted to say that I hope you won't think Eric knew of
+this. He would have hated it, sir, more even than I do."
+
+"Good," said Mr Rose; "I am sure of it. And now," turning to the
+offenders, "I shall teach you never to dare again to be guilty of such
+presumption and wickedness as to-night. I shall punish you according to
+my notion of your degrees of guilt. Brigson, bring me a cane from that
+desk."
+
+He brought it.
+
+"Hold out your hand."
+
+The cane fell, and instantly split up from top to bottom. Mr Rose
+looked at it, for it was new that morning.
+
+"Ha! I see; more mischief; there is a hair in it."
+
+The boys were too much frightened to smile at the complete success of
+the trick.
+
+"Who did this? I must be told at once."
+
+"I did, sir," said Wildney, stepping forward.
+
+"Ha! very well," said Mr Rose, while, in spite of his anger, a smile
+hovered at the corner of his lips. "Go and borrow me a cane from Mr
+Harley."
+
+While he went there was unbroken silence.
+
+"Now, sir," said he to Brigson, "I shall flog you." Corporal punishment
+was avoided with the bigger boys, and Brigson had never undergone it
+before. At the first stroke he writhed and yelled; at the second he
+retreated, twisting like a serpent, and blubbering like a baby; at the
+third he flung himself on his knees, and as the strokes fell fast,
+clasped Mr Rose's arm, and implored and besought for mercy.
+
+"_Miserable_ coward," said Mr Rose, throwing into the word such ringing
+scorn that no one who heard it ever forgot it. He indignantly shook the
+boy off, and caned him till he rolled on the floor, losing every
+particle of self-control, and calling out, "The devil--the devil--the
+devil!" ("invoking his patron saint," as Wildney maliciously observed).
+
+"There! cease to blaspheme, and get up," said the master, blowing out a
+cloud of fiery indignation. "There, sir. Retribution comes at last,
+leaden-footed but iron-handed. A long catalogue of sins is visited on
+you to-day, and not only on your shrinking body, but on your conscience
+too, if you have one left. Let those red marks betoken that your reign
+is ended. Liar and tempter, you have led boys into the sins which you
+then meanly deny! And now, you boys, _there_ in that coward, who cannot
+even endure his richly-merited punishment, see the boy whom you have
+suffered to be your _leader_ for well-nigh six months!"
+
+"Now, sir,"--again he turned upon Brigson--"that flogging shall be
+repeated with interest on your next offence. At present you will take
+each boy on your back while I cane him. It is fit that they should see
+where _you_ lead them to."
+
+Trembling violently, and cowed beyond description, he did as he was bid.
+No other boy cried, or even winced; a few sharp cuts was all which Mr
+Rose gave them, and even they grew fewer each time, for he was tired,
+and displeased to be an executioner.
+
+"And now," he said, "since that disgusting but necessary scene is over,
+_never_ let me have to repeat it again." But his authority was
+established like a rock from that night forward. No one ever ventured
+to dispute it again, or forgot that evening. Mr Rose's noble moral
+influence gained tenfold strength from the respect and wholesome fear
+that he then inspired.
+
+But, as he said, Brigson's reign was over. Looks of the most
+unmitigated disgust and contempt were darted at him, as he sat alone and
+shunned at the end of the table; and the boys seemed now to loathe and
+nauseate the golden calf they had been worshipping. He had not done
+blubbering even yet, when the prayer-bell rang. No sooner had Mr Rose
+left the room than Wildney, his dark eyes sparkling with rage, leaped on
+the table, and shouted--
+
+"Three groans, hoots, and hisses for a liar and a coward," a sign of
+execration which he was the first to lead off; and which the boys echoed
+like a storm.
+
+Astonished at the tumult, Mr Rose reappeared at the door.
+
+"Oh, we're not hissing you, sir," said Wildney excitedly; "we're all
+hissing at lying and cowardice."
+
+Mr Rose thought the revulsion of feeling might do good, and he was
+striding out again without a word when--
+
+"Three times three for Mr Rose," sang out Wildney.
+
+Never did a more hearty or spontaneous cheer burst from the lips and
+lungs of fifty boys than that. The news had spread like wildfire to the
+studies, and the other boys came flocking in during the uproar, to join
+in it heartily. Cheer after cheer rang out like a sound of silver
+clarions from the clear boy-voices; and in the midst of the excited
+throng stood Eric and Montagu, side by side, hurrahing more lustily than
+all the rest.
+
+But Mr Rose, in the library, was on his knees, with moving lips and
+lifted hands. He coveted the popular applause as little as he had
+dreaded the popular opposition; and the evening's painful experiences
+had taught him anew the bitter lesson to expect no gratitude, and hope
+for no reward, but simply, and contentedly, and unmurmuringly, to work
+on in God's vineyard so long as life and health should last.
+
+Brigson's brazen forehead bore him through the disgrace which would have
+crushed another. But still he felt that his position at Roslyn could
+never be what it had been before, and he therefore determined to leave
+at once. By grossly calumniating the school, he got his father to
+remove him, and announced, to every one's great delight, that he was
+going in a fortnight. On his last day, by way of bravado, he smashed
+and damaged as much of the school property as he could, a proceeding
+which failed to gain him any admiration, and merely put his father to
+ruinous expense.
+
+The day after his exposure Eric had cut him dead, without the least
+pretence of concealment; an example pretty generally followed throughout
+the school.
+
+In the evening Brigson went up to Eric and hissed in his ear, "You cut
+me, curse you; but, _never fear, I'll be revenged on you yet_."
+
+"Do your worst," answered Eric contemptuously; "and never speak to me
+again."
+
+
+
+VOLUME TWO, CHAPTER FIVE.
+
+RIPPLES.
+
+ Our echoes roll from soul to soul,
+ And live for ever and for ever.
+ _Tennyson_.
+
+Owen and Montagu were walking by Silverburn, and talking over the
+affairs of the school. During their walk they saw Wright and Vernon
+Williams in front of them.
+
+"I am so glad to see those two together," said Montagu; "I really think
+Wright is one of the best little fellows in the school, and he'll be the
+saving of Vernon. He's already persuaded him to leave off smoking and
+other bad things, and has got him to work a little harder, and turn over
+a new leaf altogether."
+
+"Yes," answered Owen; "I've seen a marvellous improvement in little
+Williams lately. I think that Duncan gave him a rough lesson the other
+night which did him good, and dear old Rose too has been leading him by
+the hand; but the best thing is that, through Wright, he sees less of
+Eric's _friend_, that young scapegrace Wildney."
+
+"Yes; that little wretch has a good deal to answer for. What a pity
+that Eric spoils him so, or rather suffers himself to be spoilt by him.
+I'm glad Vernon's escaped his influence now: he's too fine a nature to
+be made as bad as the general run of them. What a brilliant little
+fellow he is; just like his brother."
+
+"Just like what his brother _was_," said Owen; "his face, like his mind,
+has suffered lately."
+
+"Too true," answered Montagu, with a sigh; "and yet, cool as we now are
+in our outward intercourse, he little knows how I love him, and yearn
+for the Eric I once knew--Eric the fair-haired, as Russell and I used
+sometimes to call him in fun. Would to God poor Russell had lived, and
+then I believe that he wouldn't have gone so far wrong."
+
+"Well, I think there's another chance for him now that--that--what name
+is bad enough for that Brigson?--is gone."
+
+"I hope so. But,"--he added after a pause--"his works do follow him.
+Look there!" He took a large stone and threw it into the Silverburn
+stream; there was a great splash, and the ever-widening circles of blue
+ripple broke the surface of the water, dying away one by one in the
+sedges on the bank. "There," he said, "see how long those ripples last,
+and how numerous they are."
+
+Owen understood him. "Poor Eric! What a gleam of new hope there was in
+him after Russell's death!"
+
+"Yes, for a time," said Montagu; "heigh ho! I fear we shall never be
+warm friends again. We can't be while he goes on as he is doing. And
+yet I love him."
+
+A sudden turn of the stream brought them to the place called Riverbend.
+
+"If you want a practical comment on what we've been talking about,
+you'll see it there," said Montagu.
+
+He pointed to a party of boys, four or five, all lying on a pleasant
+grass bank, smoking pipes. Prominent among them was Eric, stretched at
+ease, and looking up at the clouds, towards which curled the puffed
+fumes of his meerschaum, a gift of Wildney's. That worthy was beside
+him similarly employed.
+
+The two sixth-form boys hoped to pass by unobserved, as they did not
+wish for a rencontre with our hero under such circumstances. But they
+saw Wildney pointing to them, and, from the fits of laughter which
+followed his remarks, they had little doubt that they were the subject
+of the young gentleman's wit. This is never a pleasant sensation; but
+they observed that Eric made a point of not looking their way, and went
+on in silence.
+
+"How very sad!" said Montagu.
+
+"How very contemptible!" said Owen. "Harfagher among his subjects!"
+
+"Did you observe what they were doing?"
+
+"Smoking?"
+
+"Worse than that a good deal. They were doing something which, if Eric
+doesn't take care, will one day be his ruin."
+
+"What?"
+
+"I saw them drinking. I have little doubt it was brandy."
+
+"Good heavens!"
+
+"It is getting a common practice with some fellows. One of the ripples,
+you see, of Brigson's influence."
+
+Before they got home they caught up Wright and Vernon, and walked in
+together.
+
+"We've been talking," said Wright, "about a bad matter. Vernon here
+says that there's no good working for a prize in his form, because the
+cribbing's so atrocious. Indeed, it's very nearly as bad in my form.
+It always is under Gordon; he _can't_ understand fellows doing
+dishonourable things."
+
+"It's a great bore in the weekly examinations," said Vernon; "every now
+and then Gordon will even leave the room for a few minutes, and then out
+come dozens of books."
+
+"Well, Wright," said Montagu, "if that happens again next examination,
+I'd speak out about it."
+
+"How?"
+
+"Why, I'd get every fellow who disapproves of it to give me his name,
+and get up and read the list, and say that you at least have pledged
+yourselves not to do it."
+
+"Humph! I don't know how that would answer. They'd half kill me for
+one thing."
+
+"Never mind; do your duty. I wish I'd such an opportunity, if only to
+show how sorry I am for my own past unfairness."
+
+And so talking, the four went in, and the two elder went to their study.
+
+It was too true that drinking had become a common vice at Roslyn School.
+Accordingly, when Eric came in with Wildney about half an hour after,
+Owen and Montagu heard them talk about ordering some brandy, and then
+arrange to have a "jollification," as they called it, that evening.
+
+They got the brandy through "Billy." One of Brigson's most cursed
+legacies to the school was the introduction of this man to a nefarious
+intercourse with the boys. His character was so well-known that it had
+long been forbidden, under the strictest penalty, for any boy ever to
+speak to him; yet, strange to say, they seemed to take a pleasure in
+doing so, and just now particularly, it was thought a fine thing, a sign
+of "pluck" and "anti-muffishness," to be on familiar and intimate terms
+with that degraded and villainous scoundrel.
+
+Duncan had made friends again with Eric; but he did not join him in his
+escapades and excesses, and sat much in other studies. He had not been
+altogether a good boy, but yet there was a sort of rough honesty and
+good sense in him which preserved him from the worst and most dangerous
+failings, and his character had been gradually improving as he mounted
+higher in the school. He was getting steadier, more diligent, more
+thoughtful, more manly; he was passing through that change so frequent
+in boys as they grow older, to which Eric was so sad an exception.
+Accordingly Duncan, though sincerely fond of Eric, had latterly
+disapproved vehemently of his proceedings, and had therefore taken to
+snubbing his old friend Wildney, in whose favour Eric seemed to have an
+infatuation, and who was the means of involving him in every kind of
+impropriety and mischief. So that night Duncan, hearing of what was
+intended, sat in the next study, and Eric, with Ball, Wildney, Graham,
+and Pietrie, had the room to themselves. Several of them were lower
+boys still, but they came up to the studies after bed-time, according to
+Wildney's almost nightly custom.
+
+A little pebble struck the study window.
+
+"Hurrah!" said Wildney, clapping his hands, "here's the grub."
+
+They opened the window and looked out. Billy was there, and they let
+down to him a long piece of cord, to which he attached a basket, and,
+after bidding them "Good-night, and a merry drink," retired. No sooner
+had they shut the window, than he grimaced as usual towards them, and
+shook his fist in a sort of demoniacal exultation, muttering, "Oh, I'll
+have you all under my thumb yet, you fine young fools!"
+
+Meanwhile the unconscious boys had opened the basket, and spread its
+contents on the table. They were bread, butter, a large dish of
+sausages, a tart, beer, and, alas! a bottle of brandy.
+
+They soon got very noisy, and at last uproarious. The snatches of
+songs, peals of laughter, and rattle of plates at last grew so loud that
+the other study-boys were afraid lest one of the masters should come up
+and catch the revellers. All of them heard every word that was spoken
+by Eric and his party, as the walls between the rooms were very thin;
+and very objectionable much of the conversation was.
+
+"This _won't_ do," said Duncan emphatically, after a louder burst of
+merriment than usual; "those fellows are getting drunk; I can tell it to
+a certainty from the confused and random way, in which some of them are
+talking."
+
+"We'd better go in and speak to them," said Montagu; "at any rate,
+they've no right to disturb us all night. Will you come?"
+
+"I'll join you," said Owen; "though I'm afraid my presence won't do you
+much good."
+
+The three boys went to the door of Eric's study and their knock could
+not at first be heard for the noise. When they went in they found a
+scene of reckless disorder; books were scattered about, plates and
+glasses lay broken on the floor, beer was spilt on all sides, and there
+was an intolerable smell of brandy.
+
+"If you fellows don't take care," said Duncan sharply, "Rose or
+somebody'll be coming up and catching you. It's ten now."
+
+"What's that to you?" answered Graham, with an insolent look.
+
+"It's something to me that you nice young men have been making such a
+row that none of the rest of us can hear our own voices, and that
+between you you've made this study in such a mess that I can't endure
+it."
+
+"Pooh!" said Pietrie; "we're all getting such saints, that one can't
+have the least bit of spree nowadays."
+
+"Spree!" burst in Montagu indignantly; "fine spree--to make sots of
+yourselves with spirits; fine spree to--"
+
+"Amen!" said Wildney, who was perched on the back of a chair; and he
+turned up his eyes and clasped his hands with a mock-heroic air.
+
+"There, Williams," continued Montagu, pointing to the
+mischievous-looking little boy; "see that spectacle, and be ashamed of
+yourself, if you can. That's what you lead boys to! Are you anxious to
+become the teacher of drunkenness?"
+
+In truth, there was good ground for his sorrowful apostrophe, for the
+scene was very painful to a high-minded witness.
+
+They hardly understood the look on Eric's countenance; he had been
+taking far more than was good for him; his eyes sparkled fiercely, and
+though as yet he said nothing, he seemed to be resenting the intrusion
+in furious silence.
+
+"How much longer is this interesting lecture to last?" asked Ball, with
+his usual insufferable tone; "for I want to finish my brandy."
+
+Montagu rather looked as if he intended to give the speaker a box on the
+ear; but he was just deciding that he wasn't worth the trouble, when
+Wildney, who had been grimacing all the time, burst into a fit of
+satirical laughter.
+
+"Here, Wildney," said Graham; "just hand me _The Whole Duty of Man_, or
+something of that sort, from the shelf, will you? That's a brick."
+
+"Certainly. Let's see; Watts's Hymns; _I_ bag those for myself," said
+Wildney; "they'll just suit--"
+
+ "How doth the little--"
+
+"Let's turn out these impudent lower-school fellows," said Montagu,
+speaking to Duncan. "Here! you go first," he said, seizing Wildney by
+the arm, and giving him a swing, which, as he was by no means steady on
+his legs, brought him sprawling to the ground, and sent Watts's Hymns
+flying open-leaved under the table.
+
+"By Jove, I won't stand this any longer," shouted Eric, springing up
+ferociously. "What on earth do you mean by daring to come in like this?
+Do you hear?"
+
+Montagu took no sort of notice of his threatening gesture, for he was
+looking to see if Wildney was hurt, and finding he was not, proceeded to
+drag him out, struggling and kicking frantically.
+
+"Drop me, you fellow, drop me, I say. I won't go for you," cried
+Wildney, clinging tight to a chair. "Eric, why do you let him bully
+me?"
+
+"You let him go this minute," repeated Eric hoarsely.
+
+"I shall do no such thing. You don't know what you're about."
+
+"Don't I? Well then, take _that_, to show whether I do or no!" And
+suddenly leaning forward, he struck Montagu a violent back-handed blow
+on the mouth.
+
+Everybody saw it, everybody heard it; and it instantly astounded them
+into silence. That Montagu should have been so struck in public, and
+that by Eric--by a boy who had been his schoolfellow for three years
+now, and whose whole life seemed bound to him by so many associations;
+it was strange and sad indeed.
+
+Montagu sprang straight upright; for an instant he took one stride
+towards his striker with lifted hand and lightening eyes, while the
+blood started to his lips in consequence of the blow. But he stopped
+suddenly, and his hand fell to his side; by a strong effort of
+self-control he contrived to master himself; and sitting down quite
+quietly on a chair, he put his white handkerchief to his wounded mouth,
+and took it away stained with blood.
+
+No one spoke; and rising with quiet dignity, he went back into his study
+without a word.
+
+"Very well," said Duncan; "you may all do as you like; only I heartily
+hope now you will be caught. Come, Owen."
+
+"O Williams," said Owen, "you are changed indeed, to treat your best
+friend so."
+
+But Eric was excited with drink, and the slave of every evil passion at
+that moment. "Serve him right," he said; "what business has he to
+interfere with what I choose to do?"
+
+There was no more noise that night. Wildney and the rest slunk off
+ashamed and frightened, and Eric, leaving his candle flaring on the
+table, went down to his bedroom, where he was very sick. He had neither
+strength nor spirit to undress, and flung himself into bed just as he
+was. When they heard that he was gone, Owen and Duncan (for Montagu was
+silent and melancholy) went into his study, put out the candle, and only
+just cleared away, to the best of their power, the traces of the
+carouse, when Dr Rowlands came up stairs on his usual nightly rounds.
+They had been lighting brown paper to take away the fumes of the brandy,
+and the Doctor asked them casually the cause of the smell of burning.
+Neither of them answered, and seeing Owen there, in whom he placed
+implicit trust, the Doctor thought no more about it.
+
+Eric awoke with a bad headache, and a sense of shame and sickness. When
+he got up he felt most wretched; and while washing he thought to
+himself, "Ah! that I could thus wash away the memory of last night!" Of
+course, after what had occurred, Eric and Montagu were no longer on
+speaking terms, and miserable as poor Eric felt when he saw how his blow
+had bruised and disfigured his friend's face, he made no advances. He
+longed, indeed, from his inmost heart, to be reconciled to him; but
+feeling that he had done grievous wrong, he dreaded a repulse, and his
+pride would not suffer him to run the risk. So he pretended to feel no
+regret, and, supported by his late boon companions, represented the
+matter as occurring in the defence of Wildney, whom Montagu was
+bullying.
+
+Montagu, too, was very miserable; but he felt that, although ready to
+forgive Eric, he could not, in common self-respect, take the first step
+to a reconciliation; indeed, he rightly thought that it was not for
+Eric's good that he should do so.
+
+"You and Williams appear never to speak to each other now," said Mr
+Rose. "I am sorry for it, Monty; I think you are the only boy who has
+any influence over him."
+
+"I fear you are mistaken, sir, in that. Little Wildney has much more."
+
+"Wildney?" asked Mr Rose, in sorrowful surprise. "Wildney more
+influence than _you_?"
+
+"Yes, sir."
+
+"Ah, that our poor Edwin had lived!"
+
+So, with a sigh, Walter Rose and Harry Montagu buried their friendship
+for Eric until happier days.
+
+
+
+VOLUME TWO, CHAPTER SIX.
+
+ERIC AND MONTAGU.
+
+ And constancy lives in realms above;
+ And life is thorny; and youth is vain;
+ And to be wroth with one we love
+ Doth work like madness in the brain.
+
+ Each spoke words of high disdain,
+ And insult to his heart's best brother.
+ _Coleridge's Christabel_.
+
+Wright had not forgotten Montagu's advice, and had endeavoured to get
+the names of boys who weren't afraid to scout publicly the disgrace of
+cheating in form. But he could only get one name promised him--the name
+of Vernon Williams; and feeling how little could be gained by using it,
+he determined to spare Vernon the trial, and speak, if he spoke at all,
+on his own responsibility.
+
+As usual, the cribbing at the next weekly examination was well-nigh
+universal, and when Mr Gordon went out to fetch something he had
+forgotten, merely saying, "I trust to your honour not to abuse my
+absence," books and papers were immediately pulled out with the coolest
+and most unblushing indifference.
+
+This was the time for Wright to deliver his conscience; he had counted
+the cost, and, rightly or wrongly, considering it to be his duty, he had
+decided that speak he would. He well knew that his interference would
+be attributed to jealousy, meanness, sneaking, and every kind of wrong
+motive, since he was himself one of the greatest sufferers from the
+prevalent dishonesty; but still he had come to the conclusion that he
+_ought_ not to draw back, and therefore he bravely determined that he
+would make his protest, whatever happened.
+
+So, very nervously, he rose and said, "I want to tell you all that I
+think this cheating very wrong and blackguardly. I don't mind losing by
+it myself; but if Vernon Williams loses the prize in the lower-fourth,
+and any one gets it by copying, I've made up my mind to tell Gordon."
+
+His voice trembled a little at first, but he spoke fast, and acquired
+firmness as he went on. Absolute astonishment and curiosity had held
+the boys silent with amazement, but by the end of this sentence they had
+recovered themselves, and a perfect burst of derision and indignation
+followed.
+
+"Let's see if _that'll_ cut short his oration," said Wildney, throwing a
+book at his head, which was instantly followed by others from all
+quarters.
+
+"My word! we've had nothing but lectures lately," said Booking. "Horrid
+little Owenite saint."
+
+"Saint!--sneak, you mean. I'll teach him," growled Pietrie, and jumping
+up, he belaboured Wright's head with the Latin Grammar out of which he
+had just been cribbing.
+
+The whole room was in confusion and hubbub, during which Wright sat
+stock-still, quietly enduring without bowing to the storm.
+
+Only one boy sympathised with him, but he did so deeply--poor little
+penitent Vernon. He felt his position hard because Wright had alluded
+so prominently to him, and he knew how much he must be misconstrued but
+he had his brother's spirit, and would not shrink. Amid the tumult he
+got up in his seat, and they heard his pleasant childish voice saying
+boldly, "I hope Wright won't tell; but he's the best fellow in the room,
+and cribbing _is_ a shame, as he says."
+
+What notice would have been taken of this speech is doubtful, for at the
+critical moment Mr Gordon reappeared, and the whispered cave caused
+instantaneous quiet.
+
+Poor Wright awaited with some dread the end of school; and many an angry
+kick and blow he got, though he disarmed malice by the spirit and
+heroism with which he endured them. The news of his impudence spread
+like wildfire, and not five boys in the school approved of what he had
+done, while most of them were furious at his ill-judged threat of
+informing Mr Gordon. There was a general agreement to thrash him after
+roll-call that afternoon.
+
+Eric had lately taken a violent dislike to Wright, though he had been
+fond of him in better days. He used to denounce him as a disagreeable
+and pragmatical little muff, and was as loud as any of them in
+condemning his announced determination to "sneak." Had he known that
+Wright had acted under Montagu's well-meant, though rather mistaken
+advice, he might have abstained from having anything more to do with the
+matter, but now he promised to kick Wright himself after the four
+o'clock bell.
+
+Four o'clock came; the names were called; the master left the room.
+Wright, who perfectly knew what was threatened, stood there pale but
+fearless. His indifferent look was an additional annoyance to Eric, who
+walked up to him carelessly, and boxing his ears, though without hurting
+him, said contemptuously, "Conceited little sneak."
+
+Montagu had been told of the intended kicking, and had determined even
+single-handed to prevent it. He did _not_, however, expect that Eric
+would have taken part in it, and was therefore unprepared. The colour
+rushed into his cheeks; he went up, took Wright quietly by the hand, and
+said with firm determination, "No one in the school shall touch Wright
+again."
+
+"What? no one! just hark to that," said Graham; "I suppose he thinks
+himself cock of the school."
+
+Eric quite misunderstood Montagu's proceeding; he took it for a public
+challenge. All the Rowlandites were round, and to yield would have
+looked like cowardice. Above all, his evil genius Wildney was by, and
+said, "How very nice! I say, Eric, you and I will have to get _The
+Whole Duty of Man_ again."
+
+A threatening circle had formed round Montagu, but his closed lips and
+flushing brow and dilated nostrils betrayed a spirit which made them
+waver, and his noble face glowed with a yet nobler expression in the
+consciousness of an honourable cause, as he quietly repeated, "No one
+shall touch you, Wright."
+
+"They _will_, though," said Eric instantly; "_I_ will, for one, and I
+should like to see you prevent me." And so saying he gave Wright
+another slight blow.
+
+Montagu dropped Wright's hand, and said slowly, "Eric Williams, I have
+taken one unexpected blow from you without a word, and bear the marks of
+it yet. It is time to show that it was _not_ through cowardice that I
+did not return it. Will you fight?"
+
+The answer was not prompt by any means, though every one in the school
+knew that Eric was not afraid. So sure was he of this, that, for the
+sake of "auld lang syne," he would probably have declined to fight with
+Montagu had it been left to his own impulses.
+
+"I have been in the wrong, Montagu, more than once," he answered
+falteringly, "and we have been friends--"
+
+But it was the object of many of the worst boys that the two should
+fight--not only that they might see the fun, but that Montagu's
+authority, which stood in their way, might be flung aside. So Booking
+whispered in an audible voice--
+
+"Faith! he's showing the white feather."
+
+"You're a liar!" flung in Eric; and turning to Montagu, he said, "There!
+I'll fight you this moment."
+
+Instantly they had stripped off their coats and prepared for action. A
+ring of excited boys crowded round them. Fellows of sixteen, like
+Montagu and Eric, rarely fight, because their battles have usually been
+decided in their earlier schooldays; and it was also but seldom that two
+boys so strong, active, and prominent (above all, so high in the school)
+took this method of settling their differences.
+
+The fight began, and at first the popular favour was entirely on the
+side of Eric, while Montagu found few or none to back him. But he
+fought with a fire and courage which soon won applause; and as Eric, on
+the other hand, was random and spiritless, the cry was soon pretty
+fairly divided between them.
+
+After a sharp round they paused for breath, and Owen, who had been a
+silent and disgusted spectator of such a combat between boys of such
+high standing, said with much feeling--
+
+"This is not a very creditable affair, Montagu."
+
+"It is necessary," was Montagu's laconic reply. Among other boys who
+had left the room before the fracas had taken place was Vernon Williams,
+who shrank away to avoid the pain of seeing his new friend Wright
+bullied and tormented. But curiosity soon took him back, and he came in
+just as the second round began. At first he only saw a crowd of boys in
+the middle of the room, but jumping on a desk, he had a full view of
+what was going on.
+
+There was a tremendous hubbub of voices, and Eric, now thoroughly roused
+by the remarks he overheard, and especially by Wildney's whisper that
+"he was letting himself be licked," was exerting himself with more
+vigour and effect. It was anything but a pleasant sight; the faces of
+the combatants were streaked with blood and sweat, and as the miserable
+gang of lower-school boys backed them on with eager shouts of--"Now
+Eric, now Eric." "Now Montagu, go it sixth-form," etcetera, both of
+them fought under a sense of deep disgrace, increased by the
+recollections which they shared in common.
+
+All this Vernon marked in a moment, and, filled with pain and vexation,
+he said in a voice which, though low, could be heard amid all the
+uproar, "O Eric, Eric, fighting with Montagu!" There was reproach and
+sorrow in the tone, which touched more than one boy there, for Vernon,
+spite of the recent change in him, could not but continue a popular
+favourite.
+
+"Shut up there, you little donkey," shouted one or two, looking back at
+him for a moment.
+
+But Eric heard the words, and knew that it was his brother's voice. The
+thought rushed on him how degraded his whole position was, and how
+different it might have been. He felt that he was utterly in the wrong,
+and Montagu altogether in the right; and from that moment his blows once
+more grew feeble and ill-directed. When they again stopped to take
+rest, the general shout for Montagu showed that he was considered to
+have the best of it.
+
+"I'm getting so tired of this," muttered Eric, during the pause.
+
+"Why, you're fighting like a regular muff," said Graham; "you'll have to
+acknowledge yourself thrashed in a minute."
+
+"That I'll _never_ do," he said, once more firing up. Just as the third
+round began, Duncan came striding in, for Owen, who had left the room,
+told him what was going on. He had always been a leading fellow, and
+quite recently his influence had several times been exerted in the right
+direction, and he was very much looked up to by all the boys alike, good
+or bad. He determined, for the credit of the sixth, that the fight
+should not go on, and bursting into the ring, with his strong shoulders
+he hurled on each side the boys who stood in his way, and struck down
+the lifted arms of the fighters.
+
+"You _shan't_ fight," he said doggedly, thrusting himself between them;
+"so there's an end of it. If you do, you'll both have to fight me
+first."
+
+"Shame!" said several of the boys, and the cry was caught up by Ball and
+others.
+
+"Shame, is it?" said Duncan, and his lip curled with scorn. "There's
+only one way to argue with you fellows. Ball, if you or any other boy
+repeat that word, I'll thrash him. Here, Monty, come away from this
+disgraceful scene."
+
+"I'm sick enough of it," said Montagu, "and am ready to stop if Williams
+is,--provided no one touches Wright."
+
+"I'm sick of it too," said Eric sullenly.
+
+"Then you two shall shake hands," said Duncan.
+
+For one instant--an instant which he regretted till the end of his
+life--Montagu drew himself up and hesitated. He had been deeply
+wronged, deeply provoked, and no one could blame him for the momentary
+feeling; but Eric had observed the gesture, and his passionate pride
+took the alarm. "It's come to this then," he thought; "Montagu doesn't
+think me good enough to be shaken hands with."
+
+"Pish!" he said aloud, in a tone of sarcasm; "it may be an awful honour
+to shake hands with such an immaculate person as Montagu, but I'm not
+proud on the subject," and he turned away.
+
+Montagu's hesitation was but momentary, and without a particle of anger
+or indignation he sorrowfully held out his hand. It was too late; that
+moment had done the mischief, and it was now Eric's turn coldly to
+withdraw.
+
+"You don't think me worthy of your friendship, and what's the good of
+grasping hands if we don't do it with cordial hearts?"
+
+Montagu's lip trembled, but he said nothing, and quietly putting on his
+coat, motioned back the throng of boys with a sweep of his arm, and left
+the room with Duncan.
+
+"Come along, Wright," he said.
+
+"Nay, leave him," said Eric, with a touch of remorse. "Much as you
+think me beneath you, I have honour enough to see that no one hurts
+him."
+
+The group of boys gradually dispersed, but one or two remained with
+Eric, although he was excessively wearied by their observations.
+
+"You didn't fight half like yourself," said Wildney.
+
+"Can't you tell why? I had the wrong side to fight for." And getting
+up abruptly, he left the room, to be alone in his study, and bathe his
+swollen and aching face.
+
+In a few minutes Vernon joined him, and at the mere sight of him Eric
+turned away in shame. That evening with Vernon in the study, after the
+dinner at "The Jolly Herring," had revived all his really warm affection
+for his little brother; and as he could no longer conceal the line he
+took in the school, they had been often together since then; and Eric's
+moral obliquity was not so great as to prevent him from feeling--deep
+joy at the change for the better in Vernon's character.
+
+"Verny, Verny," he said, as the boy came up and affectionately took his
+hand, "it was you that lost me that fight."
+
+"Oh, but, Eric, you were fighting with Montagu. Don't you remember the
+days, Eric," he continued, "when we were home-boarders, and how kind
+Monty used to be to me even then, and how mother liked him, and thought
+him quite your truest friend, except poor Russell?"
+
+"I do indeed. I didn't think then that it would come to this."
+
+"I've always been _so_ sorry," said Vernon, "that I joined the fellows
+in playing him tricks. I can't think how I came to do it, except that
+I've done such lots of bad things here. But he's forgiven and forgotten
+that long ago, and is very kind to me now."
+
+It was true; but Eric didn't know that half the kindness which Montagu
+showed to his brother was shown solely for _his_ sake.
+
+"Do you know, I've thought of a plan for making you two friends again?
+I've written to Aunt Trevor to ask him to Fairholm with us next
+holidays."
+
+"Oh, have you? Good Verny! Yes; _there_ we might be friends. Perhaps
+there," he added, half to himself, "I might be more like what I was in
+better days."
+
+"But it's a long time to look forward to. Easter hasn't come yet," said
+Vernon.
+
+So the two young boys proposed; but God had disposed it otherwise.
+
+
+
+VOLUME TWO, CHAPTER SEVEN.
+
+THE PIGEONS.
+
+ Et motae ad Lunam trepidabis arundinis umbram. _Juvenal_ x. 21.
+
+"How awfully dull it is, Charlie," said Eric, a few weeks before Easter,
+as he sat with Wildney in his study one holiday afternoon.
+
+"Yes; too late for football, too early for cricket." And Wildney
+stretched himself and yawned.
+
+"I suppose this is what they call ennui," said Eric again, after a
+pause. "What's to be done, Sunbeam?"
+
+"You _shan't_ call me that, Eric the fair-haired; you _shan't_ call me
+that, so there's an end of it," said Wildney, hitting him on the arm.
+
+"Hush, Charlie, don't call _me_ that either; it is a name that--never
+mind; only don't--that's a good fellow."
+
+"By the bye, Eric, I've just remembered to-morrow's my birthday, and
+I've got a parcel coming this afternoon full of grub from home. Let's
+go and see if it's come."
+
+"Capital! We will."
+
+So Eric and Wildney started off to the coach-office, where they found
+the hamper, and ordered it to be brought at once to the school, and
+carried up to Eric's study.
+
+On opening it they found it rich in dainties, among which were a pair of
+fowls and a large plum-cake.
+
+"Hurrah!" said Wildney; "you were talking of nothing to do; I vote we
+have a carouse to-morrow."
+
+"Very well; only let's have it _before_ prayers, because we so nearly
+got caught last time."
+
+"Ay, and let it be in one of the classrooms, Eric; not up here, lest we
+have another incursion of the `Rosebuds.' I shall have to cut
+preparation, but that don't matter. It's Harley's night, and old Stupid
+will never twig."
+
+"Well, whom shall we ask?" said Eric.
+
+"Old Llewellyn for one," said Wildney. "We haven't seen him for an age,
+and he's getting too lazy even for a bit of fun."
+
+"Good; and Graham?" suggested Eric. He and Wildney regarded their
+possessions so much as common property, that he hadn't the least
+delicacy in mentioning the boys whom he wanted to invite.
+
+"Yes; Graham's a jolly bird; and Ball?"
+
+"I've no objection; and Pietrie?"
+
+"Well; and your brother Vernon?"
+
+"No!" said Eric emphatically. "At any rate I won't lead _him_ into
+mischief any more."
+
+"Attlay, then; and what do you say to Booking?"
+
+"No, again," said Eric; "he's a blackguard."
+
+"I wonder you haven't mentioned Duncan," said Wildney.
+
+"Duncan! why, my good fellow, you might as well ask Owen, or even old
+Rose at once. Bless you, Charlie, he's a great deal too correct to come
+now."
+
+"Well; we've got six already, that's quite enough."
+
+"Yes; but two fowls isn't enough for six hungry boys."
+
+"No, it isn't," said Wildney. He thought a little, and then, clapping
+his hands, danced about, and said, "Are you game for a _regular_ lark,
+Eric?"
+
+"Yes; anything to make it less dull. I declare. I've very nearly been
+taking to work again to fill up the time."
+
+Eric often talked now of work in this slighting way, partly as an excuse
+for the low places in form, to which he was gradually sinking.
+Everybody knew that had he properly exerted his abilities he was capable
+of beating almost any boy; so, to quiet his conscience, he professed to
+ridicule diligence as an unboyish piece of muffishness, and was never
+slow to sneer at the "grinders," as he contemptuously called all those
+who laid themselves out to win school distinctions.
+
+"Ha, ha!" said Wildney, "that's rather good! No, Eric, it's too late
+for you to turn `grinder' now. I might as well think of doing it myself
+and I've never been higher than five from lag in my form yet."
+
+"Haven't you? But what's the regular lark you hinted at?"
+
+"First of all, I hope you won't think the _lark_ less larky because it's
+connected with _pigeons_," said Wildney.
+
+"Ridiculous little Sphinx! What do you mean?"
+
+"Why, we'll go and seize the Gordonites' pigeons, and make another dish
+of them."
+
+"Seize the Gordonites' pigeons! Why, when do you mean?"
+
+"To-night."
+
+Eric gave a long whistle. "But wouldn't it be stea--stea--?"
+
+"Stealing?" said Wildney, with a loud laugh. "Pooh! `_convey_ the wise
+it call.'"
+
+But Eric still looked serious. "Why, my dear old boy," continued
+Wildney, "the Gordonites'll be the first to laugh at the trick when we
+tell them of it next morning, as of course we will do. There, now,
+don't look grumpy. I shall cut away and arrange it with Graham, and
+tell you the whole dodge ready prepared to-night at bed-time."
+
+After lights were put out, Wildney came up to the study according to
+promise, and threw out hints about the proposed plan. He didn't tell it
+plainly, because Duncan was there, but Duncan caught quite enough to
+guess that some night excursion was intended, and said, when Wildney had
+gone--
+
+"Take my advice, and have nothing to do with this, Eric."
+
+Eric had grown very touchy lately about advice, particularly from any
+fellow of his own standing; and after the checks he had recently
+received, a coolness had sprung up between him and nearly all the
+study-boys, which made him more than ever inclined to assert his
+independence, and defy and thwart them in every way.
+
+"Keep your advice to yourself; Duncan, till it's asked for," he answered
+roughly. "You've done nothing but _advise_ lately, and I'm rather sick
+of it."
+
+"Comme vous voulez," replied Duncan, with a shrug. "Gang your own gait;
+I'll have nothing more to do with trying to stop you since you _will_
+ruin yourself."
+
+Nothing more was said in the study that evening, and when Eric went down
+he didn't even bid Duncan good-night.
+
+"Charlie," he said, as he stole on tiptoe into Wildney's dormitory.
+
+"Hush!" whispered Wildney, "the other fellows are asleep. Come and sit
+by my bedside, and I'll tell you what we are going to do."
+
+Eric went and sat by him, and he sat up in his bed. "First of all,
+_you're_ to keep awake till twelve to-night," he whispered; "old
+Rowley'll have gone round by that time, and it'll be all safe. Then
+come and awake me again, and I'll watch till one, Pietrie till two, and
+Graham till three. Then Graham'll awake us all, and we'll dress."
+
+"Very well. But how will you get the key of the lavatory?"
+
+"Oh, I'll manage that," said Wildney, chuckling. "But come again and
+awake me at twelve, will you?"
+
+Eric went to his room and lay down, but he didn't take off his clothes,
+for fear he should go to sleep. Dr Rowlands came round as usual at
+eleven, and then Eric closed his eyes for a few minutes, till the
+head-master had disappeared. After that he lay awake thinking for an
+hour, but his thoughts weren't very pleasant.
+
+At twelve he went and awoke Wildney.
+
+"I don't feel very sleepy. Shall I sit with you for your hour,
+Charlie?"
+
+"Oh, do! I should like it of all things. But douse the glim there; we
+shan't want it, and it might give the alarm."
+
+"All right."
+
+So Eric went and sat by his dangerous little friend, and they talked in
+low voices until they heard the great school-clock strike one. They
+then woke Pietrie, and Eric went off to bed again.
+
+At three Graham awoke him, and dressing hastily, he joined the others in
+the lavatory.
+
+"Now I'm going to get the key," said Wildney, "and mean to feel very
+poorly for the purpose."
+
+Laughing quietly, he went up to the door of Mr Harley's bedroom, which
+opened out of the lavatory, and knocked.
+
+No answer.
+
+He knocked a little louder.
+
+Still no answer.
+
+Louder still.
+
+"Bother the fellow," said Wildney; "he sleeps like a grampus. Won't one
+of you try to wake him?"
+
+"No," said Graham; "'tain't dignified."
+
+"Well, I must try again." But it seemed no use knocking, and Wildney at
+last, in a fit of impatience, thumped a regular tattoo on the bedroom
+door.
+
+"Who's there?" said the startled voice of Mr Harley.
+
+"Only me, sir!" answered Wildney, in a mild and innocent way.
+
+"What do you want?"
+
+"Please, sir, I want the key of the lavatory. I want to see the doctor.
+I'm indisposed," said Wildney again, in a tone of such disciplined
+suavity, that the others shook with laughing.
+
+Mr Harley opened the door about an inch, and peered out suspiciously.
+
+"Oh, well, you must go and awake Mr Rose. I don't happen to have the
+key to-night." And so saying, he shut the door.
+
+"Phew! Here's a go!" said Wildney, recovering immediately. "It'll
+never do to awake old Rose. He'd smell a rat in no time."
+
+"I have it," said Pietrie. "I've got an old nail, with which I believe
+I can open the lock quite simply. Let's try."
+
+"Quietly and quick, then," said Eric.
+
+In ten minutes he had silently shot back the lock with the old nail, and
+the boys were on the landing.
+
+They carried their shoes in their hands, ran noiselessly down stairs,
+and went to the same window at which Eric and Wildney had got out
+before. Wildney had taken care beforehand to break the pane and move
+away the glass, so they had only to loosen the bar and slip through one
+by one.
+
+It was cold and very dark, and as on the March morning they stood out in
+the playground, all four would rather have been safely and harmlessly in
+bed. But the novelty and the excitement of the enterprise bore them up,
+and they started off quickly for the house at which Mr Gordon and his
+pupils lived, which was about half a mile from the school. They went
+arm in arm to assure each other a little, for at first in their fright
+they were inclined to take every post and tree for a man in ambush, and
+to hear a recalling voice in every sound of cold wind and murmuring
+wave.
+
+Not far from Mr Gordon's was a carpenter's shop, and outside of this
+there was generally a ladder standing. They had arranged to carry this
+ladder with them (as it was only a short one), climb the low garden-wall
+with it, and then place it against the house, immediately under the
+dovecot which hung by the first-story windows. Wildney, as the lightest
+of the four, was to take the birds, while the others held the ladder.
+
+Slanting it so that it should be as far from the side of the window as
+possible, Wildney ascended and thrust both hands into the cot. He
+succeeded in seizing a pigeon with each hand, but in doing so threw the
+other birds into a state of such alarm that they fluttered about in the
+wildest manner, and the moment his hands were withdrawn, flew out with a
+great flapping of hurried wings.
+
+The noise they made alarmed the plunderer, and he hurried down the
+ladder as fast as he could. He handed the pigeons to the others, who
+instantly wrung their necks.
+
+"I'm nearly sure I heard somebody stir," said Wildney; "we haven't been
+half quiet enough. Here! let's crouch down in this corner."
+
+All four shrank up as close to the wall as they could, and held their
+breath. Someone was certainly stirring, and at last they heard the
+window open.
+
+A head was thrust out, and Mr Gordon's voice asked sternly--
+
+"Who's there?"
+
+He seemed at once to have caught sight of the ladder, and made an
+endeavour to reach it; but though he stretched out his arm at full
+length he could not manage to do so.
+
+"We must cut for it," said Eric; "it's quite too dark for him to see who
+we are, or even to notice that we are boys."
+
+They moved the ladder to the wall, and sprang over, one after the other,
+as fast as they could. Eric was last, and just as he got on the top of
+the wall he heard the back door open, and some one run out into the
+yard.
+
+"Run for your lives," said Eric hurriedly; "it's Gordon, and he's
+raising the alarm."
+
+They heard footsteps following them, and an occasional shout of
+"Thieves! thieves!"
+
+"We must separate and run different ways, or we've no chance of escape.
+We'd better turn towards the town to put them off the right scent," said
+Eric again.
+
+"Don't leave me," pleaded Wildney; "you know I can't run very fast."
+
+"No, Charlie, I won't," and grasping his hand, Eric hurried him over the
+stile and through the fields as fast as he could, while Pietrie and
+Graham took the opposite direction.
+
+Some one (they did not know who it was, but suspected it to be Mr
+Gordon's servant-man) was running after them, and they could distinctly
+hear his footsteps, which seemed to be half a field distant. He carried
+a light and they heard him panting. They were themselves tired, and in
+the utmost trepidation; the usually courageous Wildney was trembling all
+over, and his fear communicated itself to Eric. Horrible visions of a
+trial for burglary, imprisonment in the castle jail, and perhaps
+transportation, presented themselves to their excited imaginations, as
+the sound of the footsteps came nearer and nearer; "I can't run any
+farther, Eric," said Wildney. "What shall we do? don't leave me, for
+Heaven's sake."
+
+"Not I, Charlie. We must hide the minute we get t'other side of this
+hedge."
+
+They scrambled over the gate, and plunged into the thickest part of a
+plantation close by, lying down on the ground behind some bushes, and
+keeping as still as they possibly could, taking care to cover over their
+white collars.
+
+The pursuer reached the gate, and no longer hearing footsteps in front
+of him, he paused. He went a little distance up the hedge on both
+sides, and held up his light, but did not detect the cowering boys, and
+at last giving up the search in despair, went slowly home. They heard
+him plodding back over the field, and it was not until the sound of his
+footsteps had died away, that Eric cautiously broke cover, and looked
+over the hedge. He saw the man's light gradually getting more distant,
+and said, "All right now, Charlie. We must make the best of our way
+home."
+
+"Are you sure he's gone?" said Wildney, who had not yet recovered from
+his fright.
+
+"Quite; come along. I only hope Pietrie and Graham ain't caught."
+
+They got back about half-past four, and climbed in unheard and
+undetected through the window pane. They then stole upstairs with
+beating hearts, and sate in Eric's room to wait for the other two. To
+their great relief they heard them enter the lavatory about ten minutes
+after.
+
+"Were you twigged?" asked Wildney eagerly.
+
+"No," said Graham; precious near it though. Old Gordon and some men
+were after us, but at last we doubled rather neatly, and escaped them.
+It's all serene, and we shan't be caught. But it's a precious long time
+before I run such a risk again for a brace of rubbishing pigeons.
+
+"Well, we'd best to bed now," said Eric; "and to my thinking, we should
+be wise to keep a quiet tongue in our heads about this affair."
+
+"Yes, we had better tell _no one_." They agreed, and went off to bed
+again. So, next morning, they all four got up quite as if nothing had
+happened, and made no allusion to the preceding night, although they
+could not help chuckling inwardly a little when the Gordonites came to
+morning school, brimful of a story about their house having been
+attacked in the night by thieves, who after bagging some pigeons, had
+been chevied by Gordon and the servants. Wildney professed immense
+interest in the incident, and asked many questions, which showed that
+there was not a shadow of suspicion in any one's mind as to the real
+culprits.
+
+Carter, the school-servant, didn't seem to have noticed that the
+lavatory door was unlocked, and Mr Harley never alluded again to his
+disturbance in the night. So the theft of the pigeons remained
+undiscovered, and remains so till this day. If any old Roslyn boy reads
+this veracious history, he will doubtless be astounded to hear that the
+burglars on that memorable night were Eric, Pietrie, Graham, and
+Wildney.
+
+
+
+VOLUME TWO, CHAPTER EIGHT.
+
+SOWING THE WIND.
+
+ Praepediuntur
+ Crura vacillanti, tardescit lingua, madet mens,
+ Nant oculi.
+ _Lucretius_, Three, 417.
+
+Next evening when preparation began, Pietrie and Graham got everything
+ready for the carouse in their classroom. Wildney, relying on the
+chance of names not being called over (which was only done in case any
+one's absence was observed), had absented himself altogether from the
+boarders' room, and helped busily to spread the table for the banquet.
+The cook had roasted for them the fowls and pigeons, and Billy had
+brought an ample supply of beer and some brandy for the occasion. A
+little before eight o'clock everything was ready, and Eric, Attlay, and
+Llewellyn were summoned to join the rest.
+
+The fowls, pigeons, and beer had soon vanished, and the boys were in the
+highest spirits. Eric's reckless gaiety was kindled by Wildney's
+frolicsome vivacity and Graham's sparkling wit; they were all six in a
+roar of perpetual laughter at some fresh sally of fun elicited by the
+more phlegmatic natures of Attlay or Llewellyn, and the dainties of
+Wildney's parcel were accompanied by draughts of brandy and water, which
+were sometimes exchanged for potations of the raw liquor. It was not
+the first time, be it remembered, that the members of that young party
+had been present at similar scenes, and even the scoundrel Billy was
+astonished, and occasionally alarmed, at the quantities of spirits and
+other inebriating drinks that of late had found their way to the
+studies. The disgraceful and deadly habit of tippling had already told
+physically on both Eric and Wildney. The former felt painfully that he
+was losing his clear-headedness, and that his intellectual tastes were
+getting not only blunted but destroyed; and while he perceived in
+himself the terrible effects of his sinful indulgence, he saw them still
+more indisputably in the gradual coarseness which seemed to be
+spreading, like a grey lichen, over the countenance, the mind, and the
+manners of his younger companion. Sometimes the vision of a Nemesis
+breaking in fire out of his darkened future, terrified his guilty
+conscience in the watches of the night; and the conviction of some
+fearful Erinnys, some discovery dawning out of the night of his
+undetected sins, made his heart beat fast with agony and fear. But he
+fancied it too late to repent. He strangled the half-formed resolutions
+as they rose, and trusted to the time when, by leaving school, he should
+escape, as he idly supposed, the temptations to which he had yielded.
+Meanwhile, the friends who would have rescued him had been alienated by
+his follies, and the principles which might have preserved him had been
+eradicated by his guilt. He had long flung away the shield of prayer
+and the helmet of holiness, and the sword of the Spirit, which is the
+word of God; and now, unarmed and helpless, Eric stood alone, a mark for
+the fiery arrows of his enemies, while, through the weakened inlet of
+every corrupted sense, temptation rushed in upon him perpetually and
+unawares.
+
+As the classroom they had selected was in a remote part of the building,
+there was little immediate chance of detection. So the laughter of the
+party grew louder and sillier; the talk more foolish and random; the
+merriment more noisy and meaningless. But still most of them mingled
+some sense of caution with their enjoyment, and warned Eric and Wildney
+more than once that they must look out, and not take too much that night
+for fear of being caught. But it was Wildney's birthday, and Eric's
+boyish mirth, suppressed by his recent troubles, was blazing out
+unrestrained. In the riot of their feasting the caution had been
+utterly neglected, and the two boys were far from being sober when the
+sound of the prayer-bell ringing through the great hall startled them
+into momentary consciousness.
+
+"Good heavens!" shouted Graham, springing up; "there's the prayer-bell;
+I'd no notion it was so late. Here, let's shove these brandy bottles
+and things into the cupboards and drawers, and then we must run down."
+
+There was no time to lose. The least muddled of the party had cleared
+the room in a moment, and then addressed themselves to the more
+difficult task of trying to quiet Eric and Wildney, and conduct them
+steadily into the prayer-room.
+
+Wildney's seat was near the door, so there was little difficulty in
+getting him to his place comparatively unobserved. Llewellyn took him
+by the arm, and after a little stumbling helped him safely to his seat,
+where he assumed a look of preternatural gravity. But Eric sat near the
+head of the first table, not far from Dr Rowlands's desk, and none of
+the others had to go to that part of the room. Graham grasped his arm
+tight, led him carefully down stairs, and, as they were reaching the
+door, said to him, in a most earnest and imploring tone--
+
+"Do try and walk sensibly to your place, Eric, or we shall all be
+caught."
+
+It was rather late when they got down. Everybody was quietly seated,
+and most of the Bibles were already open, although the Doctor had not
+yet come in. Consequently, the room was still, and the entrance of
+Graham and Eric after the rest attracted general notice. Eric had just
+sense enough to try and assume his ordinary manner; but he was too giddy
+with the fumes of drink to walk straight or act naturally.
+
+Vernon was sitting next to Wright, and stared at his brother with great
+eyes and open lips. He was not the only observer.
+
+"Wright," whispered he in a timid voice; "just see how Eric walks. What
+can be the matter with him? Good gracious, he must be ill!" he said,
+starting up, as Eric suddenly made a great stagger to one side, and
+nearly fell in the attempt to recover himself.
+
+Wright pulled the little boy down with a firm hand.
+
+"Hush!" he whispered; "take no notice; he's been drinking, Verny, and I
+fear he'll be caught."
+
+Vernon instantly sat down, and turned deadly pale. He thought, and he
+had hoped, that since the day at "The Jolly Herring" his brother had
+abandoned all such practices, for Eric had been most careful to conceal
+from him the worst of his failings. And now he trembled violently with
+fear for his discovery, and horror at his disgraceful condition.
+
+The sound of Eric's unsteady footsteps had made Mr Rose quickly raise
+his head; but at the same moment Duncan hastily made room for the boy on
+the seat beside him, and held out his hand to assist him. It was not
+Eric's proper place; but Mr Rose, after one long glance of
+astonishment, looked down at his book again, and said nothing.
+
+It made other hearts besides Vernon's ache to see the unhappy boy roll
+to his place in that helpless way.
+
+Dr Rowlands came in and prayers commenced.
+
+When they were finished, the names were called, and Eric, instead of
+quietly answering his "adsum," as he should have done, stood up, with a
+foolish look, and said, "Yes, sir." The head-master looked at him for a
+minute; the boy's glassy eyes and jocosely stupid appearance told an
+unmistakable tale; but Dr Rowlands only remarked, "Williams, you don't
+look well. You had better go at once to bed."
+
+It was hopeless for Eric to attempt getting along without help so Duncan
+at once got up, took him by the arm, and with much difficulty (for Eric
+staggered at every step) conducted him to his bedroom, where he left him
+without a word.
+
+Wildney's condition was also too evident; and Mr Rose, while walking up
+and down the dormitories, had no doubt left on his mind that both Eric
+and Wildney had been drinking. But he made no remarks to them, and
+merely went to the Doctor, to talk over the steps which were to be
+taken.
+
+"I shall summon the school," said Dr Rowlands, "on Monday, and by that
+time we will decide on the punishment. Expulsion, I fear, is the only
+course open to us."
+
+"Is not that a _very_ severe line to take?"
+
+"Perhaps; but the offence is of the worst character. I must consider
+the matter."
+
+"Poor Williams!" sighed Mr Rose, as he left the room.
+
+The whole of the miserable Sunday that followed was spent by Eric and
+his companions in vain inquiries and futile restlessness. It seemed
+clear that two of them at least were detected, and they were
+inexpressibly wretched with anxiety and suspense. Wildney, who had to
+stay in bed, was even more depressed; his head ached violently, and he
+was alone with his own terrified thoughts. He longed for the morrow,
+that at least he might have the poor consolation of knowing his fate.
+No one came near him all day. Eric wished to do so, but as he could not
+have visited the room without express leave, the rest dissuaded him from
+asking, lest he should excite further suspicion. His apparent neglect
+made poor Wildney even more unhappy, for Wildney loved Eric as much as
+it was possible for his volatile mind to love any one; and it seemed
+hard to be deserted in the moment of disgrace and sorrow by so close a
+friend.
+
+At school the next morning the various masters read out to their forms a
+notice from Dr Rowlands, that the whole school were to meet at ten in
+the great schoolroom. The object of the summons was pretty clearly
+understood; and few boys had any doubt that it had reference to the
+drinking on Saturday night. Still nothing had been _said_ on the
+subject as yet; and every guilty heart among those 250 boys beat fast
+lest _his_ sin too should have been discovered, and he should be called
+out for some public and heavy punishment.
+
+The hour arrived. The boys, thronging into the great schoolroom, took
+their places according to their respective forms. The masters in their
+caps and gowns were all seated on a small semicircular bench at the
+upper end of the room, and in the centre of them, before a small table,
+sate Dr Rowlands.
+
+The sound of whispering voices sank to a dead and painful hush. The
+blood was tingling consciously in many cheeks, and not even a breath
+could be heard in the deep expectation of that anxious and solemn
+moment.
+
+Dr Rowlands spread before him the list of the school, and said, "I
+shall first read out the names of the boys in the first-fifth and
+upper-fourth forms."
+
+This was done to ascertain formally whether the boys were present, on
+whose account the meeting was convened; and it at once told Eric and
+Wildney that _they_ were the boys to be punished, and that the others
+had escaped.
+
+The names were called over, and an attentive observer might have told,
+from the sound of the boys' voices as they answered, which of them were
+afflicted with a troubled conscience.
+
+Another slight pause and breathless hush.
+
+"Eric Williams and Charles Wildney, stand forward."
+
+The boys obeyed. From his place in the fifth, where he was sitting with
+his head propped on his hand, Eric rose and advanced; and Wildney, from
+the other end of the room, where the younger boys sat, getting up, came
+and stood by his side.
+
+Both of them fixed their eyes on the ground, whence they never once
+raised them; and in the deadly pallor of their haggard faces you could
+scarcely have recognised the joyous high-spirited friends, whose laugh
+and shout had often rung so merrily through the playground, and woke the
+echoes of the rocks along the shore. Every eye was on them, and they
+were conscious of it, though they could not see it--painfully conscious
+of it, so that they wished the very ground to yawn beneath their feet
+for the moment and swallow up their shame. Companionship in disgrace
+increased the suffering; had either of them been alone, he would have
+been less acutely sensible to the trying nature of his position; but
+that they, so different in their ages and position in the school, should
+thus have their friendship and the results of it blazoned, or rather
+branded, before their friends and enemies, added keenly to the misery
+they felt. So with eyes bent on the floor, Eric and Charlie awaited
+their sentence.
+
+"Williams and Wildney," said Dr Rowlands in a solemn voice, of which
+every articulation thrilled to the heart of every hearer, "you have been
+detected in a sin most disgraceful and most dangerous. On Saturday
+night you were both drinking, and you were guilty of such gross excess,
+that you were neither of you in a fit state to appear among your
+companions--least of all to appear among them at the hour of prayer. I
+shall not waste many words on an occasion like this; only I trust that
+those of your school-fellows who saw you staggering and rolling into the
+room on Saturday evening in a manner so unspeakably shameful and
+degrading, will learn from that melancholy sight the lesson which the
+Spartans taught their children by exhibiting a drunkard before them--the
+lesson of the brutalising and fearful character of this most ruinous
+vice. Eric Williams and Charles Wildney, your punishment will be public
+expulsion, for which you will prepare this very evening. I am unwilling
+that for a single day, either of you--especially the elder of you--
+should linger, so as possibly to contaminate others with the danger of
+so pernicious an example."
+
+Such a sentence was wholly unexpected; it took boys and masters equally
+by surprise. The announcement of it caused an uneasy sensation, which
+was evident to all present, though no one spoke a word; but Dr Rowlands
+took no notice of it, and only said to the culprits--
+
+"You may return to your seats."
+
+The two boys found their way back instinctively, they hardly knew how.
+They seemed confounded and thunderstruck by their sentence, and the
+painful accessories of its publicity. Eric leaned over the desk with
+his head resting on a book, too stunned even to think; and Wildney
+looked straight before him, with his eyes fixed in a stupid and
+unobservant stare.
+
+Form by form the school dispersed, and the moment he was liberated Eric
+sprang away from the boys, who would have spoken to him, and rushed
+wildly to his study, where he locked the door. In a moment, however, he
+re-opened it, for he heard Wildney's step, and, after admitting him,
+locked it once more.
+
+Without a word Wildney, who looked very pale, flung his arms round
+Eric's neck, and, unable to bear up any longer, burst into a flood of
+tears. Both of them felt relief in giving the reins to their sorrow,
+and silently satiating the anguish of their hearts.
+
+"Oh, my father! my father!" sobbed Wildney at length, "what will he say?
+He will disown me, I know; he is so stern always with me when he thinks
+I bring disgrace on him."
+
+Eric thought of Fairholm, and of his own far-distant parents, and of the
+pang which _his_ disgrace would cause their loving hearts; but he could
+say nothing, and only stroked Wildney's dark hair again and again with a
+soothing hand.
+
+They sat there long, hardly knowing how the time passed; Eric could not
+help thinking how very very different their relative positions might
+have been; how, while he might have been aiding and ennobling the young
+boy beside him, he had alternately led and followed him into wickedness
+and disgrace. His heart was full of misery and bitterness, and he felt
+almost indifferent to all the future, and weary of his life.
+
+A loud knocking at the door disturbed them. It was Carter, the
+school-servant.
+
+"You must pack up to go this evening, young gentlemen."
+
+"Oh no! no! no!" exclaimed Wildney; "I _cannot_ be sent away like this.
+It would break my father's heart. Eric, _do_ come and entreat Dr
+Rowlands to forgive us only this once."
+
+"Yes," said Eric, starting up with sudden energy; "he _shall_ forgive
+us--_you_ at any rate. I will not leave him till he does. Cheer up,
+Charlie, cheer up, and come along."
+
+Filled with an irresistible impulse, he pushed Carter aside, and sprang
+down stairs three steps at a time, with Wildney following him. They
+went straight for the Doctor's study, and without waiting for the answer
+to their knock at the door, Eric walked up to Dr Rowlands, who sate
+thinking in his arm-chair by the fire, and burst out passionately, "Oh,
+sir, forgive us, forgive us this once."
+
+The Doctor was completely taken by surprise, so sudden was the
+intrusion, and so intense was the boy's manner. He remained silent a
+moment from astonishment, and then said with asperity--
+
+"Your offence is one of the most dangerous possible. There could be no
+more perilous example for the school, than the one you have been
+setting, Williams. Leave the room," he added with an authoritative
+gesture; "my mind is made up."
+
+But Eric was too excited to be overawed by the master's manner; an
+imperious passion blinded him to all ordinary considerations, and,
+heedless of the command, he broke out again--
+
+"Oh, sir, try me but once, _only_ try me. I promise you most faithfully
+that I will never again commit the sin. Oh, sir, do, do trust me, and I
+will be responsible for Wildney too."
+
+Dr Rowlands, seeing that in Eric's present mood he must and would be
+heard, unless he were ejected by actual force, began to pace silently up
+and down the room in perplexed and anxious thought; at last he stopped
+and turned over the pages of a thick school register, and found Eric's
+name.
+
+"It is not your first offence, Williams, even of this very kind. That
+most seriously aggravates your fault."
+
+"Oh, sir! give us one more chance to mend. Oh, I feel that I _could_ do
+such great things, if you will but be merciful, and give me time to
+change. Oh, I entreat you, sir, to forgive us only this once, and I
+will never ask again. Let us bear _any_ other punishment but this. Oh,
+sir," he said, approaching the Doctor in an imploring attitude, "spare
+us this one time for the sake of our friends."
+
+The head-master made no reply for a time, but again paced the room in
+silence. He was touched, and seemed hardly able to restrain his
+emotion.
+
+"It was my deliberate conclusion to expel you, Williams. I must not
+weakly yield to entreaty. You must go."
+
+Eric wrung his hands in agony. "Oh, sir, then if you must do so, expel
+me only, and not Charlie. _I_ can bear it, but do not let me ruin him
+also. Oh, I implore you, sir, for the love of God, do, do forgive him!
+It is I who have misled him," and he flung himself on his knees, and
+lifted his hands entreatingly towards the Doctor.
+
+Dr Rowlands looked at him--at his blue eyes drowned with tears, his
+agitated gesture, his pale, expressive face, full of passionate
+supplication. He looked at Wildney too, who stood trembling with a look
+of painful and miserable suspense, and occasionally added his wild word
+of entreaty, or uttered sobs more powerful still, that seemed to come
+from the depth of his heart. He was shaken in his resolve, wavered for
+a moment, and then once more looked at the register.
+
+"Yes," he said, after a long pause, "here is an entry which shall save
+you this time. I find written here against your name, `April 3. Risked
+his life in the endeavour to save Edwin Russell at the Stack.' That one
+good and noble deed shall be the proof that you are capable of better
+things. It may be weak perhaps--I know that it will be called weak--and
+I do not feel certain that I am doing right; but if I err it shall be on
+the side of mercy. I shall change expulsion into some other punishment.
+You may go."
+
+Wildney's face lighted up as suddenly and joyously as when a ray of
+sunlight gleams for an instant out of a dark cloud.
+
+"Oh, thank you, thank you, sir," he exclaimed, drying his eyes, and
+pouring into the words a world of expression, which it was no light
+pleasure to have heard. But Eric spoke less impulsively, and while the
+two boys were stammering out their deep gratitude, a timid hand knocked
+at the door, and Vernon entered.
+
+"I have come, sir, to speak for poor Eric," he said in a voice low and
+trembling with emotion, as, with downcast eyes, he modestly approached
+towards Dr Rowlands, not even observing the presence of the others in
+the complete absorption of his feelings. He stood in a sorrowful
+attitude, not venturing to look up, and his hand played nervously with
+the ribbon of his straw hat.
+
+"I have just forgiven him, my little boy," said the Doctor kindly,
+patting his stooping head; "there he is, and he has been speaking for
+himself."
+
+"O Eric, I am so, so glad, I don't know what to say for joy. O Eric,
+thank God that you are not to be expelled," and Vernon went to his
+brother and embraced him with the deepest affection.
+
+Dr Rowlands watched the scene with moist eyes. He was generally a man
+of prompt decision, and he well knew that he would incur by this act the
+charge of vacillation. It was a noble self-denial in him to be willing
+to do so, but it would have required an iron heart to resist such
+earnest supplications, and he was more than repaid when he saw how much
+anguish he had removed by yielding to their entreaties.
+
+Once more humbly expressing their gratitude, the boys retired.
+
+They did not know that other influences had been also exerted in their
+favour, which, although ineffectual at the time, had tended to alter the
+Doctor's intention. Immediately after school Mr Rose had been strongly
+endeavouring to change the Doctor's mind, and had dwelt forcibly on all
+the good points in Eric's character, and the promise of his earlier
+career. And Montagu had gone with Owen and Duncan to beg that the
+expulsion might be commuted into some other punishment. They had failed
+to convince him; but perhaps, had they not thus exerted themselves, Dr
+Rowlands might have been unshaken, though he could not be unmoved, by
+Vernon's gentle intercession and Eric's passionate prayers.
+
+Wildney, full of joy, and excited by the sudden revulsion of feeling,
+only shook Eric's hands with all his might, and then darted out into the
+playground to announce the happy news. The boys all flocked round him,
+and received the intelligence with unmitigated pleasure. Among them all
+there was not one who did not rejoice that Eric and Wildney were yet to
+continue of their number.
+
+But the two brothers returned to the study, and there, sorrowful in his
+penitence, with his heart still aching with remorse, Eric sat down on a
+chair facing the window, and drew Vernon to his side. The sun was
+setting behind the purple hills, flooding the green fields and silver
+sea with the crimson of his parting rays. The air was full of peace and
+coolness, and the merry sounds of the cricket-field blended joyously
+with the whisper of the evening breeze. Eric was fond of beauty in
+every shape, and his father had early taught him a keen appreciation of
+the glories of nature. He had often gazed before on that splendid
+scene, as he was now gazing on it thoughtfully with his brother by his
+side. He looked long and wistfully at the gorgeous pageantry of quiet
+clouds, and passed his arm more fondly round Vernon's shoulder.
+
+"What are you thinking of, Eric? Why, I declare, you are crying still,"
+said Vernon playfully, as he wiped away a tear which had overflowed on
+his brother's cheek; "aren't you glad that the Doctor has forgiven you?"
+
+"Gladder, far gladder than I can say, Verny. O Verny, Verny, I hope
+your school-life may be happier than mine has been. I would give up all
+I have, Verny, to have kept free from the sins I have learnt. God grant
+that I may yet have time and space to do better."
+
+"Let us pray together, Eric," whispered his brother reverently, and they
+knelt down and prayed; they prayed for their distant parents and
+friends; they prayed for their school-fellows and for each other, and
+for Wildney, and they thanked God for all His goodness to them; and then
+Eric poured out his heart in a fervent prayer that a holier and happier
+future might atone for his desecrated past, and that his sins might be
+forgiven for his Saviour's sake.
+
+The brothers rose from their knees calmer and more light-hearted in the
+beauty of holiness, and gave each other a solemn affectionate kiss,
+before they went down again to the playground. But they avoided the
+rest of the boys, and took a stroll together along the sands, talking
+quietly and happily, and hoping bright hopes for future days.
+
+
+
+VOLUME TWO, CHAPTER NINE.
+
+WHOM THE GODS LOVE DIE YOUNG.
+
+ Oh is it weed, or fish, or floating hair?
+ A tress of maiden's hair,
+ Of drowned maiden's hair,
+ Above the nets at sea!
+ _Kingsley_.
+
+Eric and Wildney were flogged and confined to gates for a time instead
+of being expelled, and they both bore the punishment in a manly and
+penitent way, and set themselves with all their might to repair the
+injury which their characters had received. Eric especially seemed to
+be devoting himself with every energy to regain, if possible, his
+long-lost position, and by the altered complexion of his remaining
+school-life, to atone in some poor measure for its earlier sins. And he
+carried Wildney with him, influencing others also of his late companions
+in a greater or less degree. It was not Eric's nature to do things by
+halves, and it became obvious to all that his exertions to resist and
+abandon his old temptations were strenuous and unwavering. He could no
+longer hope for the school distinctions, which would have once lain so
+easily within his reach, for the ground lost during weeks of idleness
+cannot be recovered by a wish; but he succeeded sufficiently, by dint of
+desperately hard work, to acquit himself with considerable credit, and
+in the Easter examination came out high enough in the upper fifth to
+secure his remove into the sixth-form after the holidays.
+
+He felt far happier in the endeavour to do his duty, than he had ever
+done during the last years of recklessness and neglect, and the change
+for the better in his character tended to restore unanimity and goodwill
+to the school. Eric no longer headed the party which made a point of
+ridiculing and preventing industry; and sharing as he did the sympathy
+of nearly all the boys, he was able quietly and unobtrusively to calm
+down the jealousies and allay the heart-burnings which had for so long a
+time brought discord and disunion into the school society. Cheerfulness
+and unanimity began to prevail once more at Roslyn, and Eric had the
+intense happiness of seeing how much good lay still within his power.
+
+So the Easter holidays commenced with promise, and the few first days
+glided away in innocent enjoyments. Eric was now reconciled again to
+Owen and Duncan, and, therefore, had a wider choice of companions more
+truly congenial to his higher nature than the narrow circle of his late
+associates.
+
+"What do you say to a boat excursion to-morrow?" asked Duncan as they
+chatted together one evening.
+
+"I won't go without leave," said Eric; "I should only get caught, and
+get into another mess. Besides, I feel myself pledged now to strict
+obedience."
+
+"Ay, you're quite right. We'll get leave easily enough though, provided
+we agree to take Jim the boatman with us; so I vote we make up a party."
+
+"By the bye, I forgot; I'm engaged to Wildney to-morrow."
+
+"Never mind. Bring him with you, and Graham too, if you like."
+
+"Most gladly," said Eric, really pleased; for he saw by this that Duncan
+observed the improvement in his old friends, and was falling in with the
+endeavour to make all the boys really cordial to each other, and destroy
+all traces of the late factions.
+
+"Do you mind my bringing Montagu?"
+
+"Not at all. Why should I?" answered Eric, with a slight blush.
+Montagu and he had never been formally reconciled, nor had they, as yet,
+spoken to each other. Indeed, Duncan had purposely planned the
+excursion to give them an opportunity of becoming friends once more, by
+being thrown together. He knew well that they both earnestly wished it,
+although, with the natural shyness of boys, they hardly knew how to set
+about effecting it. Montagu hung back lest he should seem to be
+patronising a fallen enemy, and Eric lest he should have sinned too
+deeply to be forgiven.
+
+The next morning dawned gloriously, and it was agreed that they should
+meet at Starhaven, the point where they were to get the boat, at ten
+o'clock. As they had supposed, Dr Rowlands gave a ready consent to the
+row, on condition of their being accompanied by the experienced sailor
+whom the boys called Jim. The precaution was by no means unnecessary,
+for the various currents which ran round the island were violent at
+certain stages of the tide, and extremely dangerous for any who were not
+aware of their general course.
+
+Feeling that the day would pass off very unpleasantly if any feeling of
+restraint remained between him and Montagu, Eric, by a strong effort,
+determined to `make up with him' before starting, and went into his
+study for that purpose after breakfast. Directly he came in, Montagu
+jumped up and welcomed him cordially, and when without any allusion to
+the past, the two shook hands with all warmth, and looked the old proud
+look into each other's faces, they felt once more that their former
+affection was unimpaired, and that in heart they were real and loving
+friends. Most keenly did they both enjoy the renewed intercourse, and
+they found endless subjects to talk about on their way to Starhaven,
+where the others were already assembled when they came.
+
+With Jim's assistance they shoved a boat into the water, and sprang into
+it in the highest spirits. Just as they were pushing off they saw
+Wright and Vernon running down to the shore towards them, and they
+waited to see what they wanted.
+
+"Couldn't you take us with you?" asked Vernon, breathless with his run.
+
+"I'm afraid not, Verny," said Montagu; "the boat won't hold more than
+six, will it, Jim?"
+
+"No, sir, not safely."
+
+"Never mind, you shall have my place, Verny," said Eric, as he saw his
+brother's disappointed look.
+
+"Then Wright shall take mine," said Wildney.
+
+"Oh dear, no," said Wright, "we wouldn't turn you out for the world.
+Vernon and I will take an immense walk down the coast instead, and will
+meet you here as we come back."
+
+"Well, good-bye, then; off we go;" and with light hearts the boaters and
+the pedestrians parted.
+
+Eric, Graham, Duncan, and Montagu took the first turn at the oars, while
+Wildney steered. Graham's "crabs," and Wildney's rather crooked
+steering, gave plenty of opportunity for chaff, and they were full of
+fun, as the oar-blades splashed and sparkled in the waves. Then they
+made Jim sing them some of his old sailor-songs as they rowed, and
+joined vigorously in the choruses. They had arranged to make straight
+for Saint Catharine's Head, and land somewhere near it to choose a place
+for their picnic. It took them nearly two hours to get there, as they
+rowed leisurely, and enjoyed the luxury of the vernal air. It was one
+of the sunniest days of early spring; the air was pure and delicious,
+and the calm sea-breeze, just strong enough to make the sea flame and
+glister in the warm sunlight, was exhilarating as new wine. Underneath
+them the water was transparent as crystal, and far below they could see
+the green and purple seaweeds rising like a many-coloured wood, through
+which occasionally they saw a fish, startled by their oars, dart like an
+arrow. The sky overhead was a cloudless blue, and as they kept not far
+from shore, the clearly cut outline of the coast, with its rocks and
+hills standing out in the vivid atmosphere, made a glowing picture, to
+which the golden green of the spring herbage, bathed in its morning
+sunlight, lent the magic of enchantment. Who could have been otherwise
+than happy in such a scene and at such a time? but these were boys with
+the long bright holiday before them, and happiness is almost too quiet a
+word to express the bounding exultation of heart, the royal and tingling
+sense of vigorous life, which made them shout and sing, as their boat
+rustled through the ripples, from a mere instinct of inexpressible
+enjoyment.
+
+They had each contributed some luxury to the picnic, and it made a very
+tempting display as they spread it out under a sunny pebbled cave, by
+Saint Catharine's Head; although instead of anything more objectionable,
+they had thought it best to content themselves with ginger beer and
+lemonade. When they had done eating, they amused themselves on the
+shore; and had magnificent games among the rocks, and in every fantastic
+nook of the romantic promontory. And then Eric suggested a bathe to
+wind up with, as it was the first day when it had been quite warm enough
+to make bathing pleasant.
+
+"But we've got no towels."
+
+"Oh! chance the towels. We can run about till we're dry." So they
+bathed, and then getting in the boat to row back again, they all agreed
+that it was the very jolliest day they'd ever had at Roslyn, and voted
+to renew the experiment before the holidays were over, and take Wright
+and Vernon with them in a larger boat.
+
+It was afternoon--an afternoon still warm and beautiful--when they began
+to row home; so they took it quietly, and kept near the land for
+variety's sake, laughing, joking, and talking as merrily as ever.
+
+"I declare I think this is the prettiest, or anyhow the grandest bit of
+the whole coast," said Eric, as they neared a glen through whose narrow
+gorge a green and garrulous little river gambolled down with noisy
+turbulence into the sea. He might well admire that glen; its steep and
+rugged sides were veiled with lichens, moss, and wild-flowers, and the
+sea-birds found safe refuge in its lonely windings, which were coloured
+with topaz and emerald by the pencillings of nature and the rich stains
+of time.
+
+"Yes," answered Montagu, "_I_ always stick up for Avon Glen as the
+finest scene we've got about here. But, I say, who's that gesticulating
+on the rock there to the right of it? I verily believe it's Wright,
+apostrophising the ocean for Vernon's benefit. I only see one of them
+though."
+
+"I bet you he's spouting:--
+
+ "Roll on, thou deep and dark blue ocean, roll
+ Ten thousand fleets, etcetera."
+
+said Graham, laughing.
+
+"What do you say to putting in to shore there?" said Duncan. "It's only
+two miles to Starhaven, and I daresay we could make shift to take them
+in for that distance. If Jim says anything we'll chuck him overboard."
+
+They rowed towards Avon Glen, and to their surprise Wright, who stood
+there alone (for with a pocket telescope they clearly made out that it
+_was_ Wright), still continued to wave his arms and beckon them in a
+manner which they at first thought ridiculous, but which soon made them
+feel rather uneasy.
+
+Jim took an oar, and they soon got within two hundred yards of the
+beach. Wright had ceased to make signals, but appeared to be shouting
+to them, and pointing towards one corner of the glen; but though they
+caught the sound of his voice, they could not hear what he said.
+
+"I wonder why Vernon isn't with him," said Eric anxiously; "I hope--why,
+what _are_ you looking at, Charlie?"
+
+"What's that in the water there?" said Wildney, pointing in the
+direction to which Wright was also looking.
+
+Montagu snatched the telescope out of his hand and looked. "Good God!"
+he exclaimed, turning pale; "what can be the matter?"
+
+"Oh, _do_ let me look," said Eric.
+
+"No! stop, stop, Eric; you'd better not, I think; pray don't, it may be
+all a mistake. You'd better not--but it looked--nay, you really
+_mustn't_, Eric," he said, and, as if accidentally, he let the telescope
+fall into the water, and they saw it sink down among the seaweeds at the
+bottom.
+
+Eric looked at him reproachfully. "What's the fun of that, Monty? you
+let it drop on purpose."
+
+"Oh, never mind; I'll get Wildney another. I really daren't let you
+look, for fear you should _fancy_ the same as I did, for it must be
+fancy. Oh, _don't_ let us put in there--at least not all of us."
+
+What _was_ that thing in the water?
+
+When Wright and Vernon left the others, they walked along the coast,
+following the direction of the boat, and agreed to amuse themselves in
+collecting eggs. They were very successful, and, to their great
+delight, managed to secure some rather rare specimens. When they had
+tired themselves with this pursuit, they lay on the summit of one of the
+cliffs which formed the sides of Avon Glen, and Wright, who was very
+fond of poetry, read Vernon a canto of _Marmion_ with great enthusiasm.
+
+So they wiled away the morning, and when the canto was over, Vernon took
+a great stone and rolled it for amusement over the cliff's edge. It
+thundered over the side, bounding down till it reached the strand, and a
+large black cormorant, startled by the reverberating echoes, rose up
+suddenly, and flapped its way with protruded neck to a rock on the
+farther side of the little bay.
+
+"I bet you that animal's got a nest somewhere near here," said Vernon
+eagerly. "Come, let's have a look for it; a cormorant's egg would be a
+jolly addition to our collection."
+
+They got up, and looking down the face of the cliff saw, some eight feet
+below them, a projection half hidden by the branch of a tree, on which
+the scattered pieces of stick clearly showed the existence of a rude
+nest. They could not, however, see whether it contained eggs or no.
+
+"I must bag that nest; it's pretty sure to have eggs in it," said
+Vernon, "and I can get at it easy enough."
+
+He immediately began to descend towards the place where the nest was
+built, but he found it harder than he expected.
+
+"Hallo," he said, "this is a failure. I must climb up again to
+reconnoitre if there isn't a better dodge for getting at it."
+
+He reached the top, and, looking down, saw a plan of reaching the ledge
+which promised more hope of success.
+
+"You'd better give it up, Verny," said Wright. "I'm sure it's harder
+than we fancied. _I_ couldn't manage it, I know."
+
+"Oh no, Wright, never say die. Look; if I get down more toward the
+right the way's plain enough, and I shall have reached the nest in no
+time."
+
+Again he descended in a different direction, but again he failed. The
+nest could only be seen from the top, and he lost the proper route.
+
+"You must keep more to the right."
+
+"I know," answered Vernon; "but, bother take it, I can't manage it, now
+I'm so far down. I must climb up _again_."
+
+"_Do_ give it up, Verny, there's a good fellow. You _can't_ reach it,
+and really it's dangerous."
+
+"Oh no, not a bit of it. My head's very steady and I feel as cool as
+possible. We mustn't give up; I've only to get at the tree, and then I
+shall be able to reach the nest from it quite easily."
+
+"Well, do take care, that's a dear fellow."
+
+"Never fear," said Vernon, who was already commencing his third attempt.
+
+This time he got to the tree, and placed his foot on a part of the root,
+while with his hands he clung on to a clump of heather.
+
+"Hurrah!" he cried, "it's got two eggs in it, Wright," and he stretched
+downwards to take them. Just as he was doing so, he heard the root on
+which his foot rested give a great crack, and with a violent start he
+made a spring for one of the lower branches. The motion caused his
+whole weight to rest for an instant on his arms; unable to sustain the
+wrench, the heather gave way, and with a wild shriek he fell headlong
+down the surface of the cliff.
+
+With a wild shriek!--but silence followed it.
+
+"Vernon! Vernon!" shouted the terrified Wright, creeping close up to
+the edge of the precipice. "O Vernon! for Heaven's sake, speak."
+
+There was no answer, and leaning over, Wright saw the young boy
+outstretched on the stones three hundred feet below. For some minutes
+he was horror-struck beyond expression, and made wild attempts to
+descend the cliff and reach him. But he soon gave up the attempt in
+despair. There was a tradition in the school that the feat had once
+been accomplished by an adventurous and active boy, but Wright at any
+rate found it hopeless for himself. The only other way to reach the
+glen was by a circuitous route which led to the entrance of the narrow
+gorge, along the sides of which it was possible to make way with
+difficulty down the bank of the river to the place where it met the sea.
+But this would have taken him an hour and a half, and was far from easy
+when the river was swollen with high tide. There was no house within
+moderate distance at which assistance could be procured, and Wright, in
+a tumult of conflicting emotions, determined to wait where he was, on
+the chance of seeing the boat as it returned from Saint Catharine's
+Head. It was already three o'clock, and he knew that the boys could not
+now be longer than an hour at most; so with eager eyes he sat watching
+the headland, round which he knew they would first come in sight. He
+watched with wild eager eyes, absorbed in the one longing desire to
+catch sight of them; but the leaden-footed moments crawled on like
+hours, and he could not help shivering with agony and fear. At last he
+caught a glimpse of them, and springing up, began to shout at the top of
+his voice, and wave his handkerchief and his arms in the hope of
+attracting their attention. Little thought those blithe, merry-hearted
+boys, in the midst of the happy laughter which they sent ringing over
+the waters, little they thought how terrible a tragedy awaited them.
+
+At last Wright saw that they had perceived him, and were putting inland,
+and now, in his fright, he hardly knew what to do; but feeling sure that
+they could not fail to see Vernon, he ran off as fast as he could to
+Starhaven, where he rapidly told the people at a farmhouse what had
+happened, and asked them to get a cart ready to convey the wounded boy
+to Roslyn School.
+
+Meanwhile the tide rolled in calmly and quietly in the rosy evening,
+radiant with the diamond and gold of reflected sunlight and transparent
+wave. Gradually, gently it crept up to the place where Vernon lay; and
+the little ripples fell over him wonderingly, with the low murmur of
+their musical laughter, and blurred and dimmed the vivid splashes and
+crimson streaks upon the white stone, on which his head had fallen; and
+washed away some of the purple bells and green sprigs of heather round
+which his fingers were closed in the grasp of death, and played softly
+with his fair hair as it rose, and fell, and floated on their
+undulations like a leaf of golden-coloured weed, until they themselves
+were faintly discoloured by his blood. And then, tired with their new
+plaything, they passed on, until the swelling of the water was just
+strong enough to move rudely the boy's light weight, and in a few
+moments more would have tossed it up and down with every careless wave
+among the boulders of the glen. And then it was that Montagu's
+horror-stricken gaze had identified the object at which they had been
+gazing. In strange foreboding silence they urged on the boat, while
+Eric at the prow seemed wild with the one intense impulse to verify his
+horrible suspicion. The suspicion grew and grew:--it _was_ a boy lying
+in the water;--it was Vernon;--he was motionless;--he must have fallen
+there from the cliff.
+
+Eric could endure the suspense no longer. The instant that the boat
+grated on the shingle, he sprang into the water, and rushed to the spot
+where his brother's body lay. With a burst of passionate affection, he
+flung himself on his knees beside it, and took the cold hand in his
+own--the little rigid hand in which the green blades of grass, and fern,
+and heath, so tightly clutched, were unconscious of the tale they told.
+
+"O Verny, Verny, darling Verny, speak to me!" he cried in anguish, as he
+tenderly lifted up the body, and marked how little blood had flowed.
+But the child's head fell back heavily, and his arms hung motionlessly
+beside him, and with a shriek, Eric suddenly caught the look of dead
+fixity in his blue open eyes.
+
+The others had come up. "O God, save my brother, save him, save him
+from death," cried Eric. "I cannot live without him. O God! O God!
+Look! look!" he continued, "he has fallen from the cliff with his head
+on this cursed stone," pointing to the block of quartz, still red with
+blood-stained hair; "but we must get a doctor. He is not dead! no, no,
+he _cannot_ be dead. Take him quickly, and let us row home. O God! why
+did I ever leave him?"
+
+The boys drew round in a frightened circle, and lifted Vernon's corpse
+into the boat; and then, while Eric still supported the body, and
+moaned, and called to him in anguish, and chafed his cold pale brow and
+white hands, and kept saying that he had fainted and was not dead, the
+others rowed home with all speed, while a feeling of terrified anxiety
+lay like frost upon their hearts.
+
+They reached Starhaven, and lifted the lifeless boy into the cart, and
+heard from Wright how the accident had taken place. Few boys were about
+the playground, so they got unnoticed to Roslyn, and Dr Underhay, who
+had been summoned, was instantly in attendance. He looked at Vernon for
+a moment, and then shook his head in a way that could not be mistaken.
+
+Eric saw it, and flung himself with uncontrollable agony on his
+brother's corpse. "O Vernon, Vernon, my own darling brother! O God,
+then he is dead!" And, unable to endure the blow, he fainted away.
+
+I cannot dwell on the miserable days that followed when the very sun in
+heaven seemed dark to poor Eric's wounded and crushed spirit. He hardly
+knew how they went by. And when they buried Vernon in the little green
+churchyard by Russell's side, and the patter of the earth upon the
+coffin--that most terrible of all sounds--struck his ear, the iron
+entered into his soul, and he had but one wish as he turned away from
+the open grave, and that was, soon to lie beside his beloved little
+brother, and to be at rest.
+
+
+
+VOLUME TWO, CHAPTER TEN.
+
+THE LAST TEMPTATION.
+
+A quotation from Homer's Iliad, ix. 505.
+
+Time, the great good angel, Time, the merciful healer, assuaged the
+violence of Eric's grief, which seemed likely to settle down into a
+sober sadness. At first his letters to his parents and to Fairholm were
+almost unintelligible in their fierce abandonment of sorrow; but they
+grew calmer in time,--and while none of his school-fellows ever ventured
+in his presence to allude to Vernon, because of the emotion which the
+slightest mention of him excited, yet he rarely wrote any letters to his
+relations in which he did not refer to his brother's death, in language
+which grew at length both manly and resigned.
+
+A month after, in the summer term, he was sitting alone in his study in
+the afternoon (for he could not summon up spirit enough to play
+regularly at cricket), writing a long letter to his aunt. He spoke
+freely and unreservedly of his past errors,--more freely than he had
+ever done before,--and expressed not only deep penitence, but even
+strong hatred of his previous unworthy courses. "I can hardly even yet
+realise," he added, "that I am alone here, and that I am writing to my
+aunt Trevor about the death of my little brother, my noble, only
+brother, Vernon. Oh, how my whole soul yearns towards him. I _must_ be
+a better boy, I _will_ be better than I have been, in the hopes of
+meeting him again. Indeed, indeed, dear aunt, though I have been so
+guilty, I am laying aside, with all my might, idleness and all bad
+habits, and doing my very best to redeem the lost years. I do hope that
+the rest of my time at Roslyn will be more worthily spent than any of it
+has been as yet."
+
+He finished the sentence, and laid his pen down to think, gazing quietly
+on the blue hills and sunlit sea. A feeling of hope and repose stole
+over him;--when suddenly he saw at the door, which was ajar, the leering
+eyes and villainously cunning countenance of Billy.
+
+"What do you want?" he said angrily, casting at the intruder a look of
+intense disgust.
+
+"Beg pardon, sir," said the man, pulling his hair. "Anything in my
+line, sir, to-day?"
+
+"No!" answered Eric, rising up in a gust of indignation. "What business
+have you here? Get away instantly."
+
+"Not had much custom from you lately, sir," said the man.
+
+"What do you mean by having the insolence to begin talking to me? If
+you don't make yourself scarce at once, I'll--"
+
+"Oh well," said the man; "if it comes to that, I've business enough.
+Perhaps you'll just pay me this debt," he continued, changing his
+fawning manner into a bullying swagger. "I've waited long enough."
+
+Eric, greatly discomfited, took the dirty bit of paper. It purported to
+be a bill for various items of drink, all of which Eric _knew_ to have
+been paid for, and among other things, a charge of 6 pounds for the
+dinner at "The Jolly Herring."
+
+"Why, you scoundrel, these have all been paid. What! six pounds for the
+dinner! Why, Brigson collected the subscriptions to pay for it before
+it took place."
+
+"That's now't to me, sir. He never paid me; and as you was the young
+gen'leman in the cheer, I comes to you."
+
+_Now_ Eric knew for the first time what Brigson had meant by his
+threatened revenge. He saw at once that the man had been put up to act
+in this way by some one, and had little doubt that Brigson was the
+instigator. Perhaps it might be even true, as the man said, that he had
+never received the money. Brigson was quite wicked enough to have
+embezzled it for his own purposes.
+
+"Go," he said to the man; "you shall have the money in a week."
+
+"And mind it bean't more nor a week. I don't chuse to wait for my money
+no more," said Billy impudently, as he retired with an undisguised
+chuckle, which very nearly made Eric kick him down stairs. With a
+heart-rending sigh Eric folded and directed his letter to Mrs Trevor,
+and then ran out into the fresh air to relieve the qualm of sickness
+which had come over him.
+
+What was to be done? To mention the subject to Owen or Montagu, who
+were best capable of advising him, would have been to renew the memory
+of unpleasant incidents, which he was most anxious to obliterate from
+the memory of all. He had not the moral courage to face the natural
+consequences of his past misconduct, and was now ashamed to speak of
+what he had not then been ashamed to do. He told Graham and Wildney,
+who were the best of his old associates, and they at once agreed that
+they ought to be responsible for at least a share of the debt. Still,
+between them they could only muster three pounds out of the six which
+were required, and the week had half elapsed before there seemed any
+prospect of extrication from the difficulty; so Eric daily grew more
+miserable and dejected.
+
+A happy thought struck him. He would go and explain the source of his
+trouble to Mr Rose, his oldest, his kindest, his wisest friend. To him
+he could speak without scruple and without reserve, and from him he knew
+that he would receive nothing but the noblest advice and the warmest
+sympathy.
+
+He went to him after prayers that night, and told his story.
+
+"Ah, Eric, Eric!" said Mr Rose; "you see, my boy, that sin and
+punishment are twins."
+
+"Oh but, sir, I was just striving so hard to amend, and it seems cruel
+that I should be checked at once."
+
+"Let it teach you a life-long lesson, dear Eric;--the lesson that when a
+sin is committed _we_ may have done with _it_, but _it_ has by no means
+done with _us_. It is always so, Eric when we drink the wine it is red
+and sparkling, but we come afterwards to the ragged and bitter dregs."
+
+"But what shall I do, sir?" said Eric sadly.
+
+"There is only one way that I see, Eric. You must write home for the
+money, and confess the truth to them honestly, as you have to me."
+
+It was a hard course for Eric's proud and loving heart to write and tell
+his aunt the full extent of his guilt. But he did it faithfully,
+extenuating nothing, and entreating her, as she loved him, to send the
+money by return of post.
+
+It came, and with it a letter full of deep and gentle affection. Mrs
+Trevor knew her nephew's character, and did not add by reproaches to the
+bitterness which she perceived he had endured; she simply sent him the
+money, and told him, that in spite of his many failures, "she still had
+perfect confidence in the true heart of her dear boy."
+
+Touched by the affection which all seemed to be showing him, it became
+more and more the passionate craving of Eric's soul to be worthy of that
+love. But it is far far harder to recover a lost path than to keep in
+the right one all along; and by one more terrible fall the poor erring
+boy was to be taught for the last time the fearful strength of
+temptation, and the only source in earth and heaven from which
+deliverance can come. Theoretically he knew it, but as yet not
+practically. Great as his trials had been, and deeply as he had
+suffered, it was God's will that he should pass through a yet fiercer
+flame ere he could be purified from pride and passion and
+self-confidence, and led to the cross of a suffering Saviour, there to
+fling himself down in heart-rending humility, and cast his great load of
+cares and sins upon Him who cared for him through all his wanderings,
+and was leading him back through thorny places to the green pastures and
+still waters, where at last he might have rest.
+
+The money came, and walking off straight to "The Jolly Herring," he
+dashed it down on the table before Billy, and imperiously bade him write
+a receipt.
+
+The man did so, but with so unmistakable an air of cunning and triumph
+that Eric was both astonished and dismayed. Could the miscreant have
+any further plot against him? At first he fancied that Billy might
+attempt to extort money by a threat of telling Dr Rowlands; but this
+supposition he banished as unlikely, since it might expose Billy himself
+to very unpleasant consequences.
+
+Eric snatched the receipt, and said contemptuously, "Never come near me
+again; next time you come up to the studies I'll tell Carter to turn you
+out."
+
+"Ho, ho, ho!" sneered Billy. "How mighty we young gents are all of a
+sudden. Unless you buy of me sometimes, you shall hear of me again;
+never fear, young gen'leman." He shouted out the latter words, for Eric
+had turned scornfully on his heel, and was already in the street.
+
+Obviously more danger was to be apprehended from this quarter. At first
+the thought of it was disquieting, but three weeks glided away, and
+Eric, now absorbed heart and soul in school work, began to remember it
+as a mere vague and idle threat.
+
+But one afternoon, to his horror, he again heard Billy's step on the
+stairs, and again saw the hateful iniquitous face at the door.
+
+"Not much custom from you lately, sir," said Billy mockingly. "Anything
+in my line to-day?"
+
+"Didn't I tell you never to come near me again, you foul villain?" cried
+Eric, springing up in a flame of wrath. "Go this instant, or I'll call
+Carter," and opening the window, he prepared to put his threat into
+execution.
+
+"Ho, ho, ho! Better look at summat I've got first." It was a printed
+notice to the following effect:--
+
+ "Five Pounds Reward."
+
+ "Whereas some evil-disposed persons stole some pigeons on the evening
+ of April 6th from the Reverend H Gordon's premises; the above reward
+ will be given for any such information as may lead to the apprehension
+ of the offenders."
+
+Soon after the seizure of the pigeons there had been a rumour that
+Gordon had offered a reward of this kind, but the matter had been
+forgotten, and the boys had long fancied their secret secure, though at
+first they had been terribly alarmed.
+
+"What do you show me that for?" he asked, reddening and then growing
+pale again.
+
+Billy's only answer was to pass his finger slowly along the words, "Five
+pounds reward."
+
+"Well?"
+
+"I thinks I knows who took they pigeons."
+
+"What's that to me?"
+
+"Ho, ho, ho! that's a good 'un," was Billy's reply; and he continued to
+cackle as though enjoying a great joke.
+
+"Unless you gives me five pound, anyhow, I knows where to get 'em. I
+know who them evil-disposed persons be! So I'll give ye another week to
+decide."
+
+Billy shambled off in high spirits; but Eric sank back into his chair.
+Five pounds! The idea haunted him. How could he ever get them? To
+write home again was out of the question. The Trevors, though liberal,
+were not rich, and after just sending him so large a sum, it was
+impossible, he thought, that they should send him five pounds more at
+his mere request. Besides, how could he be sure that Billy would not
+play upon his fears to extort further sums? And to explain the matter
+to them fully was more than he could endure. He remembered now how
+easily his want of caution might have put Billy in possession of the
+secret, and he knew enough of the fellow's character to feel quite sure
+of the use he would be inclined to make of it. Oh, how he cursed that
+hour of folly!
+
+Five pounds! He began to think of what money he could procure. He
+thought again and again, but it was no use; only one thing was clear--he
+_had_ not the money and could not get it. Miserable boy! It was too
+late then? for him repentance was to be made impossible; every time he
+attempted it he was to be thwarted by some fresh discovery. And,
+leaning his head on his open palms, poor Eric sobbed like a child.
+
+Five pounds! And all this misery was to come upon him for the want of
+five pounds! Expulsion was _certain_, was _inevitable_ now, and perhaps
+for Wildney too as well as for himself. After all his fine promises in
+his letters home,--yes, that reminded him of Vernon. The grave had not
+closed for a month over one brother, and the other would be _expelled_.
+Oh, misery, misery! He was sure it would break his mother's heart. Oh,
+how cruel everything was to him!
+
+Five pounds! He wondered whether Montagu would lend it him, or any
+other boy? But then it was late in the quarter, and all the boys would
+have spent the money they brought with them from home. There was no
+chance of any one having five pounds, and to a master he _dare_ not
+apply, not even to Mr Rose. The offence was too serious to be
+overlooked, and if noticed at all, he fancied that, after his other
+delinquencies, it _must_, as a matter of notoriety, be visited with
+expulsion. He could not face that bitter thought; he could not thus
+bring open disgrace upon his father's and his brother's name; this was
+the fear which kept recurring to him with dreadful iteration.
+
+Suddenly he remembered that if he had continued captain of the school
+eleven, he would have had easy command of the money, by being treasurer
+of the cricket subscriptions. But at Vernon's death he lost all
+interest in cricket for a time, and had thrown up his office, to which
+Montagu had been elected by the general suffrage.
+
+He wondered whether there was as much as five pounds of the cricketing
+money left! He knew that the box which contained it was in Montagu's
+study, and he also knew where the key was kept. It was merely a feeling
+of curiosity--he would go and look.
+
+All this passed through Eric's mind as he sat in his study after Billy
+had gone. It was a sultry summer day; all the study doors were open,
+and all their occupants were absent in the cricket-field, or bathing.
+He stole into Montagu's study, hastily got the key, and took down the
+box.
+
+"Oh, put it down, put it down, Eric," said Conscience; "what business
+have you with it?"
+
+"Pooh! it is merely curiosity; as if I couldn't trust myself!"
+
+"Put it down," repeated Conscience authoritatively, deigning no longer
+to argue or entreat.
+
+Eric hesitated, and did put down the box; but he did not instantly leave
+the room. He began to look at Montagu's books and then out of the
+window. The gravel playground was deserted, he noticed, for the
+cricket-field. Nobody was near therefore. Well, what of that? he was
+doing no harm.
+
+"Nonsense! I _will_ just look and see if there's five pounds in the
+cricket-box." Slowly at first he put out his hand, and then, hastily
+turning the key, opened the box. It contained three pounds in gold, and
+a quantity of silver. He began to count the silver, putting it on the
+table, and found that it made up three pounds ten more. "So that,
+altogether, there's six pounds ten; that's thirty shillings more than--
+and it won't be wanted till next summer term, because all the bats and
+balls are bought now. I dare say Montagu won't even open the box again.
+I know he keeps it stowed away in a corner, and hardly ever looks at
+it, and I can put back the five pounds the very first day of next term,
+and it will save me from expulsion."
+
+Very slowly Eric took the three sovereigns and put them in his pocket,
+and then he took up one of the heaps of shillings and sixpences which he
+had counted, and dropped them also into his trousers; they fell into the
+pocket with a great jingle, "Eric, you are a thief!" He thought he
+heard his brother Vernon's voice utter the words thrillingly distinct,
+but it was conscience who had borrowed the Voice, and, sick with horror,
+he began to shake the money out of his pockets again into the box. He
+was only just in time; he had barely locked the box, and put it in its
+place, when he heard the sound of voices and footsteps on the stairs.
+He had no time to take out the key and put it back where he found it,
+and hardly time-to slip into his own study again, when the boys had
+reached the landing.
+
+They were Duncan and Montagu, and as they passed the door, Eric
+pretended to be plunged in books.
+
+"Hallo, Eric! grinding as usual," said Duncan good-humouredly; but he
+only got a sickly smile in reply.
+
+"What! are you the only fellow in the studies?" asked Montagu. "I was
+nearly sure I heard some one moving about as we came upstairs."
+
+"I don't think there's any one here but me," said Eric, "and I'm going a
+walk now."
+
+He closed his books with a bang, flew down stairs, and away through the
+playground towards the shore, vaulting with one hand the playground
+gate. But he could not so escape his thoughts. "Eric, you are a thief!
+Eric, you are a thief!" rang in his ear. "Yes," he thought; "I am even
+a thief. Oh, good God, yes, _even a thief_ for I _had_ actually stolen
+the money, until I changed my mind. What if they should have heard the
+jingle of money, or should discover the key in the box, knowing, that I
+was the only fellow up stairs? Oh, mercy, mercy, mercy!"
+
+It was a lonely place, and he flung himself down and hid his face in the
+coarse grass, trying to cool the wild burning of his brow. And as he
+lay he thrust his hand into the guilty pocket! Good heavens! there was
+something still there. He pulled it out; it was a sovereign. Then he
+was a thief, even actually. Oh, everything was against him; and
+starting to his feet, he flung the accursed gold over the rocks far into
+the sea.
+
+When he got home, he felt so inconceivably wretched, that, unable to
+work, he begged leave to go to bed at once. It was long before he fell
+asleep; but when he did, the sleep was more terrible than the haunted
+wakefulness. For he had no rest from tormenting and horrid dreams.
+Brigson and Billy, their bodies grown to gigantic proportions, and their
+faces fierce with demoniacal wickedness, seemed to be standing over him,
+and demanding five pounds on pain of death. Flights of pigeons,
+darkening the air, settled on him, and flapped about him. He fled from
+them madly through the dark midnight, but many steps pursued him. He
+saw Mr Rose, and running up, seized him by the hand, and implored
+protection. But in his dream Mr Rose turned from him with a cold look
+of sorrowful reproach. And then he saw Wildney, and cried out to him,
+"O Charlie, do speak to me!" but Charlie ran away, saying, "_You_, Eric!
+what? _you_ a thief!" and then a chorus of voices took up that awful
+cry--voices of expostulation, voices of contempt, voices of indignation,
+voices of menace; they took up the cry, and repeated and re-echoed it;
+but most unendurable of all, there were voices of wailing and voices of
+gentleness among them, and his soul died within him as he caught, amid
+the confusion of condemning sounds, the voices of Russell and Vernon,
+and they, too, were saying to him, in tender pity and agonised
+astonishment, "Eric, Eric, you are a thief!"
+
+
+
+VOLUME TWO, CHAPTER ELEVEN.
+
+REAPING THE WHIRLWIND.
+
+ For alas! alas! with me
+ The light of life is o'er;
+ No more--no more--no more!
+ (Such language holds the solemn sea
+ To the sands upon the shore)
+ Shall bloom the thunder-blasted tree,
+ Or the stricken eagle soar!
+ _Edgar Poe_.
+
+The landlord of "The Jolly Herring" had observed, during his visits to
+Eric, that at mid-day the studies were usually deserted, and the doors
+for the most part left unlocked. He very soon determined to make use of
+this knowledge for his own purposes, and, as he was well acquainted with
+the building (in which for a short time he had been a servant), he laid
+his plans without the least dread of discovery.
+
+There was a back entrance into Roslyn School behind the chapel, and it
+could be reached by a path through the fields without any chance of
+being seen, if a person set warily to work and watched his opportunity.
+By this path Billy came, two days after his last visit, and walked
+straight up the great staircase, armed with the excuse of business with
+Eric in case any one met or questioned him. But no one was about, since
+between twelve and one the boys were pretty sure to be amusing
+themselves out of doors; and after glancing into each of the studies,
+Billy finally settled on searching Montagu's (which was the neatest and
+most tastefully furnished), to see what he could get.
+
+The very first thing which caught his experienced eye was the
+cricket-fund box, with the key temptingly in the lock, just where Eric
+had left it when the sounds of some one coming had startled him. In a
+moment Billy had made a descent on the promising looking booty, and
+opening his treasure, saw, with lively feelings of gratification, the
+unexpected store of silver and gold. This he instantly transferred to
+his own pocket, and then, replacing the box where he had found it,
+decamped with the spoil unseen, leaving the study in all other respects
+exactly as he had found it.
+
+Meanwhile the unhappy Eric was tossed and agitated with apprehension and
+suspense. Unable to endure his misery in loneliness, he had made
+several boys to a greater or less degree participators in the knowledge
+of his difficult position; and in the sympathy which his danger excited,
+the general nature of his dilemma with Billy (though not its special
+circumstances) was soon known through the school.
+
+At the very time when the money was being stolen, Eric was sitting with
+Wildney and Graham under the ruin by the shore, and the sorrow which lay
+at his heart was sadly visible in the anxious expression of his face,
+and the deep dejection of his attitude and manner.
+
+The other two were trying to console him. They suggested every possible
+topic of hope; but it was too plain that there was nothing to be said,
+and that Eric had real cause to fear the worst. Yet though their
+arguments were futile, he keenly felt the genuineness of their
+affection, and it brought a little alleviation to his heavy mood.
+
+"Well, well; at least _do_ hope the best, Eric," said Graham.
+
+"Yes!" urged Wildney; "only think, dear old fellow, what lots of worse
+scrapes we've been in before, and how we've always managed to get out of
+them somehow."
+
+"No, my boy; not worse scrapes," answered Eric. "Depend upon it this is
+the last for me; I shall not have the chance of getting into another at
+_Roslyn_, anyhow."
+
+"Poor Eric! what shall I do if you leave?" said Wildney, laying his arm
+on Eric's shoulder. "Besides it's all my fault, hang it, that you got
+into this cursed row."
+
+ "The curse is come upon me, cried
+ The Lady of Shalott.
+
+"Those words keep ringing in my ears," murmured Eric.
+
+"Well, Eric, if _you_ are sent away, I know I shall get my father to
+take me too, and then we'll join each other somewhere. Come, cheer up,
+old boy--being sent isn't such a very frightful thing after all."
+
+"No," said Graham; "and besides the bagging of the pigeons was only a
+lark, when one comes to think of it. It wasn't like stealing, you know;
+_that'd_ be quite a different thing."
+
+Eric winced visibly at this remark, but his companions did not notice
+it. "Ah," thought he, "there's _one_ passage of my life which I never
+shall be able to reveal to any human soul."
+
+"Come now, Eric," said Wildney, "I've got something to propose. You
+shall play cricket to-day; you haven't played for an age, and it's high
+time you should. If you don't, you'll go mooning about the shore all
+day, and that'll never do, for you'll come back glummer than ever."
+
+"No," said Eric, with a heavy sigh, as the image of Vernon instantly
+passed through his mind; "no more cricket for me."
+
+"Nay, but you _must_ play to-day. Come, you shan't say no. You won't
+say no to me, will you, dear old fellow?" And looked up to him with
+that pleasant smile, and the merry light in his dark eyes, which had
+always been so charming to Eric's fancy.
+
+"There's no refusing you," said Eric, with the ghost of a laugh, as he
+boxed Wildney's ears. "Oh, you dear little rogue, Charlie, I wish I
+were you."
+
+"Pooh! pooh! now you shan't get sentimental again. As if you weren't
+fifty times better than me every way. I'm sure I don't know how I shall
+ever thank you enough, Eric," he added more seriously, "for all your
+kindness to me."
+
+"I'm so glad you're going to play, though," said Graham; "and so will
+everybody be, and I'm certain it'll be good for you. The game will
+divert your thoughts."
+
+So that afternoon Eric, for the first time since Verny's death, played
+with the first eleven, of which he had been captain. The school cheered
+him vigorously as he appeared again on the field, and the sound lighted
+up his countenance with some gleam of its old joyousness. When one
+looked at him that day with his straw hat on and its neat light blue
+ribbon, and the cricket dress (a pink jersey, and leather belt, with a
+silver clasp in front), showing off his well-built and graceful figure,
+one little thought what an agony was gnawing like a serpent at his
+heart. But that day, poor boy, in the excitement of the game he half
+forgot it himself, and more and more as the game went on.
+
+The other side, headed by Montagu, went in first, and Eric caught out
+two and bowled several. Montagu was the only one who stayed in long,
+and when at last Eric sent his middle wicket flying with a magnificent
+ball, the shouts of, "Well bowled! well bowled _indeed_!" were
+universal.
+
+"Just listen to that, Eric," said Montagu; "why, you're out-doing
+everybody to-day, yourself included, and taking us by storm."
+
+"Wait till you see me come out for a duck," said Eric, laughing.
+
+"Not you. You're too much in luck to come out with a duck," answered
+Montagu. "You see I've already become the poet of your triumphs, and
+prophesy in rhyme."
+
+And now it was Eric's turn to go in. It was long since he had stood
+before the wicket, but now he was there, looking like a beautiful
+picture as the sunlight streamed over him, and made his fair hair shine
+like gold. In the triumph of success his sorrows were flung to the
+winds, and his blue eyes sparkled with interest and joy.
+
+He contented himself with blocking Duncan's balls until his eye was in;
+but then, acquiring confidence, he sent them flying right and left. His
+score rapidly mounted, and there seemed no chance of getting him out, so
+that there was every probability of his carrying out his bat.
+
+"Oh, _well_ hit! _well_ hit! A three-er for Eric," cried Wildney to the
+scorer; and he began to clap his hands and dance about with excitement
+at his friend's success.
+
+"Oh, well hit! well hit in-deed!" shouted all the lookers on, as Eric
+caught the next ball half-volley, and sent it whizzing over the hedge,
+getting a sixer by the hit.
+
+At the next ball they heard a great crack, and he got no run, for the
+handle of his bat broke right off.
+
+"How unlucky!" he said, flinging down the handle with vexation. "I
+believe this was our best bat."
+
+"Oh, never mind," said Montagu; "we can soon get another; we've got lots
+of money in the box."
+
+What had come over Eric? if there had been a sudden breath of poison in
+the atmosphere he could hardly have been more affected than he was by
+Montagu's simple remark. Montagu could not help noticing it, but at the
+time merely attributed it to some unknown gust of feeling, and made no
+comment. But Eric, hastily borrowing another bat, took his place again
+quite tamely; he was trembling, and at the very next ball, he spooned a
+miserable catch into Graham's hand, and the shout of triumph from the
+other side proclaimed that his innings was over.
+
+He walked dejectedly to the pavilion for his coat, and the boys, who
+were seated in crowds about it, received him, of course, after his
+brilliant score, with loud and continued plaudits. But the light had
+died away from his face and figure, and he never raised his eyes from
+the ground.
+
+"Eric!" said Wildney chaffingly, "you don't acknowledge your honours."
+
+Eric dropped his bat in the corner, put his coat across his arm, and
+walked away. As he passed Wildney, he stooped down and whispered again
+in a low voice--
+
+ "The curse has come upon me, cried
+ The Lady of Shalott."
+
+"Hush, Eric, nonsense,", whispered Wildney; "you're not going away," he
+continued aloud, as Eric turned towards the school. "Why, there are
+only two more to go in!"
+
+"Yes, thank you, I must go."
+
+"Oh, then, I'll come too."
+
+Wildney at once joined his friend. "There's nothing more the matter, is
+there?" he asked anxiously, when they were out of hearing of the rest.
+
+"God only knows."
+
+"Well, let's change the subject. You've been playing brilliantly, old
+fellow."
+
+"Have I?"
+
+"I should just think so, only you got out in rather a stupid way."
+
+"Ah well! it matters very little."
+
+Just at this moment one of the servants handed Eric a kind note from
+Mrs Rowlands, with whom he was a very great favourite, asking him to
+tea that night. He was not much surprised, for he had been asked
+several times lately, and the sweet womanly kindness which she always
+showed him caused him the greatest pleasure. Besides, she had known his
+mother.
+
+"Upon my word, honours _are_ being showered on you!" said Wildney.
+"First to get _the_ score of the season at cricket, and bowl out about
+half the other side, and then go to tea with the head-master. Upon my
+word! Why, any of us poor wretches would give our two ears for such
+distinctions. Talk of curse indeed! Fiddlestick-end!"
+
+But Eric's sorrow lay too deep for chaff, and, only answering with a
+sigh, he went to dress for tea.
+
+Just before tea-time Duncan and Montagu strolled in together. "How
+splendidly Eric played," said Duncan.
+
+"Yes, indeed. I'm so glad. By the bye, I must see about getting a new
+bat. I don't know exactly how much money we've got, but I know there's
+plenty. Let's come and see."
+
+They entered his study, and he looked about everywhere for the key.
+
+"Hallo," he said, "I'm nearly sure I left it in the corner of this
+drawer, under some other things; but it isn't there now. What can have
+become of it?"
+
+"Where's the box?" said Duncan; "let's see if any of my keys will fit
+it. Hallo! why _you're_ a nice treasurer, Monty! here's the key in the
+box!"
+
+"No, is it though?" asked Montagu, looking serious. "Here, give it me;
+I hope nobody's been meddling with it."
+
+He opened it quickly, and stood in dumb and blank amazement to see it
+empty.
+
+"Phee-ew!" Montagu gave a long whistle.
+
+"By Jove!" was Duncan's only comment.
+
+The boys looked at each other, but neither dared to express what was in
+his thoughts.
+
+"A bad, bad business! what's to be done, Monty?"
+
+"I'll rush straight down to tea, and ask the fellows about it. Would
+you mind requesting Rose not to come in for five minutes? Tell him
+there's a row."
+
+He ran down stairs hastily and entered the tea-room, where the boys were
+talking in high spirits about the match, and liberally praising Eric's
+play.
+
+"I've got something unpleasant to say," he announced, raising his voice.
+
+"Hush! hush! hush! what's the row?" asked half a dozen at once.
+
+"The whole of the cricket-money, some six pounds at least, has vanished
+from the box in my study!"
+
+For an instant the whole room was silent; Wildney and Graham
+interchanged anxious glances.
+
+"Does any fellow know anything about this?"
+
+All, or most, had a vague suspicion, but no one spoke.
+
+"Where is Williams?" asked one of the sixth-form casually.
+
+"He's taking tea with the Doctor," said Wildney.
+
+Mr Rose came in, and there was no opportunity for more to be said,
+except in confidential whispers.
+
+Duncan went up with Owen and Montagu to their study. "What's to be
+done?" was the general question.
+
+"I think we've all had a lesson once before not to suspect, too hastily.
+Still, in a matter like this," said Montagu, "one _must_ take notice of
+apparent cues." "I know what you're thinking of, Monty," said Duncan.
+
+"Well, then, did you hear anything when you and I surprised Eric
+suddenly two days ago?"
+
+"I heard some one moving about in your study, as I thought."
+
+"I heard more, though at the time it didn't strike me particularly. I
+distinctly heard the jingle of money."
+
+"Well, it's no good counting up suspicious circumstances; we must _ask_
+him about it and act accordingly."
+
+"Will he come up to the studies again to-night?"
+
+"I think not," said Owen; "I notice he generally goes straight to bed
+after he has been out to tea; that's to say, directly after prayers."
+
+The three sat there till prayer-time, taciturn and thoughtful. Their
+books were open, but they did little work, and it was evident that
+Montagu was filled with the most touching grief. During the evening he
+drew out a little likeness which Eric had given him, and looked at it
+long and earnestly. "Is it possible?" he thought. "O Eric, Eric! can
+that face be the face of a thief?"
+
+The prayer-bell dispelled his reverie. Eric entered with the
+Rowlandses, and sat in his accustomed place. He had spent a pleasant,
+quiet evening, and, little knowing what had happened, felt far more
+cheerful and hopeful than he had done before, although he was still
+ignorant how to escape the difficulty which threatened him.
+
+He couldn't help observing that as he entered he was the object of
+general attention; but he attributed it either to his playing that day,
+or to the circumstances in which he was placed by Billy's treachery, of
+which he knew that many boys were now aware. But when prayers were
+over, and he saw that every one shunned him, or looked and spoke in the
+coldest manner, his most terrible fears revived.
+
+He went off to his dormitory, and began to undress. As he sat half
+abstracted on his bed doing nothing, Montagu and Duncan entered, and he
+started to see them, for they were evidently the bearers of some serious
+intelligence.
+
+"Eric," said Duncan, "do you know that some one has stolen all the
+cricket-money?"
+
+"Stolen--what--_all_?" he cried, leaping up as if he had been shot.
+"Oh, what new retribution is this?" and he hid his face, which had
+turned ashy pale, in his hands.
+
+"To cut matters short, Eric, do you know anything about it?"
+
+"If it is all gone, it is not I who stole it," he said, not lifting his
+head.
+
+"Do you know anything about it?"
+
+"No!" he sobbed convulsively. "No, no, no! Yet stop; don't let me add
+a lie--Let me think. No, Duncan!" he said, looking up, "I do _not_ know
+who stole it."
+
+They stood silent, and the tears were stealing down Montagu's averted
+face.
+
+"O Duncan, Monty, be merciful, be merciful," said Eric. "Don't yet
+condemn me. I am guilty, not of _this_, but of something as bad. I
+admit I was tempted; but if the money really is all gone, it is _not_ I
+who am the thief."
+
+"You must know, Eric, that the suspicion against you is very strong, and
+rests on some definite facts."
+
+"Yes, I know it must. Yet, oh, do be merciful, and don't yet condemn
+me. I have denied it. Whatever else I am, am I a liar, Monty? O
+Monty, Monty, believe me in this!"
+
+But the boys still stood silent.
+
+"Well then," he said, "I will tell you all. But I can only tell it to
+you, Monty. Duncan, indeed, you mustn't be angry; you are my friend,
+but not so much as Monty. I can tell him, and him only."
+
+Duncan left the room, and Montagu sat down beside Eric on the bed, and
+put his arm round him to support him, for he shook violently. There,
+with deep and wild emotion, and many interruptions of passionate
+silence, Eric told to Montagu his miserable tale. "I am the most
+wretched fellow living," he said; "there must be some fiend that hates
+me, and drives me to ruin. But let it all come: I care nothing,
+nothing, what happens to me now. Only, dear, dear Monty, forgive me,
+and love me still."
+
+"O Eric, it is not for one like me to talk of forgiveness; you were
+sorely tempted. Yet God will forgive you if you ask Him. Won't you
+pray to Him to-night? I love you, Eric, still, with all my heart, and
+do you think God can be less kind than man? And _I_, too, will pray for
+you, Eric. Good-night, and God bless you." He gently disengaged
+himself--for Eric clung to him, and seemed unwilling to lose sight of
+him--and a moment after he was gone.
+
+Eric felt terribly alone. He knelt down and tried to pray, but somehow
+it didn't seem as if the prayer came from his heart, and his thoughts
+began instantly to wander far away. Still he knelt--knelt even until
+his candle had gone out, and he had nearly fallen asleep,
+thought-wearied, on his knees. And then he got into bed still dressed.
+He had been making up his mind that he could bear it no longer, and
+would run away to sea that night.
+
+He waited till eleven, when Dr Rowlands took his rounds. The Doctor
+had been told all the circumstances of suspicion, and they amounted in
+his mind to certainty. It made him very sad, and he stopped to look at
+the boy from whom he had parted on such friendly terms so short a time
+before. Eric did not pretend to be asleep, but opened his eyes, and
+looked at the head-master. Very sorrowfully Dr Rowlands shook his
+head, and went away. Eric never saw him again.
+
+The moment he was gone Eric got up. He meant to go to his study,
+collect the few presents, which were his dearest mementos of Russell,
+Wildney, and his other friends--above all, Vernon's likeness--and then
+make his escape from the building, using for the last time the broken
+pane and loosened bar in the corridor, with which past temptations had
+made him so familiar.
+
+He turned the handle of the door and pushed, but it did not yield. Half
+contemplating the possibility of such an intention on Eric's part, Dr
+Rowlands had locked it behind him when he went out.
+
+"Ha!" thought the boy, "then he too knows and suspects. Never mind. I
+must give up my treasures--yes, even poor Verny's picture; perhaps it is
+best I should, for I'm only disgracing his dear memory. But they shan't
+prevent me from running away."
+
+Once more he deliberated. Yes, there could be no doubt about the
+decision. He _could_ not endure another public expulsion, or even
+another birching; he _could_ not endure the cold faces of even his best
+friends. No, no! he _could_ not face the horrible phantom of detection,
+and exposure, and shame. But worse than all this, he could not endure
+_himself_; he must fly away from the sense that _he_, Eric Williams, the
+brother of Vernon, the friend of Edwin Russell, was sunk in all
+degradation. Could it really, really be, that _he_, once the soul of
+chivalrous honour, who once would have felt a stain like a wound,--was
+it possible that he should have been a thief? It was too dreadful a
+thought. Escape he must.
+
+After using all his strength in long-continued efforts, he succeeded in
+loosening the bar of his bedroom window. He then took his two sheets,
+tied them together in a firm knot, wound one end tightly round the
+remaining bar, and let the other fall down the side of the building. He
+took one more glance round his little room, and then let himself down by
+the sheet, hand under hand, until he could drop to the ground. Once
+safe, he ran towards Starhaven as fast as he could, and felt as if he
+were flying for his life. But when he got to the end of the playground
+he could not help stopping to take one more longing, lingering look at
+the scenes he was leaving for ever. It was a chilly and overclouded
+night, and by the gleams of struggling moonlight, he saw the whole
+buildings standing out black in the night air. The past lay behind him
+like a painting. Many and many unhappy or guilty hours had he spent in
+that home, and yet those last four years had not gone by without their
+own wealth of life and joy. He remembered how he had first walked
+across that playground, hand in hand with his father, a little boy of
+twelve. He remembered his first troubles with Barker, and how his
+father had at last delivered him from the annoyances of his old enemy.
+He remembered how often he and Russell had sat there, looking at the
+sea, in pleasant talk, especially the evening when he had got his first
+prize and head-remove in the lower-fourth; and how, on the night of
+Russell's death, he had gazed over that playground from the sick-room
+window. He remembered how often he had got cheered there for his feats
+at cricket and football, and how often he and Upton, in old days, and he
+and Wildney afterwards, had walked there on Sundays, arm in arm. Then
+the stroll to Fort Island, and Barker's plot against him, and the
+evening at the Stack, passed through his mind; and the dinner at "The
+Jolly Herring," and, above all, Vernon's death. Oh! how awful it seemed
+to him now, as he looked through the darkness at the very road along
+which they had brought Verny's dead body. Then his thoughts turned to
+the theft of the pigeons, his own drunkenness, and then his last cruel,
+cruel experiences, and this dreadful end of the day which, for an hour
+or two, had seemed so bright on that very spot where he stood. Could it
+be that this (oh, how little he had ever dreamed of it)--that this was
+to be the conclusion of his schooldays?
+
+Yes, in those rooms, of which the windows fronted him, there they lay,
+all his school-fellows--Montagu, and Wildney, and Duncan, and all whom
+he cared for best. And there was Mr Rose's light still burning in the
+library window; and he was leaving the school and those who had been
+with him there so long, in the dark night, by stealth, penniless, and
+broken-hearted, with the shameful character of a thief.
+
+Suddenly Mr Rose's light moved, and fearing discovery or interception,
+he roused himself from the bitter reverie and fled to Starhaven through
+the darkness. There was still a light in the little sailors' tavern,
+and, entering, he asked the woman who kept it, "if she knew of any ship
+which was going to sail next morning?"
+
+"Why, your'n is, bean't it, Maister Davey?" she asked, turning to a
+rough-looking sailor who sat smoking in the bar.
+
+"Ees," grunted the man.
+
+"Will you take me on board?" said Eric.
+
+"You be a runaway, I'm thinking?"
+
+"Never mind. I'll come as cabin-boy--anything."
+
+The sailor glanced at his striking appearance and neat dress. "Hardly
+in the cabin-boy line, I should say."
+
+"Will you take me?" said Eric. "You'll find me strong and willing
+enough."
+
+"Well--if the skipper don't say no. Come along."
+
+They went down to a boat, and "Maister Davey" rowed to a schooner in the
+harbour, and took Eric on board.
+
+"There," he said, "you may sleep there for to-night," and he pointed to
+a great heap of sailcloth beside the mast.
+
+Weary to death, Eric flung himself down, and slept deep and sound till
+the morning, on board the _Stormy Petrel_.
+
+
+
+VOLUME TWO, CHAPTER TWELVE.
+
+THE "STORMY PETREL."
+
+ They hadna sailed a league, a league,
+ A league but barely three,
+ When the lift grew dark, and the wind grew high,
+ And gurly grew the sea.
+ _Sir Patrick Spens_.
+
+"Hilloa!" exclaimed the skipper with a sudden start, next morning, as he
+saw Eric's recumbent figure on the ratlin stuff, "who be this young
+varmint?"
+
+"Oh, I brought him aboord last night," said Davey; "he wanted to be
+cabin-boy."
+
+"Precious like un _he_ looks. Never mind, we've got him and we'll use
+him."
+
+The vessel was under way when Eric woke and collected his scattered
+thoughts to a remembrance of his new position. At first, as the _Stormy
+Petrel_ dashed its way gallantly through the blue sea, he felt one
+absorbing sense of joy to have escaped from Roslyn. But before he had
+been three hours on board, his eyes were opened to the trying nature of
+his circumstances, which were, indeed, _so_ trying that _anything_ in
+the world seemed preferable to enduring them. He had escaped from
+Roslyn, but, alas he had not escaped from himself. He had hardly been
+three hours on board when he would have given everything in his power to
+be back again; but such regrets were useless, for the vessel was now
+fairly on her way for Corunna, where she was to take in a cargo of
+cattle.
+
+There were eight men belonging to the crew; and as the ship was only a
+little trading schooner, these were sailors of the lowest and coarsest
+grade. They all seemed to take their cue from the captain, who was a
+drunken, blaspheming, and cruel vagabond.
+
+This man from the first took a savage hatred to Eric, partly because he
+was annoyed with Davey for bringing him on board. The first words he
+addressed to him were--
+
+"I say, you young lubber, you must pay your footing."
+
+"I've got nothing to pay with. I brought no money with me."
+
+"Well, then, you shall give us your gran' clothes. Them things isn't
+fit for a cabin-boy."
+
+Eric saw no remedy, and making a virtue of necessity, exchanged his good
+cloth suit for a rough sailor's shirt and trousers, not over clean,
+which the captain gave him. His own clothes were at once appropriated
+by that functionary, who carried them into his cabin. But it was lucky
+for Eric that, seeing how matters were likely to go, he had succeeded in
+secreting his watch.
+
+The day grew misty and comfortless, and towards evening the wind rose to
+a storm. Eric soon began to feel very sick, and, to make his case
+worse, could not endure either the taste, smell, or sight of such coarse
+food as was contemptuously flung to him.
+
+"Where am I to sleep?" he asked, "I feel very sick."
+
+"Babby," said one of the sailors, "what's your name?"
+
+"Williams."
+
+"Well, Bill, you'll have to get over yer sickness pretty soon, _I_ can
+tell ye. Here," he added, relenting a little, "Davey's slung ye a
+hammock in the forecastle."
+
+He showed the way, but poor Eric in the dark, and amid the lurches of
+the vessel, could hardly steady himself down the companion-ladder, much
+less get into his hammock. The man saw his condition, and, sulkily
+enough, hove him into his place.
+
+And there, in that swinging bed, where sleep seemed impossible, and in
+which he was unpleasantly shaken about, when the ship rolled and pitched
+through the dark, heaving, discoloured waves, and with dirty men
+sleeping round him at night, until the atmosphere of the forecastle
+became like poison, hopelessly and helplessly sick, and half-starved,
+the boy lay for two days. The crew neglected him shamefully. It was
+nobody's business to wait on him, and he could procure neither
+sufficient food nor any water; they only brought him some grog to drink,
+which in his weakness and sickness was nauseous to him as medicine.
+
+"I say, you young cub down there," shouted the skipper to him from the
+hatchway, "come up and swab this deck."
+
+He got up, and after bruising himself severely, as he stumbled about to
+find the ladder, made an effort to obey the command. But he staggered
+from feebleness when he reached the deck, and had to grasp for some
+fresh support at every step.
+
+"None of that 'ere slobbering and shamming, Bill. Why, damn you, what
+d'ye think you're here for, eh? You swab this deck, and in five
+minutes, or I'll teach you, and be damned."
+
+Sick as death, Eric slowly obeyed, but did not get through his task
+without many blows and curses. He felt very ill; he had no means of
+washing or cleaning himself; no brush, or comb or soap, or clean linen;
+and even his sleep seemed unrefreshful when the waking brought no change
+in his condition. And then the whole life of the ship was odious to
+him. His sense of refinement was exquisitely keen, and now to be called
+Bill, and kicked and cuffed about by these gross-minded men, and to hear
+their rough, coarse, drunken talk, and sometimes endure their still more
+intolerable patronage, filled him with deeply-seated loathing. His
+whole soul rebelled and revolted from them all, and, seeing his
+fastidious pride, not one of them showed him the least glimpse of open
+kindness, though he observed that one of them did seem to pity him in
+heart.
+
+Things grew worse and worse. The perils which he had to endure at
+first, when ordered about the rigging, were what affected him least; he
+longed for death, and often contemplated flinging himself into those
+cold deep waves which he gazed on daily over the vessel's side. Hope
+was the only thing which supported him. He had heard from one of the
+crew that the vessel would be back in not more than six weeks, and he
+made a deeply-seated resolve to escape the very first day that they
+again anchored in an English harbour.
+
+The homeward voyage was even more intolerable, for the cattle on board
+greatly increased the amount of necessary menial and disgusting work
+which fell to his share, as well as made the atmosphere of the close
+little schooner twice as poisonous as before. And to add to his
+miseries, his relations with the crew got more and more unfavourable,
+and began to reach their climax.
+
+One night the sailor who occupied the hammock next to his heard him
+winding up his watch. This he always did in the dark, as secretly and
+silently as he could, and never looked at it, except when no one could
+observe him; while, during the day, he kept both watch and chain
+concealed in his trousers.
+
+Next morning the man made proposals to him to sell the watch, and tried
+by every species of threat and promise to extort it from him. But the
+watch had been his mother's gift, and he was resolute never to part with
+it into such hands.
+
+"Very well, you young shaver, I shall tell the skipper, and he'll soon
+get it out of you as your footing, depend on it."
+
+The fellow was as good as his word, and the skipper demanded the watch
+as pay for Eric's feed, for he maintained that he'd done no work, and
+was perfectly useless. Eric, grown desperate, still refused, and the
+man struck him brutally on the face, and at the same time aimed a kick
+at him, which he vainly tried to avoid. It caught him on the knee-cap,
+and put it out, causing him the most excruciating agony.
+
+He now could do no work whatever, not even swab the deck. It was only
+with difficulty that he could limp along, and every move caused him
+violent pain. He grew listless and dejected, and sat all day on the
+vessel's side, eagerly straining his eyes to catch any sight of land, or
+gazing vacantly into the weary sameness of sea and sky.
+
+Once, when it was rather gusty weather, all hands were wanted, and the
+skipper ordered him to furl a sail.
+
+"I can't," said Eric, in an accent of despair, barely stirring, and not
+lifting his eyes to the man's unfeeling face.
+
+"Can't, damn you! Can't! We'll soon see whether you can or no. You do
+it, or _I_ shall have to mend your leg for you;" and he showered down a
+storm of oaths.
+
+Eric rose, and resolutely tried to mount the rigging, determined at
+least to give no ground he could help to their wilful cruelty. But the
+effort was vain, and with a sharp cry of suffering he dropped once more
+on deck.
+
+"Cursed young brat! I suppose you think we're going to bother ourselves
+with you, and yer impudence, and get victuals for nothing. It's all
+sham. Here, Jim, tie him up."
+
+A stout sailor seized the unresisting boy, tied his hands together, and
+then drew them up above his head, and strung them to the rigging.
+
+"Why didn't ye strip him first, damn you?" roared the skipper.
+
+"He's only got that blue shirt on, and that's soon mended," said the
+man, taking hold of the collar of the shirt on both sides, and tearing
+it open with a great rip.
+
+Eric's white back was bare, his hands tied up, his head hanging, and his
+injured leg slightly lifted from the ground. "And now for some rope-pie
+for the stubborn young lubber," said the skipper, lifting a bit of rope
+as he spoke.
+
+Eric, with a shudder, heard it whistle through the air, and the next
+instant it had descended on his back with a dull thump, rasping away a
+red line of flesh. Now Eric knew for the first time the awful reality
+of intense pain; he had determined to utter no sound, to give no sign;
+but when the horrible rope fell on him, griding across his back, and
+making his body literally creak under the blow, he quivered like an
+aspen-leaf in every limb, and could not suppress the harrowing murmur,
+"O God, help me, help me."
+
+Again the rope whistled in the air, again it grided across the boy's
+naked back, and once more the crimson furrow bore witness to the violent
+laceration. A sharp shriek of inexpressible agony rang from his lips,
+so shrill, so heart-rending, that it sounded long in the memory of all
+who heard it. But the brute who administered the torture was untouched.
+Once more, and again, the rope rose and fell, and under its marks the
+blood first dribbled, and then streamed from the white and tender skin.
+
+But Eric felt no more; that scream had been the last effort of nature;
+his head had dropped on his bosom, and though his limbs still seemed to
+creep at the unnatural infliction, he had fainted away.
+
+"Stop, master, stop, if you don't want to kill the boy outright," said
+Roberts, one of the crew, stepping forward, while the hot flush of
+indignation burned through his tanned and weather-beaten cheek. The
+sailors called him "Softy Bob," from that half-gentleness of disposition
+which had made him, alone of all the men, speak one kind or consoling
+word for the proud and lonely cabin-boy.
+
+"Undo him then, and be damned," growled the skipper, and rolled off to
+drink himself drunk.
+
+"I doubt he's well-nigh done for him already," said Roberts, quickly
+untying Eric's hands, round which the cords had been pulled so tight as
+to leave two blue rings round his wrists. "Poor fellow, poor fellow!
+it's all over now," he murmured soothingly, as the boy's body fell
+motionless into his arms, which he hastily stretched to prevent him from
+tumbling on the deck.
+
+But Eric heard not and the man, touched with the deepest pity, carried
+him down tenderly into his hammock, and wrapped him up in a clean
+blanket, and sat by him till the swoon should be over.
+
+It lasted very long, and the sailor began to fear that his words had
+been prophetic.
+
+"How is the young varmint?" shouted the skipper, looking into the
+forecastle.
+
+"You've killed him, I think."
+
+The only answer was a volley of oaths; but the fellow was sufficiently
+frightened to order Roberts to do all he could for his patient.
+
+At last Eric woke with a moan. To think was too painful, but the raw
+state of his back, ulcerated with the cruelty he had undergone, reminded
+him too bitterly of his situation. Roberts did for him all that could
+be done, but for a week Eric lay in that dark and foetid place, in the
+languishing of absolute despair. Often and often the unbidden tears
+flowed from very weakness from his eyes, and in the sickness of his
+heart, and the torment of his wounded body, he thought that he should
+die.
+
+But youth is very strong, and it wrestled with despair, and agony, and
+death, and after a time, Eric could rise from his comfortless hammock.
+The news that land was in sight first roused him, and with the help of
+Roberts, he was carried on deck, thankful, with childlike gratitude,
+that God suffered him to breathe once more the pure air of heaven, and
+sit under the canopy of its gold-pervaded blue. The breeze and the
+sunlight refreshed him, as they might a broken flower; and, with eyes
+up-raised, he poured from his heart a prayer of deep unspeakable
+thankfulness to a Father in heaven.
+
+Yes! at last he had remembered his Father's home. There, in the dark
+berth, where every move caused irritation, and the unclean atmosphere
+brooded over his senses like lead, when his forehead burned, and his
+heart melted within him, and he had felt almost inclined to curse his
+life, or even to end it by crawling up and committing himself to the
+deep cold water which he heard rippling on the vessel's side; then, even
+then, in that valley of the shadow of death, a Voice had come to him--a
+still small voice--at whose holy and healing utterance Eric had bowed
+his head, and had listened to the messages of God, and learned His will;
+and now, in humble resignation, in touching penitence, with solemn
+self-devotion, he had cast himself at the feet of Jesus, and prayed to
+be helped, and guided, and forgiven. One little star of hope rose in
+the darkness of his solitude, and its rays grew brighter and brighter,
+till they were glorious now. Yes, for Jesus' sake he was washed, he was
+cleansed, he was sanctified, he was justified, he would fear no evil,
+for God was with him, and underneath were the everlasting arms.
+
+And while he sat there, undisturbed at last, and unmolested by harsh
+word or savage blow, recovering health with every breath of the sea
+wind, the skipper came up to him, and muttered something half like an
+apology.
+
+The sight of him, and the sound of his voice, made Eric shudder again,
+but he listened meekly, and, with no flash of scorn or horror, put out
+his hand to the man to shake. There was something touching and noble in
+the gesture, and thoroughly ashamed of himself for once, the fellow
+shook the proffered hand, and slunk away.
+
+They entered the broad river at Southpool.
+
+"I must leave the ship when we get to port, Roberts," said Eric.
+
+"I doubt whether yon'll let you," answered Roberts, jerking his finger
+towards the skipper's cabin.
+
+"Why?"
+
+"He'll be afeared you might take the law on him."
+
+"He needn't fear."
+
+Roberts only shook his head.
+
+"Then I must run away somehow. Will you help me?"
+
+"Yes, that I will."
+
+That very evening Eric escaped from the _Stormy Petrel_ unknown to all
+but Roberts. They were in the dock, and he dropped into the water in
+the evening, and swam to the pier, which was only a yard or two distant;
+but the effort almost exhausted his strength, for his knee was still
+painful, and he was very weak.
+
+Wet and penniless, he knew not where to go, but spent the sleepless
+night under an arch. Early the next morning he went to a pawnbroker's,
+and raised 2 pounds 10 shillings on his watch, with which money he
+walked straight to the railway station.
+
+It was July, and the Roslyn summer holidays had commenced. As Eric
+dragged his slow way to the station, he suddenly saw Wildney on the
+other side of the street. His first impulse was to spring to meet him,
+as he would have done in old times. His whole heart yearned towards
+him. It was six weeks now since Eric had seen one loving face, and
+during all that time he had hardly heard one kindly word. And now he
+saw before him the boy with whom he had spent so many happy hours of
+schoolboy friendship, with whom he had gone through so many schoolboy
+adventures, and who, he believed, was still his friend.
+
+Forgetful for the moment of his condition, Eric moved across the street.
+Wildney was walking with his cousin, a beautiful girl, some four years
+older than himself, whom he was evidently patronising immensely. They
+were talking very merrily, and Eric overheard the word Roslyn. Like a
+lightning-flash the memory of the theft, the memory of his ruin, came
+upon him; he looked down at his dress--it was a coarse blue shirt, which
+Roberts had given him in place of his old one, and the back of it was
+stained and saturated with blood from his unhealed wounds; his trousers
+were dirty, tarred, and ragged, and his shoes, full of holes, barely
+covered his feet. He remembered too that for weeks he had not been able
+to wash, and that very morning, as he saw himself in a looking-glass at
+a shop window, he had been deeply shocked at his own appearance. His
+face was white as a sheet, the fair hair matted and tangled, the eyes
+sunken and surrounded with a dark colour, and dead and lustreless. No!
+he could not meet Wildney as a sick and ragged sailor boy; perhaps even
+he might not be recognised if he did. He drew back, and hid himself
+till the merry-hearted pair had passed, and it was almost with a pang of
+jealousy that he saw how happy Wildney could be while _he_ was thus; but
+he cast aside the unworthy thought at once. "After all, how is poor
+Charlie to know what has happened to me?"
+
+
+
+VOLUME TWO, CHAPTER THIRTEEN.
+
+HOME AT LAST.
+
+ I will arise and go to my Father.
+
+Eric Williams pursued his disconsolate way to the station, and found
+that his money only just sufficed to get him something to eat during the
+day, and carry him third class by the parliamentary train to
+Charlesbury, the little station where he had to take the branch line to
+Ayrton.
+
+He got into the carriage, and sat in the far corner, hiding himself from
+notice as well as he could. The weary train--(it carried poor people
+for the most part, so, of course, it could matter but little how tedious
+or slow it was!)--the weary train, stopping at every station, and often
+waiting on the rail until it had been passed by trains that started four
+or five hours after it,--dragged its slow course through the fair
+counties of England. Many people got in and out of the carriage, which
+was generally full, and some of them tried occasionally to enter into
+conversation with him. But poor Eric was too sick and tired, and his
+heart was too full to talk much, and he contented himself with civil
+answers to the questions put to him, dropping the conversation as soon
+as he could.
+
+At six in the evening the train stopped at Charlesbury, and he got down.
+
+"Ticket," said the station-man.
+
+Eric gave it, turning his head away, for the man knew him well from
+having often seen him there. It was of no use; the man looked hard at
+him, and then, opening his eyes wide, exclaimed--
+
+"Well, I never! what, Master Williams of Fairholm, can that be you?"
+
+"Hush, John, hush yes, I am Eric Williams. But don't say a word, that's
+a good fellow; I'm going on to Ayrton this evening."
+
+"Well, sir, I _am_ hurt like to see you looking so ragged and poorly.
+Let me give you a bed to-night, and send you on by first train
+to-morrow."
+
+"Oh no, thank you, John, I've got no money, and--"
+
+"Tut, tut, sir I thought you'd know me better nor that. Proud I'd be
+any day to do anything for Mrs Trevor's nephew, let alone a young
+gentleman like you. Well, then, let me drive you, sir, in my little
+cart this evening."
+
+"No, thank you, John, never mind; you are very, very good, but," he
+said, and the tears were in his eyes, "I want to walk in alone
+to-night."
+
+"Well, God keep and bless you, sir," said the man, "for you look to need
+it," and touching his cap he watched the boy's painful walk across some
+fields to the main road.
+
+"Who'd ha' thought it, Jenny!" he said to his wife. "There's that young
+Master Williams, whom we've always thought so noble like, just been here
+as ragged as ragged, and with a face the colour o' my white signal
+flag."
+
+"Lawks!" said the woman; "well, well! poor young gentleman, I'm afeard
+he's been doing something bad."
+
+Balmily and beautiful the evening fell, as Eric, not without toil, made
+his way along the road towards Ayrton, which was ten miles off. The
+road wound through the valley, across the low hills that encircled it,
+sometimes spanning or running parallel to the bright stream that had
+been the delight of Eric's innocent childhood. There was something
+enjoyable at first to the poor boy's eyes, so long accustomed to the
+barren sea, in resting once more on the soft undulating green of the
+summer fields, which were intertissued with white and yellow flowers,
+like a broidery of pearls and gold. The whole scene was bathed in the
+exquisite light, and rich with the delicate perfumes of a glorious
+evening, which filled the sky over his head with every perfect gradation
+of rose and amber and amethyst, and breathed over the quiet landscape a
+sensation of unbroken peace. But peace did not remain long in Eric's
+heart; each well-remembered landmark filled his soul with recollections
+of the days when he had returned from school, oh! how differently; and
+of the last time when he had come home with Vernon by his side. "O
+Verny, Verny, dear little Verny, would to God that I were with you now!
+But you are resting, Verny, in the green grave by Russell's side, and
+I--O God, be merciful to me now!"
+
+It was evening, and the stars came out and shone by hundreds, and Eric
+walked on by the moonlight. But the exertion had brought on the pain in
+his knee, and he had to sit down a long time by the roadside to rest.
+He reached Ayrton at ten o'clock, but even then he could not summon up
+courage to pass through the town where he was so well-known, lest any
+straggler should recognise him, and he took a detour in order to get to
+Fairholm. He did not arrive there till eleven o'clock; and then he
+could not venture into the grounds, for he saw through the trees of the
+shrubbery that there was no light in any of the windows, and it was
+clear that they were all gone to bed.
+
+What was he to do? He durst not disturb them so late at night. He
+remembered that they would not have heard a syllable of or from him
+since he had run away from Roslyn, and he feared the effect of so sudden
+an emotion as his appearance at that hour might excite.
+
+So, under the starlight he lay down to sleep on a cold bank beside the
+gate, determining to enter early in the morning. It was long before he
+slept, but at last weary nature demanded her privilege with importunity,
+and gentle sleep floated over him like a dark dewy cloud, and the sun
+was high in heaven before he woke.
+
+It was about half-past nine in the morning, and Mrs Trevor, with Fanny,
+was starting to visit some of her poor neighbours, an occupation full of
+holy pleasure to her kind heart, and in which she had found more than
+usual consolation during the heavy trials which she had recently
+suffered; for she had loved Eric and Vernon as a mother does her own
+children, and now Vernon, the little cherished jewel of her heart, was
+dead--Vernon was dead, and Eric, she feared not dead but worse than
+dead, guilty, stained, dishonoured. Often had she thought to herself,
+in deep anguish of heart, "Our darling little Vernon dead--and Eric
+fallen and ruined!"
+
+"Look at that poor fellow asleep on the grass," said Fanny, pointing to
+a sailor boy, who lay coiled up on the bank beside the gate. "He has
+had a rough bed, mother, if he has spent the night there, as I fear."
+
+Mrs Trevor had grasped her arm. "What is Flo doing?" she said,
+stopping, as the pretty little spaniel trotted up to the boy's reclining
+figure, and began snuffing about it, and then broke into a quick short
+bark of pleasure, and fawned and frisked about him, and leapt upon him,
+joyously wagging his tail.
+
+The boy rose with the dew wet from the flowers upon his hair;--he saw
+the dog, and at once began playfully to fondle it, and hold its little
+silken head between his hands; but as yet he had not caught sight of the
+Trevors.
+
+"It is--O good heavens it is Eric," cried Mrs Trevor, as she flew
+towards him. Another moment and he was in her arms, silent, speechless,
+with long arrears of pent-up emotion.
+
+"Oh, my Eric, our poor, lost, wandering Eric--come home; you are
+forgiven, more than forgiven, my own darling boy. Yes, I knew that my
+prayers would be answered; this is as though we received you from the
+dead." And the noble lady wept upon his neck, and Eric, his heart
+shaken with accumulated feelings, clung to her and wept.
+
+Deeply did that loving household rejoice to receive back their lost
+child. At once they procured him a proper dress and a warm bath, and
+tended him with every gentle office of female ministering hands. And in
+the evening, when he told them his story in a broken voice of penitence
+and remorse, their love came to him like a sweet balsam, and he rested
+by them, "seated, and clothed, and in his right mind."
+
+The pretty little room, fragrant with sweet flowers from the greenhouse,
+was decorated with all the refinement of womanly taste, and its glass
+doors opened on the pleasant garden. It was long, long since Eric had
+seen anything like it, and he had never hoped to see it again. "Oh,
+dearest aunty," he murmured, as he rested his weary head upon her lap,
+while he sat on a low stool at her feet, "O aunty, you will never know
+how different this is from the foul horrible hold of the _Stormy
+Petrel_, and its detestable inmates."
+
+When Eric was dressed once more as a gentleman, and once more fed on
+nourishing and wholesome food, and was able to move once more about the
+garden by Fanny's side, he began to recover his old appearance, and the
+soft bloom came back to his cheek again, and the light to his blue eye.
+But still his health gave most serious cause for apprehension; weeks of
+semi-starvation, bad air, sickness, and neglect, followed by two nights
+of exposure and wet, had at last undermined the remarkable strength of
+his constitution, and the Trevors soon became aware of the painful fact
+that he was sinking to the grave, and had come home only to die.
+
+Above all, there seemed to be some great load at his heart which he
+could not remove; a sense of shame, the memory of his disgrace at
+Roslyn, and of the dark suspicion that rested on his name. He avoided
+the subject, and they were too kind to force it on him, especially as he
+had taken away the bitterest part of their trial in remembering it, by
+explaining to them that he was far from being so wicked in the matter of
+the theft as they had at first been (how slowly and reluctantly!) almost
+forced to believe.
+
+"Have you ever heard--oh, how shall I put it?--have you ever heard,
+aunty, how things went on at Roslyn after I ran away?" he asked one
+evening, with evident effort.
+
+"No, love, I have not. After they had sent home your things, I heard no
+more; only two most kind and excellent letters--one from Dr Rowlands,
+and one from your friend Mr Rose--informed me of what had happened
+about you."
+
+"Oh, have they sent home my things?" he asked eagerly. "There are very
+few among them that I care about; but there is just one--"
+
+"I guessed it, my Eric, and, but that I feared to agitate you, should
+have given it you before;" and she drew out of a drawer the little
+likeness of Vernon's sweet childish face.
+
+Eric gazed at it till the sobs shook him, and tears blinded his eyes.
+
+"Do not weep, my boy," said Mrs Trevor, kissing his forehead. "Dear
+little Verny, remember, is in a land where God Himself wipes away all
+tears from off all eyes."
+
+"Is there anything else you would like?" asked Fanny, to divert his
+painful thoughts. "I will get you anything in a moment."
+
+"Yes, Fanny dear, there is the medal I got for saving Russell's life,
+and one or two things which he gave me;--ah, poor Edwin, you never knew
+him!"
+
+He told her what to fetch, and when she brought them it seemed to give
+him great pleasure to recall his friends to mind by name, and speak of
+them--especially of Montagu and Wildney.
+
+"I have a plan to please you, Eric," said Mrs Trevor. "Shall I ask
+Montagu and Wildney here? we have plenty of room for them."
+
+"Oh, thank you," he said, with the utmost eagerness. "Thank you,
+dearest aunt." Then suddenly his countenance fell. "Stop--shall we?--
+yes, yes, I am going to die soon, I know; let me see them before I die."
+
+The Trevors did not know that he was aware of the precarious tenure of
+his life, but they listened to him in silence, and did not contradict
+him; and Mrs Trevor wrote to both the boys (whose directions Eric
+knew), telling them what had happened, and begging them, simply for his
+sake, to come and stay with her for a time. She hinted clearly that it
+might be the last opportunity they would ever have of seeing him.
+
+Wildney and Montagu accepted the invitation and they arrived together at
+Fairholm on one of the early autumn evenings. They both greeted Eric
+with the utmost affection; and he seemed never tired of pressing their
+hands, and looking at them again. Yet every now and then a memory of
+sadness would pass over his face, like a dark ripple on the clear
+surface of a lake.
+
+"Tell me, Monty," he said one evening, "all about what happened after I
+left Roslyn."
+
+"Gladly, Eric; now that your name is cleared, there is--"
+
+"My name cleared!" said Eric, leaning forward eagerly. "Did you say
+that?"
+
+"Yes, Eric. Didn't you know, then, that the thief had been discovered?"
+
+"No," he murmured faintly, leaning back again; "oh, thank God, thank
+God! Do tell me all about it, Monty."
+
+"Well, Eric, I will tell you all from the beginning. You may guess how
+utterly astonished we were in the morning, when we heard that you had
+run away. Wildney here was the first to discover it, for he went early
+to your bedroom--"
+
+"Dear little Sunbeam," interrupted Eric, resting his hand against
+Wildney's cheek; but Wildney shook his fist at him when he heard the
+forbidden name.
+
+"He found the door locked," continued Montagu, "and called to you, but
+there came no answer; this made us suspect the truth, and we were
+certain of it when some one caught sight of the sheet hanging from your
+window. The masters soon heard the report, and sent Carter to make
+inquiries, but they did not succeed in discovering anything definite
+about you. Then, of course, everybody assumed as a certainty that you
+were guilty, and I fear that my bare assertion on the other side had
+little weight."
+
+Eric's eyes glistened as he drank in his friend's story.
+
+"But, about a fortnight after, _more_ money and several other articles
+disappeared from the studies, and all suspicion as to the perpetrator
+was baffled; only now the boys began to admit that, after all, they had
+been premature in condemning you. It was a miserable time; for every
+one was full of distrust, and the more nervous boys were always afraid
+lest any one should on some slight grounds suspect _them_. _Still_
+things kept disappearing.
+
+"We found out at length that the time when the robberies were effected
+must be between twelve and one, and it was secretly agreed that some one
+should be concealed in the studies for a day or two during those hours.
+Carter undertook the office, and was ensconced in one of the big
+cupboards in a study which had not yet been touched. On the third day
+he heard some one stealthily mount the stairs. The fellows were more
+careful now, and used to keep their doors shut, but the person was
+provided with keys, and opened the study in which Carter was. He moved
+about for a little time--Carter watching him through the key-hole, and
+prepared to spring on him before he could make his escape. Not getting
+much, the man at last opened the cupboard door, where Carter had just
+time to conceal himself behind a greatcoat. The greatcoat took the
+plunderer's fancy; he took it down off the peg, and there stood Carter
+before him! Billy--for it was he--stood absolutely confounded, as
+though a ghost had suddenly appeared; and Carter, after enjoying his
+unconcealed terror, collared him, and hauled him off to the police
+station. He was tried soon after, and finally confessed that it was he
+who had taken the cricket-money too; for which offences he was sentenced
+to transportation. So, Eric, dear Eric, at last your name was cleared."
+
+"As I always knew it would be, dear old boy," said Wildney.
+
+Montagu and Wildney found plenty to make them happy at Fairholm, and
+were never tired of Eric's society, and of his stories about all that
+befell him on board the _Stormy Petrel_. They perceived a marvellous
+change in him. Every trace of recklessness and arrogance had passed
+away; every stain of passion had been removed; every particle of
+hardness had been calcined in the flame of trial. All was gentleness,
+love, and dependence, in the once bright, impetuous, self-willed boy; it
+seemed as though the lightning of God's anger had shattered and swept
+away all that was evil in his heart and life, and left all his true
+excellence, all the royal prerogatives of his character, pure and
+unscathed. Eric, even in his worst days, was, as I well remember, a
+lovable and noble boy; but at this period there must have been something
+about him, for which to thank God, something unspeakably winning and
+irresistibly attractive. During the day, as Eric was too weak to walk
+with them, Montagu and Wildney used to take boating and fishing
+excursions by themselves, but in the evening the whole party would sit
+out reading and talking in the garden till twilight fell. The two
+visitors began to hope that Mrs Trevor had been mistaken, and that
+Eric's health would still recover; but Mrs Trevor would not deceive
+herself with a vain hope, and the boy himself shook his head when they
+called him convalescent.
+
+Their hopes were never higher than one evening about a week after their
+arrival, when they were all seated, as usual, in the open-air, under a
+lime-tree on the lawn. The sun was beginning to set, and the rain of
+golden sunlight fell over them through the green ambrosial foliage of
+the tree, whose pale blossoms were still murmurous with bees. Eric was
+leaning back in an easy chair, with Wildney sitting on the grass beside
+his feet, while Montagu, resting on one of the mossy roots, read to them
+the _Midsummer Night's Dream_, and the ladies were busy with their work.
+
+"There--stop now," said Eric, "and let's sit out and talk until we see
+some of `the fiery a'es and o'es of light' which he talks of."
+
+"I'd no idea Shakespeare was such immensely jolly reading," remarked
+Wildney naively. "I shall take to reading him through when I get home."
+
+"Do you remember, Eric," said Montagu, "how Rose used to chaff us in old
+days for our ignorance of literature, and how indignant we used to be
+when he asked if we'd ever heard of an obscure person called William
+Shakespeare?"
+
+"Yes, very well," answered Eric, laughing heartily. And in this strain
+they continued to chat merrily, while the ladies enjoyed listening to
+their schoolboy mirth.
+
+"What a perfectly delicious evening. It's almost enough to make me wish
+to live," said Eric.
+
+He did not often speak thus; and it made them sad. But Eric half sang,
+half murmured to himself, a hymn with which his mother's sweet voice had
+made him familiar in their cottage-home at Ellan--
+
+ "There is a calm for those who weep,
+ A rest for weary pilgrims found;
+ They softly lie, and sweetly sleep,
+ Low in the ground.
+
+ "The storm that wrecks the winter sky,
+ No more disturbs their deep repose,
+ Than summer evening's latest sigh
+ That shuts the rose."
+
+The last two lines lingered pleasantly in his fancy, and he murmured to
+himself again in low tones--
+
+ "Than summer evening's latest sigh
+ That shuts the rose."
+
+"Oh, hush, hush, Eric!" said Wildney, laying his hand upon his friend's
+lips; "don't let's spoil to-night by forebodings."
+
+It seemed, indeed, a shame to do so, for it was almost an awful thing to
+be breathing the splendour of the transparent air, as the sun broadened
+and fell, and a faint violet glow floated over soft meadow and silver
+stream. One might have fancied that the last rays of sunshine loved to
+linger over Eric's face, now flushed with a hectic tinge of pleasure,
+and to light up sudden glories in his bright hair, which the wind just
+fanned off his forehead as he leaned back and inhaled the luxury of
+evening perfume, which the flowers of the garden poured on the gentle
+breeze. Ah, how sad that such scenes should be so rare and so
+short-lived!
+
+"Hark--tirra-la-lirra-lirra!" said Wildney, "there goes the postman's
+horn! Shall I run and get the letter-bag as he passes the gate?"
+
+"Yes, do," they all cried; and the boy bounded off full of fun, greeting
+the postman with such a burst of merry apostrophe, that the man shook
+with laughing at him.
+
+"Here it is at last," said Wildney. "Now, then, for the key. Here's a
+letter for me, hurrah!--two for you, Miss Trevor--_what_ people you
+young ladies are for writing to each other! None for you, Monty--oh
+yes! I'm wrong, here's one; but none for Eric."
+
+"I expected none," said Eric, sighing; but his eye was fixed earnestly
+on one of Mrs Trevor's letters. He saw that it was from India, and
+directed in his father's hand.
+
+Mrs Trevor caught his look. "Shall I read it aloud to you, dear? Do
+you think you can stand it? Remember it will be in answer to ours,
+telling them of--"
+
+"Oh yes, yes," he said eagerly, "do let me hear it."
+
+With instinctive delicacy Montagu and Wildney rose, but Eric pressed
+them to stay. "It will help me to bear what mother says, if I see you
+by me," he pleaded.
+
+God forbid that I should transcribe that letter. It was written from
+the depths of such sorrow as He only can fully sympathise with, who for
+thirty years pitched his tent in the valley of human misery. By the
+former mail Mrs Williams had heard of Verny's melancholy death; by the
+next she had been told that her only other child, Eric, was not dead
+indeed, but a wandering outcast, marked with the brand of terrible
+suspicion. Let her agony be sacred; it was God who sent it, and He only
+enabled her to endure it. With bent head, and streaming eyes, and a
+breast that heaved involuntarily with fitful sobs, Eric listened as
+though to his mother's voice, and only now and then he murmured low to
+himself, "O mother, mother, mother--but I am forgiven now. O mother,
+God and man have forgiven me, and we shall be at peace again once more."
+
+Mrs Trevor's eyes grew too dim with weeping to read it all, and Fanny
+finished it. "Here is a little note from your father, Eric, which
+dropped out when we opened dear aunt's letter. Shall I read it too?"
+
+"Perhaps not now, love," said Mrs Trevor. "Poor Eric is too tired and
+excited already."
+
+"Well, then, let me glance at it myself, aunty," he said. He opened it,
+read a line or two, and then, with a scream, fell back swooning, while
+it dropped out of his hands.
+
+Terrified, they picked up the fallen paper; it told briefly, in a few
+heart-rending words, that, after writing the letter, Mrs Williams had
+been taken ill; that her life was absolutely despaired of, and that,
+before the letter reached England, she would, in all human probability,
+be dead. It conveyed the impression of a soul resigned indeed, and
+humble, but crushed down to the very earth with the load of mysterious
+bereavement and irretrievable sorrow.
+
+"Oh, I have killed her, I have killed my mother!" said Eric, in a hollow
+voice, when he came to himself. "O God, forgive me, forgive me!"
+
+They gathered round him they soothed, and comforted, and prayed for him;
+but his soul refused comfort, and all his strength appeared to have been
+broken down at once like a feeble reed. At last a momentary energy
+returned; his eyes were lifted to the gloaming heaven where a few stars
+had already begun to shine, and a bright look illuminated his
+countenance. They listened deeply--"Yes, mother," he murmured, in
+broken tones, "forgiven now, for Christ's dear sake. Oh, Thou merciful
+God! Yes, there they are, and we shall meet again. Verny--oh, happy,
+happy at last--too happy!"
+
+The sounds died away, and his head fell back; for a transient moment
+more the smile and the brightness played over his fair features like a
+lambent flame. It passed away, and Eric was with those he dearliest
+loved, in the land where there is no more curse.
+
+"Yes, dearest Eric, forgiven and happy now," sobbed Mrs Trevor; and her
+tears fell fast upon the dead boy's face, as she pressed upon it a long,
+last kiss.
+
+But Montagu, as he consoled the poignancy of Wildney's grief, was
+reminded by Mrs Trevor's words of that sweet German verse--
+
+ Doch sonst an keinem Orte
+ Wohnt die ersehnte Ruh,
+ Nur durch die dunkle Pforte
+ Seht man der Heimath zu.
+
+
+
+VOLUME TWO, CHAPTER FOURTEEN.
+
+CONCLUSION.
+
+ And hath that early hope been blessed with truth?
+ Hath he fulfilled the promise of his youth?
+ And borne unscathed through danger's stormy field
+ Honour's white wreath and virtue's stainless shield?
+ _Harrow. A Prize Poem_.
+
+The other day I was staying with Montagu. He has succeeded to his
+father's estate, and is the best loved landlord for miles around. He
+intends to stand for the county at the next general election, and I
+haven't the shadow of a doubt that he will succeed. If he does,
+Parliament will have gained a worthy addition. Montagu has the very
+soul of honour, and he can set off the conclusions of his vigorous
+judgment, and the treasures of his cultivated taste, with an eloquence
+that rises to extraordinary grandeur when he is fulminating his scorn at
+any species of tyranny or meanness.
+
+It was very pleasant to talk with him about our old schooldays in his
+charming home. We sate by the open window (which looks over his
+grounds, and then across one of the richest plains in England) one long
+summer evening, recalling all the vanished scenes and figures of the
+past, until we almost felt ourselves boys again.
+
+"I have just been staying at Trinity," said I, "and Owen, as I suppose
+you know, is doing brilliantly. He has taken a high first class, and
+they have already elected him fellow and assistant tutor."
+
+"Is he liked?"
+
+"Yes, very much. He always used to strike me at school as one of those
+fellows who are much more likely to be happy and successful as men than
+they had ever any chance of being as boys. I hope the _greatest_ things
+of him; but have you heard anything of Duncan lately?"
+
+"Yes, he's just been gazetted as lieutenant. I had a letter from him
+the other day. He's met two old Roslyn fellows, Wildney and Upton, the
+latter of whom is now Captain Upton; he says that there are not two
+finer or manlier officers in the whole service, and Wildney, as you may
+easily guess, is the favourite of the mess-room. You know, I suppose,
+that Graham is making a great start at the bar."
+
+"Is he? I'm delighted to hear it."
+
+"Yes. He had a `mauvais sujet' to defend the other day, in the person
+of our old enemy Brigson, who having been at last disowned by his
+relations, is at present a policeman in London."
+
+"On the principle, I suppose, of `Set a thief to catch a thief'" said
+Montagu, with a smile.
+
+"Yes; but he exemplifies the truth, `chassez le naturel, il revient an
+galop;' for he was charged with abetting a street fight between two
+boys, which very nearly ended fatally. However, he was penitent, and
+Graham got him off with wonderful cleverness--"
+
+"Ah!" said Montagu, sighing, "there was _one_ who would have been the
+pride of Roslyn had he lived. Poor, poor Eric!"
+
+We talked long of our loved friend; his bright face, his winning words,
+his merry smile, came back to us with the memory of his melancholy fate,
+and a deep sadness fell over us.
+
+"Poor boy, he is at peace now," said Montagu; and he told me once more
+the sorrowful particulars of his death. "Shall I read you some verses,"
+he asked, "which he must have composed, poor fellow, on board the
+_Stormy Petrel_ though he probably wrote them at Fairholm afterwards?"
+
+"Yes, do."
+
+And Montagu, in his pleasant musical voice, read me, with much feeling,
+these lines, written in Eric's boyish hand, and signed with his name--
+
+ Alone, Yet Not Alone.
+
+ Alone, alone! ah, weary soul,
+ In all the world alone I stand,
+ With none to wed their hearts to mine,
+ Or link in mine a loving hand.
+
+ Ah! tell me not that I have those
+ Who own the ties of blood and name;
+ Or pitying friends who love me well,
+ And dear returns of friendship claim.
+
+ I have, I have! but none can heal,
+ And none shall see my inward woe,
+ And the deep thoughts within me veiled
+ No other heart but mine shall know.
+
+ And yet amid my sins and shames
+ The shield of God is o'er me thrown
+ And 'neath its awful shade I feel
+ Alone,--yet, ah, not all alone!
+
+ Not all alone! and though my life
+ Be dragged along the stained earth,
+ O God! I feel thee near me still,
+ And thank thee for my birth!
+
+ EW.
+
+Montagu gave me the paper, and I cherish it as my dearest memorial of my
+erring but noble schoolboy friend.
+
+Knowing how strong an interest Mr Rose always took in Eric, I gave him
+a copy of these verses when last I visited him at his pleasant vicarage
+of Seaford, to which he was presented a year or two ago by Dr Rowlands,
+now Bishop of Roslyn, who has also appointed him examining chaplain. I
+sat and watched Mr Rose while he read them. A mournful interest was
+depicted on his face, his hand trembled a little, and I fancied that he
+bent his grey hair over the paper to hide a tear. We always knew at
+school that Eric was one of his greatest favourites, as indeed he and
+Vernon were with all of us; and when the unhappy boy had run away
+without even having the opportunity for bidding any one farewell, Mr
+Rose displayed such real grief, that for weeks he was like a man who
+went mourning for a son. After those summer holidays, when we returned
+to school, Montagu and Wildney brought back with them the intelligence
+of Eric's return to Fairholm, and of his death. The news plunged many
+of us in sorrow, and when, on the first Sunday in chapel, Mr Rose
+alluded to this sad tale, there were few dry eyes among those who
+listened to him. I shall never forget that Sunday afternoon. A deep
+hush brooded over us, and before the sermon was over, many a face was
+hidden to conceal the emotion which could not be suppressed.
+
+"I speak," said Mr Rose, "to a congregation of mourners, for one who
+but a few weeks back was sitting among you as one of yourselves. But,
+for myself, I do _not_ mourn over his death. Many a time have I mourned
+for him in past days, when I marked how widely he went astray--but I do
+not mourn now, for after his fiery trials he died penitent and happy,
+and at last his sorrows are over for ever, and the dreams of ambition
+have vanished, and the fires of passion have been quenched, and for all
+eternity the young soul is in the presence of its God. Let none of you
+think that his life has been wasted. Possibly, had it pleased Heaven to
+spare him, he might have found great works to do among his fellow-men,
+and he would have done them as few else could. But do not let us fancy
+that our work must cease of necessity with our lives. Not so; far
+rather must we believe that it will continue for ever, seeing that we
+are all partakers of God's unspeakable blessing, the common mystery of
+immortality. Perhaps it may be the glorious destiny of very many here
+to recognise that truth more fully when we meet and converse with our
+dear departed brother in a holier and happier world."
+
+I have preserved some faint echo of the words he used, but I can give no
+conception of the dignity and earnestness of his manner, or the intense
+pathos of his tones.
+
+The scene passed before me again as I looked at him, while he lingered
+over Eric's verses, and seemed lost in a reverie of thought.
+
+At last he looked up and sighed. "Poor Eric!--But no, I will not call
+him poor! After all, he is happier now than we. You loved him well,"
+he continued; "why do you not try and preserve some records of his
+life?"
+
+The suggestion took me by surprise, but I thought over it, and at once
+began to accomplish it. My own reminiscences of Eric were numerous and
+vivid, and several of my old school-fellows and friends gladly supplied
+me with other particulars, especially the Bishop of Roslyn, Mr Rose,
+Montagu, and Wildney. So the story of Eric's ruin has been told, and
+told, as he would have wished it done, with simple truth. Poor Eric! I
+do not fear that I have wronged your memory, and you, I know, would
+rejoice to think how sorrowful hours have lost something of their
+sorrow, as I wrote the scenes in so many of which we were engaged
+together in our schoolboy days.
+
+I visited Roslyn a short time ago, and walked for hours along the sands,
+picturing in my memory the pleasant faces, and recalling the joyous
+tones of the many whom I had known and loved. Other boys were playing
+by the sea-side, who were strangers to me and I to them; and as I marked
+how wave after wave rolled up the shore, with its murmur and its foam,
+each sweeping farther than the other, each effacing the traces of the
+last, I saw an emblem of the passing generations, and was content to
+find that my place knew me no more.
+
+ Ah me! the golden time:--
+ But its hours have passed away,
+ With the pure and bracing clime,
+ And the bright and merry day.
+ And the sea still laughs to the rosy shells ashore,
+ And the shore still shines in the lustre of the wave;
+ But the joyaunce and the beauty of the boyish days is o'er,
+ And many of the beautiful lie quiet in the grave;
+ And he who comes again
+ Wears a brow of toil and pain,
+ And wanders sad and silent by the melancholy main.
+
+THE END.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's Eric, or Little by Little, by Frederic W. Farrar
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK ERIC, OR LITTLE BY LITTLE ***
+
+***** This file should be named 23126.txt or 23126.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+ http://www.gutenberg.org/2/3/1/2/23126/
+
+Produced by Nick Hodson of London, England
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.